TELXON CORP
10-K405, 1997-06-30
CALCULATING & ACCOUNTING MACHINES (NO ELECTRONIC COMPUTERS)
Previous: WHITMAN EDUCATION GROUP INC, 10-K, 1997-06-30
Next: IOMEGA CORP, 11-K, 1997-06-30



<PAGE>   1

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                              WASHINGTON, DC 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

       [ X ]   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                    For the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997

                                       OR

       [   ]  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

             for the transition period from __________to __________

                         Commission file number    0-11402
                                                -------------

                               TELXON CORPORATION
             ------------------------------------------------------
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

       DELAWARE                                    74-1666060
- -------------------------------         -----------------------------------
(State or other jurisdiction of        (I.R.S. employer identification no.)
incorporation or organization)

3330 West Market Street, Akron, Ohio                             44333
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Address of principal executive offices)                      (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code           (330) 664-1000
                                                          -----------------

Securities registered pursuant                             Name of each exchange
 to Section 12(b) of the Act:                              on which registered:
     ---------------                                        --------------------
           None                                                    None

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                          Common Stock, $.01 Par Value
                          ----------------------------
                                (Title of class)

               7-1/2% Convertible Subordinated Debentures Due 2012
               ---------------------------------------------------
                                (Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [ X ]. No [ ].

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [ X ].

The aggregate market value of registrant's Common Stock held by non-affiliates
as of May 30, 1997, based on the last reported sales price of the Common Stock
as reported on the Nasdaq National Market for such date, was $281,710,515.

At May 31, 1997, there were 15,429,636 outstanding shares of the registrant's
Common Stock.

                       Documents Incorporated by Reference
                       -----------------------------------

The registrant's definitive proxy statement for its 1997 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders to be held on September 10, 1997, which the registrant intends to
file with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of the close of
its fiscal year ended March 31, 1997, is incorporated by reference in Part III
of this Annual Report on Form 10-K from the date of filing such document.


<PAGE>   2






                                     PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS
- ----------------

GENERAL

Description of Company's Business
- ---------------------------------

Telxon Corporation (including its subsidiaries, "Telxon" or the "Company")
designs, manufactures, integrates, markets and supports transaction-based
wireless workforce automation systems. The Company's mobile computing devices
and wireless local area network ("LAN") products are integrated with its
customers' host enterprise computer systems and third-party wide area networks
("WANs"), enabling mobile workers to process data on a real-time basis at the
point of transaction. Telxon customers' needs to reduce cycle times, improve
asset management and create new services drive their requirements for real-time
information throughout their organizations. Telxon's products are sold worldwide
for use in key supply chain vertical markets, including retail, manufacturing,
warehouse/distribution, transportation/logistics and route sales. The Company
also serves several segments of the emerging mobile services markets, such as
insurance/financial services.

Historical Overview
- -------------------

The Company was incorporated in Delaware in 1969 as "Electronic Laboratories,
Inc.", as the successor to a business established in Texas in 1967. The
Company's name was changed to "Telxon Corporation" in 1974.

Telxon completed its initial public offering of 1,600,000 shares of common stock
in July 1983, a secondary offering of 1,150,000 common shares in July 1985, a
$46 million issue of 7-1/2% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2012 in June
1987, and an $82.5 million issue of 5-3/4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due
2003 in December 1995. During fiscal 1991, the Company purchased and retired
$21.3 million of the 7-1/2% Debentures.

For more than two decades, the Company has developed and marketed portable
handheld terminals to retailers and wholesalers in the grocery, drug, hardware,
mass merchandising, full-line department store and specialty retail chain
segments. An increasing number of markets outside retail are also adopting
mobile transaction-based systems, including manufacturing,
warehouse/distribution, transportation/logistics, route sales and
insurance/financial services.

Telxon pioneered the commercialization of spread spectrum radio frequency ("RF")
technology in LANs for vertical market applications. Telxon is the leading
supplier of RF-enabled devices, having shipped over 500,000 units to date.

The Company's core mobile computing and wireless data communication products
integrate a wide array of electronic and RF components and advanced data
collection technologies. Through a combination of propriety application-specific
integrated circuit ("ASIC") technology, data radio technology and
market-responsive packaging, the Company seeks to deliver cost-effective
products that meet the technical and ergonomic needs of the Company's targeted
markets. The Company's wireless data networks are 



                                       2
<PAGE>   3



designed to take advantage of Telxon's patented microcellular network
architecture to allow mobile devices to roam seamlessly through large buildings
and groups of buildings with uninterrupted data flow.

The Company competes in a highly competitive marketplace characterized by
rapidly evolving technology. Certain of the important factors, risks and
uncertainties affecting its business and results of operations are referenced in
the discussion of the Company's business that follows. For a more detailed
discussion of those and other such factors, risks and uncertainties, see
"FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS" under "Item 7. "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION
AND ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION" below in this
Form 10-K, which discussion should be read in conjunction with the discussion
under this Item 1.

Implementation of New Business Model
- ------------------------------------

During the course of fiscal 1997, management implemented its new, three-phase
business model. The first phase consisted of reducing product costs and
improving gross margins. The Company implemented a number of programs aimed at
reducing the cost of its products through new design procedures, improved
sourcing and model consolidations.

The second phase centered on improving operating efficiencies and lowering the
overall cost of serving the Company's global markets. Key management changes
were made in sales, product marketing, product development, customer service and
operations to drive greater efficiencies throughout the Company's business
processes.

The final phase is focused on redesigning Telxon's infrastructure and logistics
systems to address changing market conditions more efficiently. As part of a
program of continuous improvement, all operations of the Company will be
subject to ongoing review. In addition, the Company will continue to
consider strategies through which the passive value of investments in its
technical subsidiaries can be better reflected in the Company's value.

Subsequent to March 31, 1997, the Company initiated plans to consolidate and
relocate certain of its engineering, product development and customer support
operations to Houston, Texas, in close proximity to its existing manufacturing
and National Service Center operations. This new centralized structure will
allow Telxon to realize the benefits of concurrent engineering and improve its
ability to integrate world-class technology and customer support capabilities.
The Company expects the consolidation to result in further reductions in its
overall operating costs, a significant reduction in its product development time
to market and an enhanced ability to support its customers on a world-wide
basis.

Global Sales and Marketing
- --------------------------

The Company's sales in the United States and Canada are made directly through
its own sales force as well as through selected distributors, VARs, system
integrators, OEMs and strategic partners.



                                       3
<PAGE>   4



The Company's international sales are made through subsidiaries located in
Australia, Belgium, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, Spain and the United
Kingdom, and through distributors in Africa, Asia, Europe, Mexico, the Middle
East and South America. Distributor support offices are located in Belgium,
Brazil and Singapore. (For further information regarding geographical segments
and revenues from the Company's International Division, see Note 13 to the
consolidated financial statements and Item 7, "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND
ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION.")

No customer accounted for 10% or more of the Company's total revenues in fiscal
1997.

World Class Systems Integration with Vertical Market Focus
- ----------------------------------------------------------

Telxon delivers transaction-based wireless workforce automation systems to its
customers on a world-wide basis. The Company utilizes its global technical
resources to integrate its full line of mobile computing products with a wide
array of operating systems and application software, advanced data collection
technologies and wireless networking systems. The end result is a fully
integrated solution that seamlessly connects the customers' mobile workers with
its host enterprise system, providing them with real-time access to the
information they need. The Company has developed a full menu of system
integration services, including engineering site surveys and project management.

The Company's global technical resources are available in each of its targeted
vertical markets. Telxon employs marketing specialists with industry-specific
knowledge to partner with its direct sales representatives and systems
engineers, VARs and system integrators to provide industry specific solutions
for its customers.

Technical Subsidiaries
- ----------------------

In fiscal 1993, the Company began a program to accelerate advanced research,
technology and product development by forming or purchasing new product and
technology companies exhibiting entrepreneurial innovation and leadership. The
Company also increased its investment in its own research and product
development operations. The following products and technologies were identified
through this program:

         o        Ruggedized mobile computers with wide area radio capabilities

         o        Wireless pen-based workslates

         o        Advanced character recognition software

         o        Advanced 2D bar code encoding and autodiscriminating decode
                  software

         o        Advanced image processing

         o        Advanced 900 MHz and 2.4 GHz spread spectrum radios and
                  wireless networks

         o        Advanced CPU and ASIC design



                                       4
<PAGE>   5



         o        Advanced speech recognition

The Company's technical subsidiaries have been structured to work together with
its advanced research and product development resources to design, develop and
produce leading-edge technology products for the future. The companies acquired
or formed through this program are detailed below.

         Aironet Wireless Communications(TM), Inc.

         In January 1994, the Company formed Aironet Wireless Communications,   
         Inc. ("Aironet"(R)) of Akron, Ohio, to continue development and
         marketing of wireless LAN systems. Aironet was formed from one
         subsidiary company and two units of the Company:

         o        Telesystems SLW, Inc. -- designer and manufacturer of wireless
                  spread spectrum LAN radios that was purchased by Telxon in
                  1992.

         o        Telxon's Radio and Wireless Network Engineering Group --
                  designers of advanced spread spectrum radio technology and
                  network software.

         o        Telxon's RF Software Engineering Group -- advanced software
                  designers of universal wireless connectivity systems for
                  integration to other computer manufacturers' networks.

         Aironet developed one of the first commercial applications for spread
         spectrum radio technology and currently designs and develops universal
         modular LAN radio products and networks which it sells to Telxon, VARs
         and OEMs.

         Metanetics(R) Corporation

         Metanetics Corporation ("Metanetics") was formed in January 1994 in
         Fort Myers, Florida, in part from the acquisition of Metamedia
         Corporation of Port Jefferson, New York.

         Metanetics develops 2D bar code encoding and autodiscriminating decode
         software and advanced image reading technology.

         Teletransaction(TM), Inc.

         In February 1993, the Company acquired Teletransaction, Inc.
         ("Teletransaction") of Akron, Ohio. Teletransaction is a developer of
         advanced pen and touch-screen wireless mobile workslates for vertical
         markets served by the Company.

         PenRight!(R) Corporation

         In February 1994, the Company acquired PenRight! Corporation
         ("PenRight!") of Fremont, California. PenRight! is a leading developer
         of pen-based character recognition software. PenRight! Pro(R) software
         acts as a DOS based software development tool for creating pen-based

         ----------
         o        Aironet is a registered trademark, and Aironet Wireless
                  Communications is a trademark, of Aironet Wireless 
                  Communications, Inc.
         o        Metanetics is a registered trademark of Metanetics 
                  Corporation.
         o        Teletransaction is a trademark of Teletransaction, Inc. 
         o        PenRight! and PenRight! Pro are registered trademarks of 
                  PenRight! Corporation.




                                       5
<PAGE>   6


         applications in Microsoft(R)"C." PenRight! Pro supports ten
         international languages. The Company has developed a new version to
         support 486 platforms and Pen for Windows(R).

         Virtual Vision(R), Inc.

         In July 1995, the Company acquired the assets and assumed certain
         liabilities of Virtual Vision, Inc. ("Virtual Vision") of Redmond,
         Washington. Virtual Vision is a leading developer of "augmented
         reality" head-mounted systems technology.

In addition to their technological value, the Company's technical subsidiaries
are also a potential source of financial value. The Company sold its ruggedized
notebook computer subsidiary, Itronix Corporation, to Dynatech Corporation of
Burlington, Massachusetts in December 1996 for $65 million in cash. The Company
had acquired Itronix in March 1993 for $4 million.

Telxon's future growth will depend in part on the success of both its global
sales and marketing efforts and its systems integration and project management
services, as well as further penetration of its targeted vertical markets and
its ability to capitalize on the investment in its technical subsidiaries.

ADVANCED RESEARCH AND PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
- -----------------------------------------

The Company focuses on advanced hardware, software, and firmware designs that
utilize Telxon proprietary ASIC chips. The Company's product development
strategy is to enhance the functionality and improve the price and performance
of its hardware and software, and to improve the packaging of its mobile
computing devices to address the specific requirements of each targeted market.
Products and systems are designed for modularity and the ability to upgrade,
where possible.

There can be no assurance that the Company's research and development activities
will lead to the successful introduction of new or improved products or that the
Company will not encounter delays or problems in connection therewith.
Furthermore, customers may defer purchases of existing products in anticipation
of new or improved versions of those products. Although the Company contemplates
the introduction of new products in fiscal 1998, the majority are scheduled for
introductions in the second half of the year. There can be no assurance that
there will not be delays in commencing volume production of such products or
that such products will ultimately be commercially successful.

During fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995, the Company spent approximately $44.4
million, $45.4 million and $33.7 million, respectively, for Company-sponsored
research, development and engineering. For further discussion, see "MANAGEMENT'S
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -
Operating Expenses."

         ----------
         o        Microsoft and Pen for Windows are registered trademarks of 
                  Microsoft Corporation.
         o        Virtual Vision is a registered trademark of Virtual Vision, 
                  Inc.




                                       6
<PAGE>   7


VIII. Manufacturing and Product Maintenance
- -------------------------------------------

*        Manufacturing Operations

         Manufacturing operations consist of the assembly, testing and quality
         assurance of components, sub-assemblies and finished products. The
         Company's products are built and configured for various memory sizes,
         packaging, peripherals, keyboards and displays.

         In 1994, the Company's principal manufacturing operations were
         consolidated into a newly constructed, Company-owned 116,000 square
         foot facility. The facility provides a more efficient plant layout and
         an opportunity for expansion of manufacturing capacity in the future.
         For information regarding subsidiaries' manufacturing operations, see
         "PROPERTIES."

         All component parts in the Company's products are purchased from
         outside sources. Packaging, custom-integrated circuits, keyboards and
         printed circuit boards are produced to the Company's specifications. A
         number of peripheral products, including wands, laser scanners,
         controllers and receivers, are purchased as completed assemblies and
         attached to and staged with Telxon's own products before delivery. Some
         products are produced by outside contract manufacturers.

         Telxon's International Procurement Office ("IPO") located in Singapore
         provides the Company with an opportunity to procure materials from
         lower cost, Far East suppliers. As more commodities are procured by the
         IPO staff, continued cost savings are expected.

         The Company has in the past encountered, and may in the future
         encounter, shortages of supplies and delays in deliveries of necessary
         components. While such shortages and delays could have a material
         adverse effect on the Company's ability to ship products, the Company
         has not suffered any such effects as the result of past shortages and
         delays. Additionally, the Company does not believe that the loss of any
         one supplier or subassembly manufacturer would have a material
         long-term adverse effect on its business, although set-up costs and
         delays could occur if the Company changed any single source supplier.

*        Product Maintenance Operations

         The Company provides maintenance and repair services for Telxon
         customers from its National Service Center in Houston, Texas. The
         Company also services various third-party products, including personal
         computers, printers and communication devices. During the first half of
         fiscal 1998, the Company is relocating its product repair and
         maintenance operations to a newly constructed leased facility in Ciudad
         Juarez, Mexico.

         The Company also maintains a number of customer specific service depots
         to provide service to users with large concentrations of Telxon
         products. The Company offers a broad array of repair services and
         maintenance agreements ranging from time and material charges to
         sophisticated plans, such as the "just in time" program that offers
         spare Telxon equipment supplied on-site to the customer, virtually
         eliminating any system downtime.



                                       7
<PAGE>   8
PRODUCTS AND SYSTEMS

Handhelds, Workslates and Other Mobile Computing Devices
- --------------------------------------------------------

The Company has developed a broad line of handheld devices, which range from
low-end batch terminals to highly integrated mobile computers incorporating
laser bar code readers and spread spectrum radios, including a variety of
pen-based and touch-screen workslate devices.

Wireless Data Communication Products, Network Systems and Software
- ------------------------------------------------------------------

Telxon provides wireless data communication solutions for mobile, distributed
data processing application systems through computing devices equipped with
radios to transfer programs or data to and from other computers or peripheral
devices while remaining mobile. The four types of available radios are (1)
spread spectrum (both direct sequence and frequency hopping), (2) wide area, (3)
micro radios, and (4) narrow band FM radios. The Company uses industry standard
"open" system protocols to provide seamless connectivity across a wide range of
host computer systems, including SNA and TCP/IP and other manufacturers'
communication networks.

Through Aironet, the Company has developed a series of spread spectrum data
radios, access points, repeaters, routers and bridges. The current products use
the 900 MHz or 2.4 GHz frequency bands, available utilizing either direct
sequence or frequency hopping technology, at data rates ranging from 232Kbps up
to 2Mbps. These radio products are integrated with Telxon's Microcellular
Architecture ("TMA") software to build universal wireless networks.

The Company has been granted a number of patents for its spread spectrum
technology and was the first company in the wireless industry to receive FCC and
Canadian Department of Communication approval for its spread spectrum radios. In
June 1996, Aironet received approval from the United States Federal
Communication Commission ("FCC") for its new 2.4 Ghz frequency hopping family of
wireless LAN products, making Aironet the only company that currently designs
and manufactures 900 MHz and 2.4 Ghz direct sequence and 2.4 Ghz frequency
hopping spread spectrum radios. The designs of the Company's wireless LAN
systems and products are based upon the Institute of Electrical and Electronic
Engineer's (IEEE) 802.11 draft specification for RF protocol standards, and the
Company intends to bring its systems and products into compliance with the
final IEEE 802.11 standards, which were just recently ratified by the IEEE
Standards Activity Board on June 26, 1997.

Telxon's AirGate(TM) System provides 900MHz and 2.4GHz spread spectrum radio
technology for fast, robust wireless data communications. Spread spectrum
technology and the Company's Gateway Connectivity System(TM) ("GCS"(TM)) are
used to create a wireless interface between Telxon mobile devices and customers'
host computers. The Company's spread spectrum radios are designed to fit into
Telxon's mobile devices and a variety of personal computers (PCs), client
servers and other mobile devices.

The AirGate System creates one or more radio cells, with each cell supporting an
area of coverage. The TMA system allows mobile devices to move from cell to cell
while maintaining a wireless connection to the host computer. The system can be
expanded to provide coverage for over 4 million square feet.

- ----------
o       AirGate, Gateway Connectivity System and GCS are trademarks of Telxon 
        Corporation.



                                       8
<PAGE>   9


The Company makes a line of base station and client/server card transceivers
that interface portable wireless products with a client/server or mainframe. The
Company also offers customers optional built-in acoustic couplers or integrated
modems that allow data transmission from remote telecommunication locations into
a host computer and client servers.

Third-party wide area network radios are integrated with the Company's mobile
computing devices for access to the ARDIS(R) or RAM(R) wireless wide area packet
data networks.

"Micro radios" are small, low-power FM radios designed and manufactured by the
Company and integrated into Telxon mobile devices and peripherals to provide
cable-free data communications between system components.

Narrow band FM radios from major manufacturers have been provided by Telxon
since 1984. These radios operate in the 450 MHz band and require FCC site
licensing.

Peripherals
- -----------

The Company integrates a variety of peripheral products into or with its regular
product line. They include laser bar code readers (internal and external),
modular printers (24, 40 and 80 columns), chargers, cradles, modems and RS232
interfaces. Many of these products or components are purchased from outside
vendors.

Software Operating Systems, Languages and Applications
- ------------------------------------------------------

The Company is transitioning to a new generation of modularly designed mobile
computers, which embrace thin-client, industry standard, open systems
architectures in order to offer its customers access to a multitude of
operating systems, including Windows NT(R), Windows CE(R), and Sun Microsystems'
JavaOS(TM) and HotJava(TM) Browser, as well as Telxon's proprietary TCOS(TM)
(Telxon Common Operating System) and TCAL(R) (Telxon Common Application
Language).

The Company develops, through its subsidiaries PenRight! and Metanetics,
advanced character recognition software, advanced image reading and 2D bar code
encoding and autodiscriminating decode software.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

The Company regards certain of its hardware and software products as proprietary
and relies on a combination of United States and foreign patent, copyright,
trademark and trade secret laws and license and other contractual
confidentiality provisions to protect its proprietary rights. In addition, the
Company's products also utilize hardware and software

     ----------
     o    ARDIS is a registered trademark of IBM Corporation and Motorola
          Corporation.
     o    RAM is a registered trademark of RAM Mobile Data, Inc.
     o    Windows NT and Windows CE are registered trademarks of Microsoft
          Corporation.
     o    JavaOS and HotJava Browser are trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc.
     o    TCOS is a trademark, and TCAL is a registered trademark, of Telxon
          Corporation.



                                       9
<PAGE>   10


technologies licensed from third parties. Given the rapidly changing nature of
the industry's technology, however, the competence and creative ability of the
Company's development, engineering, programming, marketing and service personnel
may be as or more important to its competitive position as the legal protections
and rights afforded by patent and other owned or licensed intellectual property
rights. The Company believes that its products and trademarks do not infringe on
the rights of third parties, but there can be no assurance that third parties
will not assert infringement claims.

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

The Company believes that its products are in material compliance with current
government regulations; however, regulatory changes may require modifications to
Company products in order for the Company to continue to be able to manufacture
and market these products. There can be no assurances that more stringent
regulations in these or other areas will not be issued in the future which could
have an adverse effect on the business of the Company. In addition, sales of the
Company's products could be adversely affected if more stringent safety
standards are adopted by customers.

Certain Company products intentionally transmit radio signals as part of their
normal operation. These products are subject to regulatory approval by the FCC
and corresponding authorities in each country in which they are marketed. Such
approvals are typically valid for the life of the product unless and until the
circuitry of the product is altered in material respects, in which case a new
approval may be required.

BACKLOG

Backlog at any particular date is dependent on timing of receipt of orders and,
therefore, is not a reliable indicator of future sales over an extended period
of time.

Historically, shipments made by the Company during any particular quarter have
generally represented orders received either during that quarter or shortly
before the beginning of that quarter, and shipments for orders received in a
fiscal quarter have generally been filled from products manufactured in that
quarter. The Company maintains significant levels of raw materials to facilitate
meeting delivery requirements of its customers, but there can be no assurance
that during any given quarter, the Company has or can procure the appropriate
mix of raw materials in order to accommodate such orders. Therefore, the
Company's financial performance in any quarter has generally been dependent to a
significant degree upon obtaining orders in that quarter which can be
manufactured and delivered to its customers in that quarter. As a result,
financial performance for any given quarter cannot be known or fully assessed
until near the end of that quarter. However, the Company's product line
streamlining and standardization initiatives are intended, among other things,
to reduce its dependence on same quarter sales fulfillment through normalized
production levels. There can be no assurances that such initiatives will be
successfully implemented or produce the intended benefits.


COMPETITION

The computer industry, of which Telxon's mobile computing systems are a part, is
highly competitive and characterized by advances in technology which frequently
result in the introduction of new products with improved performance
characteristics. Failure to keep pace with product and technological advances
could negatively affect the Company's competitive position and prospects for
growth.



                                       10
<PAGE>   11


The Company competes directly and indirectly with a number of companies in its
market segments. Frequent competitors include Symbol Technologies, Inc.,
Bohemia, New York, and the Intermec Division of Western Atlas Inc., Beverly
Hills, California, which acquired Norand Corporation in March 1997. In addition,
companies that are participants in the broader computer industry are potential
competitors. Some of the Company's competitors and potential competitors have
substantially greater financial, technical, intellectual property, marketing and
human resources than the Company.

EMPLOYEES

As of May 31, 1997, the Company employed approximately 1,600 full-time
personnel. The Company also employs temporary production and other personnel.


ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
- ------------------

The Company's corporate offices are located in Akron, Ohio in a 100,000 square
foot office building constructed in 1979 and occupied under a lease expiring
December 31, 2001. The lease provides the Company with an option, exercisable on
September 1, 2001, to purchase the office building and the land on which it is
situated for its then current fair market value.

The Company leases approximately 103,700 square feet of office space at
locations within a three mile radius of its corporate offices pursuant to
leases  expiring from February 28, 1999, through February 28, 2001. These
facilities have housed the Company's engineering and customer support functions
and the corporate offices of its Aironet subsidiary as well as the Company's
market research and product marketing, systems development and testing,
integration and product quality management groups and certain corporate
development and support functions. On May 30, 1997, the Company announced plans
to consolidate and relocate certain of those engineering, product development
and customer support operations over a 12 to 18 month period to a site to be    
determined in Houston, Texas, so that those operations are in closer proximity
to the existing manufacturing and service facilities described below.

As also announced on May 30, 1997, the manufacturing operations and related
office functions of the Aironet subsidiary are being relocated during the second
quarter of fiscal 1998 to the one-story, 32,500 square foot facility owned by
the Company within approximately one mile from its corporate offices and
previously used for its Customer Support Center, Training Group and New Product
Support Department, which functions have been relocated to other Akron
locations. Those Aironet operations have been occupying approximately 14,400
square feet of leased space in Markham, Ontario, Canada.

The Company owns two buildings in Houston, Texas of concrete construction,
located on a 15 acre site. The first building is a 116,000 square foot
manufacturing facility that was completed in April 1994. That building houses
all Telxon manufacturing operations, as well as warehousing operations and
administrative and manufacturing engineering offices. The second building is the
Company's 36,000 square foot National Service Center, completed in November
1993, which houses its product repair and maintenance operations. The Company
maintains an additional 12,000 square feet of warehousing space at a separate
location in Houston leased through March 31, 1998.



                                       11
<PAGE>   12


By the end of the second quarter of fiscal 1998, the Company will be relocating
its product repair and maintenance operations (other than its top-of-the-line
Depot Express maintenance program) to a new 50,000 square foot facility of
masonry construction being built for it in Ciudad Juarez, Chihuahua, Mexico
which is now in the final stages of completion. The facility will be leased for
an initial term of seven years, with two five-year renewal options; the Company
will have an option to purchase the facility at the end of the initial or any
renewal term for its then current fair market value. The Company is also leasing
20,000 square feet of warehouse space in El Paso, Texas as a companion
receiving, staging and parts-stocking facility for the Mexican operations for an
initial term of five years, with two five-year renewal options.

In addition to these principal locations, the Company maintains 56 locations in
the United Sates, Canada, Western Europe, Australia, Japan and Southeast Asia
which are used principally for sales and customer service offices, as well as
for executive and engineering offices for certain of its domestic and
international subsidiaries. These locations are generally leased for terms which
range from one to three years.

The Company believes that its existing and planned facilities will be adequate
for its reasonably foreseeable level of operations.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
- -------------------------

In December 1992, four class action suits were filed in the United States
District Court, Northern District of Ohio, by certain alleged stockholders of
the Company on behalf of themselves and purported classes consisting of Telxon
stockholders, other than defendants and their affiliates, who purchased the
Company's common stock between May 20, 1992, and January 19, 1993. The named
defendants are the Company, former President and Chief Executive Officer Raymond
D. Meyo, and then President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer
Dan R. Wipff. On February 1, 1993, the plaintiffs filed their Amended and
Consolidated Class Action Complaint related to the four actions, alleging claims
for fraud on the market and negligent misrepresentation, arising from alleged
misrepresentations and omissions with respect to the Company's financial
performance and prospects, and alleged trading activities of the named
individual defendants. The Amended Complaint seeks unspecified compensatory
damages, the imposition of a constructive trust on certain of the defendants'
assets and other unspecified extraordinary equitable and/or injunctive relief,
interest, attorneys' fees and costs. The defendants, including the Company,
filed a Motion to Dismiss which was denied by the court on June 3, 1993.

On April 16, 1993, the Plaintiffs filed their Motion for Class Certification.
The defendants, including the Company, filed their briefs in opposition to Class
Certification on October 13, 1993. On December 17, 1993, the District Court
certified the class, consisting of Telxon stockholders, other than defendants
and their affiliates, who purchased Telxon common stock between May 20, 1992, 
and December 14, 1992.

Following the completion of discovery (other than of experts), each defendant
filed a Motion for Summary Judgment on May 19, 1995, all of which were opposed
by the plaintiffs. On September 14, 1995, the Court granted each defendant
summary judgment on all counts, which the plaintiffs appealed to the United
States Sixth Circuit Court of Appeals. The appeal 



                                       12
<PAGE>   13



was heard on October 24, 1996, and the parties are awaiting the decision from
the Court of Appeals. The defendants intend to continue vigorously defending the
Consolidated Class Action. Though there can be no assurance that the Company's
summary judgment will be upheld on appeal on all counts or as to the ultimate
outcome of any portion of the case with respect to which the summary judgment
may be reversed, no provision has been made in the accompanying consolidated
financial statements for any liability that may result to the Company in such an
event.

On September 21, 1993, a derivative Complaint was filed in the Court of Chancery
of the State of Delaware, in and for Newcastle County, by an alleged stockholder
of Telxon derivatively on behalf of Telxon. The named defendants are the
Company; Robert F. Meyerson, former Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive
Officer and director; Dan R. Wipff, then President, Chief Operating Officer and
Chief Financial Officer and director; Robert A. Goodman, Corporate Secretary and
outside director; Norton W. Rose, outside director; and Dr. Raj Reddy, outside
director. The Complaint alleges breach of fiduciary duty to the Company and
waste of the Company's assets in connection with certain transactions entered
into by Telxon and compensation amounts paid by the Company. The Complaint seeks
an accounting, injunction, rescission, attorneys' fees and costs. While the
Company is nominally a defendant in this derivative action, no monetary relief
is sought by the plaintiff from the Company. On November 12, 1993, Telxon and
the individual director defendants filed a Motion to Dismiss. The plaintiff
filed his brief in opposition to the Motion on May 2, 1994, and the defendants
filed a final responsive brief. The Motion was argued before the Court on March
29, 1995, and on July 18, 1995, the Court issued its ruling. The Court dismissed
all of the claims relating to the plaintiff's allegations of corporate waste.
The claims relating to breach of fiduciary duty survived the Motion to Dismiss
and are now the subject of discovery, which is continuing; no deadline for the
completion of the discovery has yet been set by the Court.

On October 31, 1996, plaintiff's counsel filed a Motion to Intervene in the
derivative action on behalf of a new plaintiff stockholder. As part of the
Motion to Intervene, the intervening plaintiff asked that the Court designate as
operative for the action the intervening plaintiff's proposed Complaint, which
alleges that a series of transactions in which the Company acquired certain
technology from a corporation affiliated with Mr. Meyerson was wrongful in that
Telxon already owned the technology by means of a pre-existing consulting
agreement with another affiliate of Mr. Meyerson; the intervenor's complaint
also names Raymond D. Meyo, President, Chief Executive Officer and director at
the time of the first acquisition transaction, as a new defendant. The
defendants opposed the Motion on grounds that the new claim alleged in the
proposed Complaint and the addition of Mr. Meyo were time-barred by the statute
of limitations and the intervening plaintiff did not satisfy the standards for
intervention. After taking legal briefs, the Court ruled on June 13, 1997 to
permit the intervention. The defendants believe that the post-intervention
claims lack merit, and they intend to continue vigorously defending this action.
While the ultimate outcome of this action cannot presently be determined, the
Company does not anticipate that this matter will have a material adverse effect
on the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash
flows and accordingly has not made provisions for any loss or related insurance
recovery in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

In the normal course of its operations, the Company is subject to various other
legal actions 


                                       13
<PAGE>   14


which have been reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements,
are covered by insurance or in management's opinion would not have a material
adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial position, results of
operations or cash flows.

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
- ------------------------------------------------------------

There were no matters submitted to a vote of security holders during the quarter
ended March 31, 1997.

ITEM X.  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
- ---------------------------------------------

The following are the executive officers of the Company, who have been either
elected by the Board of Directors of the Company or appointed by the Chief
Executive Officer and ratified and approved by the Board of Directors:

         Frank E. Brick, age 48, has been President of the Company since June
         1996 and the Company's Chief Executive Officer since February 1997. Mr.
         Brick was Chief Operating Officer of the Company from June 1996 until
         being named Chief Executive Officer. He had also previously served the
         Company as President and Chief Operating Officer, Telxon International
         from February 1995 to June 1996 and as Senior Executive Vice President
         from October 1993 to February 1995. Mr. Brick was President of
         Basicomputer Corporation (business computer sales, integration and
         network services; "Basicomputer") from 1985 until it was acquired in
         September 1993 by The Future Now, Inc. ("The Future Now", since
         consolidated into Intelligent Electronics) and also served as Chief
         Executive Officer and a director of Basicomputer from 1988 until the
         acquisition. He has been a director of the Company since July 1996.

         Kenneth W. Haver, age 38, has been Senior Vice President, Finance and
         Administration, and Chief Financial Officer of the Company since March
         1995. He has also served the Company as Treasurer from May 1994 to
         October 1996 and as Vice President, Financial Planning from September
         1993 to March 1995. Mr. Haver joined the Company from Basicomputer,
         where he had served as a Vice President and Treasurer for more than
         five years.

         Leonard D. Abeita, age 49, has been Senior Vice President, Global
         Professional Services of the Company since November 1996. Other
         capacities in which Mr. Abeita has served the Company since joining it
         in March 1985 include as Senior Vice President, Product Services from
         November 1994 to November 1996 and as Vice President, Customer Service
         from September 1989 to November 1994.

         James G. Cleveland, age 45, has been President, North America of the
         Company since May 1997. He has also served the Company as Senior Vice
         President, North America from September 1996 to May 1997; Senior Vice
         President, North American Sales from February 1996 to September 1996;
         Senior Vice President, North American Sales and Operations from October
         1995 to February 1996; Senior Vice President, Vertical Systems Group
         from March 1995 to October 1995; and Vice President, Sales and
         Marketing from September 1993 to March 1995. Mr. Cleveland joined the


                                       14
<PAGE>   15



         Company from Basicomputer, where he had served as Vice President, Sales
         from January 1993 to August 1993 and as Area Vice President, Midwest
         Operations from February 1992 to January 1993.

         David D. Loadman, age 36, has been Senior Vice President, Global
         Product and Systems Development of the Company since September 1996.
         Other capacities in which Mr. Loadman has served the Company since
         joining it in October 1988 include as Senior Vice President, Global
         Wireless Systems and Advanced Research and Development from June 1996
         to September 1996; Senior Vice President, Technical Operations from
         August 1994 to June 1996; Vice President, Global Technology from May
         1994 to August 1994; Vice President, Systems Engineering Group from
         August 1993 to May 1994; Vice President, Systems Integration from
         February 1993 to August 1993; Director, Communications Systems from
         November 1992 to February 1993; Director, Software Communications
         Systems from August 1992 to November 1992; and Product Manager,
         Hardware from September 1991 to August 1992.

         David W. Porter, age 39, has been Senior Vice President, Global
         Operations of the Company since September 1996. He has also served the
         Company as Vice President, Operations from July 1996 to September 1996
         and as Vice President, Asset Management from May 1996 to July 1996. Mr.
         Porter joined the Company from The Future Now, where he had served as
         Vice President, Operations from the time of its acquisition of
         Basicomputer to May 1996, and prior to that time he worked for
         Basicomputer as Vice President, Operations from August 1989 to August
         1993.

         Dan R. Wipff, age 54, has been the President and Chief Executive
         Officer of the Company's Telxon Products manufacturing division since
         July 1994. He was President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company
         from October 1992, and the Company's Chief Financial Officer from
         December 1991, until July 1994. Mr. Wipff was Senior Executive Vice
         President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company from October 1989
         to October 1992. He also served as the Company's Chief Financial
         Officer from October 1989 to July 1990 and from October 1990 to
         September 1991. Mr. Wipff served as a director of the Company from
         April 1974 until September 1979 and from September 1980 until January
         1995.


                                       15
<PAGE>   16



                                     PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER 
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
         MATTERS
         -------

The Company's Common Stock has been publicly traded since July 21, 1983, in the
over-the-counter market under the symbol TLXN. The principal trading market for
the Company's Common Stock is The Nasdaq Stock Market's National Market ("NNM").
The following table sets forth, with respect to the past two fiscal years of the
Company, the range of high and low closing prices as reported in the NNM and
cash dividends paid. The Company has not paid other than nominal dividends. The
Company intends to follow a policy of retaining earnings in order to finance the
continued growth and development of its business. Payment of dividends is within
the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors and will depend on, among
other factors, earnings, capital requirements and the operating and financial
condition of the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Fiscal Quarter
                               ----------------------------------------------------------
Year Ended March 31                First       Second         Third         Fourth           Year
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                               <C>          <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>   
1997
        High.............         $27.50       $14.00        $13.75         $17.75         $27.50
        Low..............           9.88        11.00         11.25          13.50           9.88
        Dividends paid...             --           --            --            .01            .01

1996
        High.............         $22.88       $24.88        $25.75         $23.25         $25.75
        Low..............          14.50        20.13         20.00          18.13          14.50
        Dividends paid...             --           --            --            .01            .01
</TABLE>


As of May 31, 1997, there were approximately 1,208 holders of record of the
Company's Common Stock.

Historically, variations in the Company's actual or expected results of
operations and changes in analysts' earnings estimates and investment
recommendations have resulted in significant changes in the market price of the
Company's Common Stock. As a result, the market price of the Company's Common
Stock, like that of other technology companies, has been subject to significant
volatility. The Company's stock may also be affected by broader market trends
unrelated to the Company's own performance involving Company competitors,
technology stocks in general or the economy as a whole.

While the Company does, from time to time, communicate with securities analysts,
any opinions, projections and forecasts contained in reports issued by
securities analysts have been prepared by each analyst based on his own judgment
and research and are not the responsibility of the Company. It should not be
assumed that the Company agrees with any report issued by any analyst.



                                       16
<PAGE>   17



ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
- -------------------------------


Set forth below are selected financial data for the five years ended March 31,
1997, which have been derived from the Company's audited financial statements
for the periods indicated. The selected financial data should be read in
conjunction with the financial statements, including the notes thereto, for the
three years ended March 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 as included in Item 8 herein.
For further details on 1997 results, also refer to Item 7.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Income Statement Data:                                              Year Ended March 31,
                                               ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  1997          1996          1995         1994          1993
                                               ---------     ---------     ---------    ---------     ---------
                                                             (in thousands, except per share data)

<S>                                            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>      
Revenues:
     Product, net                              $ 391,406     $ 417,725     $ 323,916     $ 252,341     $ 197,116
     Customer service, net                        74,606        68,744        55,603        43,652        41,298
                                               ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
         Total net revenues                      466,012       486,469       379,519       295,993       238,414

Costs and expenses:
     Cost of product revenues                    266,624       249,120       189,568       143,347       123,511
     Cost of customer service revenues            47,248        39,016        32,455        31,958        29,956
     Selling expenses                             88,321        82,207        68,279        59,894        46,393
     Product development and
      engineering expenses                        44,439        45,383        33,728        29,058        17,798
     General and administrative expenses          53,230        39,415        34,583        31,854        36,113
                                               ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
               Total costs and expenses          499,862       455,141       358,613       296,111       253,771
                                               ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------

         (Loss) income from operations           (33,850)       31,328        20,906          (118)      (15,357)

     Interest income                               1,489           760           658           653         1,947
     Interest expense                             (8,056)       (6,770)       (4,354)       (2,459)       (2,271)
     Gain on sale of subsidiary stock                 --         1,116            --            --            --
     Other non-operating income                   34,726           401            --            --            --
                                               ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------

         (Loss) income before income
          taxes and cumulative effect
          of an accounting change                 (5,691)       26,835        17,210        (1,924)      (15,681)

     Provision (benefit) for income
      taxes                                        1,368        10,314         8,192           875        (4,056)
                                               ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------

         (Loss) income before cumulative
          effect of an accounting change          (7,059)       16,521         9,018        (2,799)      (11,625)

     Cumulative effect of a change in
      accounting for income taxes                     --            --            --            --          (439)
                                               ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
               Net (loss) income               $  (7,059)    $  16,521     $   9,018     $  (2,799)    $ (12,064)
                                               =========     =========     =========     =========     =========

     Earnings per common and common
      equivalent share:
         (Loss) income before cumulative
          effect of an accounting change       $    (.44)    $    1.00     $     .57     $    (.18)    $    (.83)
         Cumulative effect of a change in
          accounting for income taxes                 --            --            --            --          (.03)
                                               ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
               Net (loss) income per share     $    (.44)    $    1.00     $     .57     $    (.18)    $    (.86)
                                               =========     =========     =========     =========     =========

     Average number of common and common
      equivalent shares outstanding               16,062        16,490        15,909        15,210        13,991
     Cash dividends                            $     .01     $     .01     $     .01     $     .01     $     .01
</TABLE>



                                       17
<PAGE>   18



ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA (Continued)
- -------------------------------------------


Balance Sheet Data:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             March 31,
                                -------------------------------------------------------
                                  1997        1996        1995        1994       1993
                                --------    --------    --------    --------   --------
                                                  (in thousands)

<S>                             <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>     
Total assets                    $361,784    $389,209    $276,127    $259,968    $212,621
Notes payable, capital lease
  and other obligations due
  within one year                  1,060       2,119      27,507      25,207         679
Total long-term debt and
  capital lease obligations      108,192     110,537      32,209      27,534      24,930
Working capital                  169,058     185,995     101,617      80,066      84,738
Stockholders' equity             146,701     161,190     138,578     124,715     128,219
</TABLE>

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND 
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
        FINANCIAL CONDITION
        -------------------

SUMMARY

The following table sets forth for the periods indicated (1) certain expense and
income items expressed as a percentage of total revenues, and (2) the
percentage increase or decrease of such items as compared to the corresponding
prior period. This table and the textual discussion and analysis which follows
should be read in conjunction with the financial statements, including the notes
thereto, for the three years ended March 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 as included in
Item 8 herein.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Period to Period
                                       Percentage of Total Revenues     Increase    (Decrease)
                                       ----------------------------     ----------------------
                                                                          1997         1996
                                           Year ended March 31,         Compared     Compared
                                      1997        1996        1995      to 1996      to 1995
                                     ------      ------      ------     --------     --------
<S>                                  <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C> 
Product revenues, net                 84.0%       85.9%       85.3%       (6.3)%      29.0%
Customer service revenues, net        16.0        14.1        14.7         8.5        23.6
                                     -----       -----       -----
       Total net revenues            100.0       100.0       100.0        (4.2)       28.2

Cost of product revenues              57.2        51.2        49.9         7.0        31.4
Cost of customer service
  revenues                            10.1         8.0         8.6        21.1        20.2
Selling expenses                      19.0        17.0        18.0         7.4        20.4
Product development and
  engineering expenses                 9.5         9.3         8.9        (2.1)       34.6
General and administrative
  expenses                            11.5         8.1         9.1        35.1        14.0
                                     -----       -----       -----
                                     107.3        93.6        94.5         9.8        26.9
                                     -----       -----       -----
       (Loss) income from
           operations                 (7.3)        6.4         5.5       (208.1)      49.9

Interest income                         .3          .2          .1        95.9        15.5
Interest expense                      (1.7)       (1.4)       (1.1)       19.0        55.5
Gain on sale of subsidiary stock        --          .2          --        N.M.        N.M.
Other non-operating income             7.5          .1          --        N.M.        N.M.
                                     -----       -----       -----
       (Loss) income before
           income taxes               (1.2)        5.5         4.5       (121.2)      55.9
Provision for income taxes              .3         2.1         2.1       (86.7)       25.9
                                     -----       -----       -----
              Net (loss) income       (1.5)%       3.4%        2.4%      (142.7)      83.2
                                      =====      =====       =====
</TABLE>



                                       18
<PAGE>   19



ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND 
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
        FINANCIAL CONDITION (Continued)
        -------------------------------

IN ADDITION TO DISCUSSING AND ANALYZING THE COMPANY'S RECENT HISTORICAL
FINANCIAL RESULTS AND CONDITION, THE FOLLOWING MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND
ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS INCLUDES STATEMENTS
CONCERNING CERTAIN TRENDS AND OTHER FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION AFFECTING OR
RELATING TO THE COMPANY WHICH ARE INTENDED TO QUALIFY FOR THE PROTECTIONS
AFFORDED "FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS" UNDER THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION
REFORM ACT OF 1995, PUBLIC LAW 104-67. THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS MADE
HEREIN AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS FORM 10-K ARE INHERENTLY SUBJECT TO RISKS AND
UNCERTAINTIES WHICH COULD CAUSE THE COMPANY'S ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER
MATERIALLY FROM THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. SEE "FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT
FUTURE RESULTS" BELOW AND CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS APPEARING UNDER "ITEM 1.
BUSINESS" AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS FORM 10-K FOR A DISCUSSION OF THE IMPORTANT
FACTORS AFFECTING THE REALIZATION OF THOSE RESULTS.

OVERVIEW

For fiscal 1997, the Company recorded a net loss (including a non-operating
gain from the disposition of a subsidiary and certain non-recurring charges
recorded during the fiscal year) of $7.1 million or $.44 per share. This
compares to a net income of $16.5 million or $1.00 per share for fiscal 1996.
Inflation has not had a significant impact on the Company's consolidated
results of operations.

During fiscal 1997, the Company continued to work towards its goal of
delivering profitable growth and increased stockholder value by developing a
new, three-phase business model. The three phases of the model, which focus on
cost reduction, increased operating efficiencies and infrastructure
improvements, have been substantially implemented as of March 31, 1997. The
Company will continue to review its implementation of these initiatives for
further opportunities for improvement. The Company expects that the fiscal 1998
results will benefit from such initiatives.

The Company operates in a rapidly changing and dynamic market, and the Company's
strategies and plans are designed to adapt to changing market conditions where
and when possible. However, there can be no assurance that the Company's
management will identify the risks (especially those newly emerging from time
to time) affecting, and their impact on, the Company and its business, that the
Company's strategies and plans will take into account all market conditions and
changes thereto or that such strategies and plans will be successfully
implemented.  Accordingly, neither the historical results presented in the
Company's consolidated financial statements and discussed herein, nor any
forward-looking statements in this Form 10-K, are necessarily indicative of the
Company's future results. See "Factors That May Affect Future Results" for a
discussion of risk factors which may affect the Company's future results of     
operations.

FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS

The risks and other important factors which may affect the Company's business,
operating results, and financial and other conditions include, without
limitation, the following:

The Company's results of operations are affected by a variety of factors,
including economic conditions generally (both domestic and foreign) as well as
those specific to the industry in which it competes, decreases in average
selling price over the life of any particular product, the timing,
manufacturing complexity and expense of new product introductions (both by the
Company and its competitors), the timely implementation of new manufacturing
technologies, the ability to safeguard 



                                       19
<PAGE>   20


patents and other intellectual property in a rapidly evolving market, the rapid
increase in demand for some products and the rapid decline in demand for others
and the Company's ability to anticipate and plan for that changing market
demand. Certain of these factors are beyond the Company's control.

The Company's expectations regarding future profitability resulting from the
streamlining of the Company's product lines and operations and the achievement
of greater manufacturing efficiencies are dependent upon the successful
identification and implementation of appropriate cost saving and operational
efficiency initiatives. To the extent that these measures are not fully and
successfully implemented and maintained or their implementation is delayed, the
Company's ability to realize such cost reductions and profitability may be
materially adversely affected.

Historically, the Company's shipments during any particular quarter generally
represent orders received either during that quarter or shortly before the
beginning of that quarter. The Company endeavors to maintain sufficient levels
of purchased components to meet the delivery requirements of its customers, but
there can be no assurance that during any given quarter, the Company has or can
procure the appropriate mix of purchased components to accommodate such orders.
Therefore, the Company's financial performance in any quarter is dependent to a
significant degree upon obtaining orders which can be manufactured and
delivered to its customers in that quarter. As a result, financial performance
for any given quarter cannot be known or fully assessed until near the end of   
that quarter. The Company's product line streamlining and standardization
initiatives are intended, among other things, to reduce its dependence on same  
quarter sales fulfillment through normalized production levels. However, there
can be no assurances that such initiatives will be successfully implemented or
produce the intended benefits.

The Company has also historically recognized a substantial portion of its
product revenues in the last month of each quarter. A significant portion of the
Company's expenses are relatively fixed, and timing of increases in such
expenses is based in large part on the Company's forecast of future revenues. As
a result, if revenues do not meet expectations, the Company may be unable to
quickly adjust expenses to levels appropriate to actual revenues, which could
have a materially adverse effect on the Company's results of operations.

The markets in which the Company competes are intensely competitive and
characterized by increasingly rapid technological change, introduction of new
products with improved performance characteristics, product obsolescence and
price erosion. Failure to keep pace with product and technological advances
could negatively affect the Company's competitive position and prospects for
growth. Customers' anticipation of new or enhanced product offerings by the
Company or a competitor may lead them to defer purchases of the Company's
existing products. In addition, companies that are participants in the broader
computer industry are potential competitors. Some of the Company's competitors
and potential competitors have substantially greater financial, technical,
intellectual property, marketing and human resources than the Company.

The Company's future success depends on its ability to develop and rapidly bring
to market technologically advanced products. From time to time the Company
invests in development stage and other entities who possess or who could
potentially possess strategically important technologies. Due to the nature of
these entities and their operations, there can be no assurance that these
investments will be realizable or will result in marketable and/or successful
products. There can be no assurance that the Company's research and development
activities will lead to the commercially successful introduction of new or
improved products or that the Company will not encounter delays or problems in
connection therewith. The cost of 


                                       20
<PAGE>   21



perfecting new and improved technologies to satisfy customer quality and
delivery expectations as they are brought to market cannot always be fully
anticipated and may adversely affect Company operating profits during such
introductions. In addition, the average selling prices for computer products
generally decrease over the products' lives. To mitigate such decreases, the
Company seeks to reduce manufacturing costs of existing products and to
introduce new products, functions and other price/performance-enhancing
features. To the extent that these product enhancements do not occur on a timely
basis or do not result in a sufficient increase in sales prices to end users,
the Company's operating results could be materially adversely affected.

To date, the Company's revenues have been concentrated in the retail industry,
historically representing over 50% of its total revenues. Among other factors,
the economic condition and prospects of current and prospective customers in
the markets which the Company serves may affect the Company's own financial
results. The Company's future growth depends, in part, on its ability to 
successfully penetrate and expand its revenues in new markets as well as
increased penetration in the retail market. There can be no assurance that such
penetration and expansion into new and existing markets can be profitably
achieved.

The Company believes its future success is also dependent, in part, upon its
ability to continue to enhance its product offerings through internal
development and the acquisition of new businesses and technologies, but there
can be no assurance that the Company will be able to identify, acquire or
profitably operate new businesses or otherwise implement its growth strategy
successfully. For the Company to manage its growth and integrate any newly
acquired entities, it must continue to improve operations and financial and
management information systems and effectively motivate and manage employees. If
the Company is unable to successfully pursue and manage such growth, its
business and results of operations could be adversely affected. As in the case
of its recent disposition of its Itronix subsidiary, and in the event that, as
part of its efforts to improve its operating efficiencies or otherwise, the
Company elects to divest itself of a majority or greater interest in other of
its technical subsidiaries, the Company's revenues may be adversely affected.

The Company regards certain of its hardware and software technologies as
proprietary and relies on a combination of United States and foreign patent,
copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as license and other
contractual confidentiality provisions, to protect its proprietary rights.
Despite the Company's efforts to safeguard its proprietary rights, there can be
no assurance that the Company will be successful in doing so or that the
Company's competitors will not independently develop or patent technologies that
are substantially equivalent or superior to or otherwise circumvent the
Company's technologies and proprietary rights.

The Company's products utilize hardware and software technologies licensed from
third parties. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
license needed technology in the future. An early termination of certain of
these license agreements (including patent rights licensed from Symbol
Technologies, Inc., one of its principal competitors, necessary for the
Company's manufacture and sale of its integrated laser scanning terminals which
account for a material portion of the Company's current sales) could have a
materially adverse effect on the Company's ability to market certain of its
products and, hence, on its business, results of operations and financial
condition. The Company believes that its products, processes and trademarks do
not infringe on the rights of third parties, but third parties have asserted,
and there can be no assurance that they will not in the future assert,
infringement or other related claims against the Company or its licensors. Any
infringement claim or 


                                       21
<PAGE>   22


related litigation against the Company, or any challenge to the validity of the
Company's own intellectual property rights, and the expense of defending the
same could materially adversely effect the Company's ability to market its
products and, hence, its business, results of operations and financial
condition.

Certain of the Company's products, sub-assemblies and components are procured
from single source suppliers, and others are procured from only a limited
number of suppliers. The Company has in the past encountered, and may in the
future encounter, shortages of supplies and delays in deliveries of necessary
components. Such shortages and delays could have a materially adverse effect on
the Company's ability to ship products.

As a substantial portion of the Company's total revenues, ranging from
approximately 25%-30% in recent years, is from customers located outside of the
United States, the Company's results could be negatively affected by global and
regional economic conditions, changes in foreign currency exchange rates, trade
protection measures, regulatory acceptance of the Company's products in foreign
countries, longer accounts receivable collection patterns and other
considerations peculiar to the conduct of international business. Additionally,
the Company is subject to similar risks in its procurement of certain of its
products, components and sub-assemblies outside the United States.

Certain of the Company's products intentionally transmit radio signals as part
of their normal operation. These products are subject to regulatory approval,
restrictions on the use of certain frequencies and the creation of interference,
and other requirements by the Federal Communications Commission and
corresponding authorities in each country in which they are marketed. Regulatory
changes could significantly impact the Company's operations by restricting the
Company's development efforts, making current products obsolete or increasing
the opportunity for additional competition. The intentional emission of
electromagnetic radiation has also been the subject of recent public concern
regarding possible health and safety risks, and though the Company believes that
the low power output and the distance typically maintained between a product and
the user means that its products do not pose material safety concerns, there can
be no assurance that such safety issues will not arise in the future and will
not have a materially adverse effect on the Company's business.

Among other things, the Company's future success depends in large part on the
continued service of its key technical, marketing and management personnel and
on its ability to continue to attract and retain qualified employees,
particularly those highly skilled design, process and test engineers involved in
the manufacture of existing products and the development of products and
processes. The competition for such personnel is intense, and the loss of key
employees could have a materially adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations.

In addition to the factors discussed above and elsewhere in this Form 10-K which
may adversely affect the Company's conduct of its business and the results
thereof, the Company's financial condition is also subject to the possible
adverse effects of certain pending litigation and other contingencies discussed
above under "Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS", and in Note 18 to the financial
statements included below in Item 8 in this Form 10-K.



                                       22
<PAGE>   23


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Revenues
- --------

1997 vs. 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Year ended March 31,                        Increase (Decrease)
                                                   --------------------------------------    ---------------------------------------
Net Revenues:                                            1997                 1996                Dollar              Percentage
                                                   -----------------    -----------------    -----------------    ------------------
                                                                         (in thousands)

<S>                                                  <C>                  <C>                  <C>                         <C>   
Product, net....................................     $      391,406       $      417,725       $  (26,319)                 (6.3)%
Customer service, net...........................             74,606               68,744            5,862                   8.5%
                                                   -----------------    -----------------    -----------------
Total net revenues..............................     $      466,012       $      486,469       $  (20,457)                 (4.2)%
                                                   =================    =================    =================
</TABLE>

Product revenues include the sale of portable tele-transaction computers
("PTCs"), including rugged, wireless mobile computers; pen-based and
touch-screen workslates; hardware accessories; wireless data communication
products; custom application software and software licenses and a variety of
professional services including system integration and project management.

The decrease in consolidated product revenues in fiscal 1997 from fiscal 1996
levels was due primarily to the absence in fourth quarter of product revenues
from the Company's Itronix subsidiary as the result of the sale of that
subsidiary's business at December 31, 1996. During the fourth quarter of fiscal
1996, the former Itronix subsidiary recorded total product revenues of $30.8
million. The Company's fiscal 1997 and 1996 consolidated product revenues,
adjusted for the sale of Itronix by excluding the former Itronix subsidiary's
total product revenues of $62.6 million for the first nine months of fiscal
1997 and $61.5 million for the twelve months of fiscal 1996, amounted to $328.8
million and $356.2 million, respectively. In addition to the impact of the sale
of Itronix, the Company's fiscal 1997 product revenues were negatively impacted
by a decrease in PTC unit volume that was partially offset by an increase in
the average selling price per PTC unit. The increased average selling price per
PTC unit was primarily due to the increase in the Company's sales volume of
comprehensive wireless systems and other more complex and costly products (such
as pen-based and touch-screen workslates) as a percentage of total product
revenues.

The increase in consolidated customer service revenue in fiscal 1997 from       
fiscal 1996 levels was due primarily to the continued increase in the installed
base of the Company's products.

Revenues from the Company's international operations (including Canada) were
$134.2 million and $123.5 million in fiscal 1997 and 1996, respectively. This
increase was primarily attributable to increased revenues recorded by the
Company's Australian subsidiary and certain of its Canadian operations as well
as increased sales to foreign distributors. The strengthening of the United
States Dollar against the local, functional currency of certain of the Company's
foreign subsidiaries negatively impacted international revenues by $3.3 million
or 3.4% during fiscal 1997 as compared to less than $.1 million or .3% in fiscal
1996.

The Company anticipates increased revenue levels in fiscal 1998 from continuing
operations.


                                       23
<PAGE>   24


1996 vs. 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Year ended March 31,                            Increase
                                                   --------------------------------------    --------------------------------------
Net Revenues:                                            1996                 1995                Dollar              Percentage
                                                   -----------------    -----------------    -----------------    -----------------
                                                                         (in thousands)

<S>                                                  <C>                  <C>                  <C>                          <C>  
Product, net....................................     $      417,725       $      323,916       $       93,809               29.0%
Customer service, net...........................             68,744               55,603               13,141               23.6%
                                                   -----------------    -----------------    -----------------
Total net revenues..............................     $      486,469       $      379,519       $      106,950               28.2%
                                                   =================    =================    =================
</TABLE>

The increase in consolidated product revenues in fiscal 1996 from fiscal 1995   
levels was due primarily to an increase in average selling price per PTC unit
supplemented by a moderate increase in PTC unit volume. Revenues from the
Company's Itronix subsidiary increased $39.4 million and also contributed to
the increase in the average selling price per PTC unit. Further contributing to
the increased average selling price per unit was the Company's movement towards
comprehensive wireless systems which are more complex and therefore more
costly, and increased volumes of pen-based and touch-screen workslates as a
percentage of total product revenues. The increase in product revenues was
aided by high levels of new account and market activity in industries such as
manufacturing, transportation and utilities.

The growth in consolidated customer service revenue in fiscal 1996 from fiscal  
1995 levels was due primarily to the increase in the installed base of the
Company's products.

Revenues from the Company's international operations (including Canada) were
$123.5 million and $108.1 million in fiscal 1996 and 1995, respectively. This
increase was primarily attributable to increased European subsidiaries' revenues
resulting from an increased average selling price per unit. Changes in currency
exchange rates and intercompany hedging activities did not have a material
effect on the results of the Company's international operations.

Cost of Revenues
- ----------------

1997 vs. 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Year ended March 31,                           Increase
                                                   --------------------------------------    ---------------------------------------
Cost of Revenues:                                        1997                 1996                Dollar              Percentage
                                                   -----------------    -----------------    -----------------    ------------------
                                                                         (in thousands)

<S>                                                  <C>                  <C>                  <C>                         <C> 
Product.........................................     $      266,624       $      249,120       $      17,504                7.0%
Customer service................................             47,248               39,016               8,232               21.1%
                                                   -----------------    -----------------    -----------------
Total cost of revenues..........................     $      313,872       $      288,136       $      25,736                8.9%
                                                   =================    =================    =================

Cost of product revenues as a 
    percentage of product 
    revenues, net...............................              68.1%                59.6%
Cost of customer service 
    revenues as a percentage of 
    customer service revenues, net..............              63.3%                56.8%
</TABLE>

The increase in the fiscal 1997 consolidated product revenues cost percentage
from fiscal 1996 levels was primarily due to non-recurring charges recorded
during the third quarter of fiscal 1997. These 


                                       24
<PAGE>   25



non-recurring items, which included provisions for the decreased carrying value
of the Company's inventories affected by the streamlining of its product lines
and charges related to the Company's workforce reduction and early retirement
initiatives, accounted for approximately $7.2 million and $1.8 million or 2.7%  
and .7%, respectively, of the fiscal 1997 consolidated cost of product
revenues. In addition to the impact of these non-recurring charges, product
gross margins declined from fiscal 1996 levels due to an increase in the amount
of large-volume/low margin business and early stage rollouts of new products
during fiscal 1997. Included in the fiscal 1996 results were revenues related
to the sale of non-exclusive software licenses and manufacturing rights to a
third-party business partner which reduced the fiscal 1996 consolidated product
revenues cost percentage by approximately 1%.

The Company anticipates the fiscal 1998 consolidated cost of product revenues
percentage to decrease from fiscal 1997 levels as a result of the absence of the
aforementioned non-recurring charges as well as the continued benefit of the
Company's implementation of its cost reduction and efficiency initiatives.

The increase in the fiscal 1997 consolidated customer service cost percentage
from fiscal 1996 levels was primarily due to non-recurring charges recorded
during the third quarter of fiscal 1997 as well as the increased direct material
and labor costs required to repair the Company's more sophisticated and complex
products. These non-recurring items, which included provisions for the decreased
carrying value of the Company's service inventories affected by the streamlining
of its product lines and charges related to the consolidation of field service
operations, accounted for approximately $1.0 million or 2% of the fiscal 1997
consolidated cost of customer service revenues.

The Company anticipates the fiscal 1998 consolidated customer service cost
percentage to decrease from fiscal 1997 as a result of the absence of the
aforementioned non-recurring charges as well as the continued benefit of the
Company's implementation of its cost reduction and efficiency initiatives.

For the year ended March 31, 1997, inventory allowance accounts increased to
$16.0 million from $10.1 million at March 31, 1996. As a percentage of gross
inventories, inventory allowances increased to 16% at March 31, 1997, from 8%   
at March 31, 1996. The increase in the inventory allowance accounts as well as
the increase in the allowance as a percentage of gross inventories reflects the
additional provisions recorded primarily during the third quarter of fiscal
1997 in conjunction with the Company's streamlining of its product lines. The
Company anticipates continuing to provide for inventory obsolescence resulting
from technological change.



                                       25
<PAGE>   26



1996 vs. 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Year ended March 31,                           Increase
                                                   --------------------------------------    --------------------------------------
Cost of revenues:                                        1996                 1995                Dollar              Percentage
                                                   -----------------    -----------------    -----------------    -----------------
                                                                         (in thousands)

<S>                                                  <C>                  <C>                  <C>                       <C>  
Product.........................................     $      249,120       $      189,568       $       59,552            31.4%
Customer service................................             39,016               32,455                6,561            20.2%
                                                   -----------------    -----------------    -----------------
Total cost of revenues..........................     $      288,136       $      222,023       $       66,113            29.8%
                                                   =================    =================    =================

Cost of product revenues as a 
    percentage of product 
    revenues, net...............................              59.6%                58.5%
Cost of customer service 
    revenues as a percentage of 
    customer service revenues, net..............              56.8%                58.4%
</TABLE>

The increase in the fiscal 1996 consolidated product cost percentage from fiscal
1995 levels was primarily due to pricing pressures on certain large accounts and
fulfillment of customer delivery commitments for volume shipments of new
products which required costly, rapid redesign and rework. Revenues related to
software and manufacturing rights agreements and distribution agreements, which
have little incremental cost, and reduced estimates for warranty costs combined
to decrease the cost of product revenues as a percentage of product revenues by
approximately 1%.

The decrease in the fiscal 1996 consolidated customer service cost percentage
from fiscal 1995 levels was primarily attributable to the fact that it was not
necessary to increase customer service personnel and related resources
proportionately with the increase in customer service revenues.

For the year ended March 31, 1996, inventory allowance accounts decreased to
$10.1 million from $10.9 million at March 31, 1995. This decrease was due to the
disposal of obsolete materials and other of $2.8 million offset by provisions
for inventory obsolescence of $2.0 million. As a percentage of gross
inventories, inventory allowances decreased to 8% at March 31, 1996 from 13% 
at March 31, 1995.

Operating Expenses
- ------------------

1997 vs. 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Year ended March 31,                        Increase (Decrease)
                                                   --------------------------------------    --------------------------------------
Operating expenses:                                      1997                 1996                Dollar              Percentage
                                                   -----------------    -----------------    -----------------    -----------------
                                                                         (in thousands)

<S>                                                  <C>                  <C>                  <C>                          <C> 
Selling expenses................................     $       88,321       $       82,207       $     6,114                   7.4%
Product development and 
   engineering expenses.........................             44,439               45,383              (944)                 (2.1)%
General and administrative 
   expenses.....................................             53,230               39,415            13,815                  35.1%
                                                   -----------------    -----------------    -----------------
Total operating expenses........................     $      185,990       $      167,005       $    18,985                  11.4%
                                                   =================    =================    =================
</TABLE>

Selling expenses as a percentage of total revenues were 19% in fiscal 1997 as 
compared to 17% in fiscal 1996. The increase in the fiscal 1997 consolidated
selling expenses as a percentage of total revenues from fiscal 1996 levels was 


                                       26
<PAGE>   27



primarily due to non-recurring charges recorded during the third quarter of
fiscal 1997. These non-recurring items included charges related to the redesign
of the Company's worldwide distribution and logistics operations as well as
charges related to the Company's workforce reduction and early retirement
initiatives. In total, these non-recurring items accounted for approximately
$6.0 million or 7% of the selling expenses recorded during fiscal 1997. The
Company anticipates fiscal 1998 selling expenses as a percentage of total
revenues to decrease from fiscal 1997 levels as a result of the absence of the
aforementioned non-recurring charges and the continued benefit of the Company's
implementation of its cost reduction initiatives.

Product development and engineering expenses as a percentage of total revenues
were 10% in fiscal 1997 as compared to 9% in fiscal 1996. Included in the
Company's fiscal 1997 consolidated product development and engineering expenses
were non-recurring charges related to the Company's workforce reduction and
early retirement initiatives and the consolidation of certain product
development and engineering functions. These non-recurring charges, which were
recorded during the third quarter of fiscal 1997 and accounted for      
approximately $2.2 million or 5% of the fiscal 1997 consolidated product
development and engineering expenses, were substantially offset by the absence
of fourth quarter product development and engineering expenses of the Company's
former Itronix subsidiary. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996, Itronix
recorded product development and engineering expenses of approximately $1.6
million. Included in the Company's consolidated fiscal 1997 results were
approximately $5.2 million of product development and engineering expenses
incurred by Itronix during the first nine months of fiscal 1997. The Company's
fiscal 1996 consolidated results included approximately $4.4 million of product
development and engineering expenses incurred by Itronix. Additionally,
Itronix's fiscal 1996 product development and engineering expenses included a
$1.0 million reimbursement from a customer for certain development expenses
incurred by Itronix during fiscal 1996 specific to that customer. Subsequent to
March 31, 1997, the Company initiated plans to consolidate and relocate certain
of its engineering and product development operations to Houston, Texas. Though
the relocation will entail certain expenditures in the near term, the
consolidation of engineering operations is expected to reduce operating costs
and product-development time as well as improve the Company's ability to
integrate new technologies through concurrent engineering.

During fiscal 1997, the Company capitalized internal software development costs
in accordance with the requirements of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 86, "Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to Be Sold,
Leased, or Otherwise Marketed" ("SFAS No. 86") aggregating $7.7 million. The
Company anticipates the dollar amount of internal software development costs to
be capitalized during fiscal 1998 to decrease from fiscal 1997 levels.

General and administrative expenses as a percentage of total revenues were 11%
in fiscal 1997 and 8% in fiscal 1996. The increase in the Company's fiscal 1997
consolidated general and administrative expenses from fiscal 1996 levels was
primarily due to non-recurring charges recorded during the third and fourth
quarters of fiscal 1997. The non-recurring third quarter items, which included
charges related to the Company's 



                                       27
<PAGE>   28


workforce reduction and early retirement initiatives, corporate information
systems, and certain consulting agreements, accounted for approximately $5.9    
million or 11% of the fiscal 1997 consolidated general and administrative       
expenses. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company recorded a      
non-recurring charge of $5.5 million or 10% of the fiscal 1997 consolidated
general and administrative expenses related to the retirement of Robert F.
Meyerson, the Company's Chairman and CEO. The $5.5 million was comprised of
$2.5 million cash payment for the non-renewal of the Company's consulting
agreement with a company affiliated with Mr. Meyerson and a $3.0 million cash
retirement package. Included in the Company's fiscal 1997 consolidated results
were approximately $1.8 million of general and administrative expenses incurred
by Itronix for the first nine months of fiscal 1997. The Company's fiscal 1996
consolidated results included approximately $1.8 million of general and
administrative expenses incurred by Itronix. The Company anticipates general
and administrative expenses to decrease in fiscal 1998 from fiscal 1997 levels
as a result of the absence of the aforementioned third and fourth quarter
non-recurring charges, the continued benefit of the Company's implementation of
its cost reduction initiatives and the elimination of general and
administrative expenses related to its former Itronix subsidiary.

1996 vs. 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Year ended March 31,                            Increase
                                                   --------------------------------------    ---------------------------------------
Operating expenses:                                      1996                 1995                Dollar              Percentage
                                                   -----------------    -----------------    -----------------    ------------------
                                                                         (in thousands)

<S>                                                  <C>                  <C>                  <C>                          <C>  
Selling expenses................................     $       82,207       $       68,279       $       13,928               20.4%
Product development and 
  engineering expense...........................             45,383               33,728               11,655               34.6%
General and administrative 
  expenses.....................................              39,415               34,583                4,832               14.0%
                                                   -----------------    -----------------    -----------------
Total operating expenses........................     $      167,005       $      136,590       $       30,415               22.3%
                                                   =================    =================    =================
</TABLE>

Selling expenses as a percentage of total revenues were 17% in fiscal 1996 as   
compared to 18% in fiscal 1995. The decrease in the fiscal 1996 consolidated
selling expenses as a percentage of total revenues was primarily attributable
to the leverage of fixed selling expenses over a greater revenue base.

Product development and engineering expenses were 9% of total revenues in both  
fiscal 1996 and 1995. The increase in consolidated product development and      
engineering expenses, net of capitalized software development costs, in fiscal
1996 as compared to fiscal 1995 was primarily attributable to research and
development activities related to new product development. These activities
included increased research and development costs associated with the further
development of wireless data communications and spread spectrum technology;
evolutionary development of pen-based technology; commercial development of
rugged, wireless mobile computers; pre-commercial research relating to
augmented reality hardware and software, advanced image reading and two
dimensional bar-code technology and improvements to existing PTC and other
products. During the first quarter of fiscal 1996, the Company recognized $1.0
million of development expense reimbursement funding relating to a large order
from a major Itronix customer. The expense reimbursement was offset against the
related development expenses incurred.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996, the Company capitalized software
development costs in accordance with the requirements of SFAS No. 86 aggregating
$7.1 million on a pretax basis.



                                       28
<PAGE>   29


General and administrative expenses as a percentage of total revenues were 8%
and 9% for fiscal years 1996 and 1995, respectively. The increase was primarily
attributable to increased legal expenses and corporate and international
administration necessary to support the Company's revenue growth. At March 31,
1996, there were no accrued amounts remaining from the fiscal 1993 restructuring
charges. All such remaining amounts were paid in fiscal 1996. There were no
material adjustments recorded in fiscal 1996 related to restructuring amounts
recorded in fiscal 1994 or fiscal 1993.

Interest Expense
- ----------------

1997 vs. 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Year ended March 31,                            Increase
                                                   --------------------------------------    --------------------------------------
Net interest expense:                                    1997                 1996                Dollar              Percentage
                                                   -----------------    -----------------    -----------------    -----------------
                                                                         (in thousands)

<S>                                                 <C>                   <C>                  <C>                           <C>  
Interest income.................................    $      1,489         $         760        $      729                    95.9%
Interest expense................................          (8,056)               (6,770)            1,286                    19.0%
                                                   -----------------    -----------------    -----------------
Net interest expense............................    $     (6,567)        $      (6,010)       $      557                     9.3%
                                                   =================    =================    =================
</TABLE>

Net interest expense as a percentage of revenues was approximately 1% in both
fiscal 1997 and 1996. The increase in the Company's fiscal 1997 consolidated net
interest expense from fiscal 1996 was primarily due to the fact that the
Company's 5-3/4% convertible subordinated notes, which were issued during the
third quarter of fiscal 1996, were outstanding for the entire 1997 fiscal year.
The Company's cash requirements are discussed below in Cash Flows from Operating
and Investing Activities.

1996 vs. 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Year ended March 31,                            Increase
                                                   --------------------------------------    ---------------------------------------
Net interest expense:                                    1996                 1995                Dollar              Percentage
                                                   -----------------    -----------------    -----------------    ------------------
                                                                         (in thousands)

<S>                                                  <C>                  <C>                  <C>                             <C>  
Interest income.................................     $        760        $         658        $           102                  15.5%
Interest expense................................           (6,770)              (4,354)                 2,416                  55.5%
                                                   -----------------    -----------------    -----------------
Net interest expense............................     $     (6,010)       $      (3,696)       $         2,314                  62.6%
                                                   =================    =================    =================
</TABLE>

Net interest expense as a percentage of revenues was approximately 1% in both
fiscal 1996 and 1995. The increase in fiscal 1996 as compared to fiscal 1995
reflects the continued borrowing under the Company's credit facilities through
the end of the third quarter of fiscal 1996 and interest costs related to the
Company's 5-3/4% convertible subordinated notes issued during the third quarter
of fiscal 1996.

Income Taxes
- ------------

1997 vs. 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Year ended March 31,                           (Decrease)
                                                   --------------------------------------    ---------------------------------------
Income taxes:                                            1997                 1996                Dollar              Percentage
                                                   -----------------    -----------------    -----------------    ------------------
                                                                         (in thousands)

<S>                                                  <C>                  <C>                  <C>                         <C>    
Provision for income taxes......................     $        1,368       $       10,314       $     (8,946)               (86.7)%
</TABLE>

The Company's consolidated effective tax rate was 28% in fiscal 1997 and 38% in
fiscal 1996. The consolidated effective tax rate for fiscal 1997 reflects income
before taxes multiplied by the United States federal 


                                       29
<PAGE>   30


statutory tax rate. The rate was increased by the net taxes on repatriated
foreign earnings, nondeductible goodwill amortization, international rate
differentials and separate company net operating loss benefits not currently
utilized. The effective tax rate was decreased by research and development
credits and the favorable tax treatment of the foreign sales corporation. The
credit for increasing research and development expenditures, which had expired
at June 30, 1995, was reinstated at July 1, 1996. There were no other
significant tax law changes during fiscal 1997 that had a significant effect on
the calculation of the income tax liability.

The consolidated effective tax rate for fiscal 1996 reflects income before taxes
increased by nondeductible goodwill amortization, the sum of which was
multiplied by the United States federal statutory tax rate and increased by
international tax rate differentials. The increase in the consolidated effective
tax rate arising from the addition of nondeductible goodwill and international
tax rate differentials was partially offset by research and development credits
earned through the first quarter of fiscal 1996 and benefits from research and
development credit carryforwards from prior fiscal years.

1996 vs. 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Year ended March 31,                            Increase
                                                   --------------------------------------    ---------------------------------------
Income taxes:                                            1996                 1995                Dollar              Percentage
                                                   -----------------    -----------------    -----------------    ------------------
                                                                         (in thousands)

<S>                                                  <C>                  <C>                  <C>                           <C>  
Provision for income taxes......................     $       10,314       $        8,192       $        2,122                25.9%
</TABLE>

The Company's consolidated effective tax rate was 38% in fiscal 1996 and 48% in
fiscal 1995. The consolidated effective tax rate for fiscal 1996 reflects income
before taxes increased by nondeductible goodwill amortization, the sum of which
was multiplied by the United States federal statutory tax rate and increased by
international tax rate differentials. These increases were partially offset by
research and development credits earned through the first quarter of fiscal 1996
and benefits from research and development credit carryforwards from prior
fiscal years. The credit available for increasing research and development
expenditures expired at June 30, 1995. There were no other significant tax law
changes during fiscal 1996 that had a significant effect on the calculation of
the income tax liability.

The consolidated effective tax rate for fiscal 1995 reflects income before taxes
increased by nondeductible goodwill amortization, the sum of which was
multiplied by the United States federal statutory rate and increased by
international tax rate differentials. The increase in the consolidated effective
tax rate arising from the addition of nondeductible goodwill and international
tax rate differentials was partially offset by research and development credits.

NON-OPERATING INCOME

1997 vs. 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Year ended March 31,                        Increase (Decrease)
                                                   --------------------------------------    --------------------------------------
Non-operating income:                                    1997                 1996                Dollar              Percentage
                                                   -----------------    -----------------    -----------------    -----------------
                                                                         (in thousands)

<S>                                                  <C>                  <C>                  <C>                            <C>
Gain on sale of subsidiary 
  stock................                              $           --       $        1,116       $    (1,116)                   N.M.
Other non-operating expense.....................             34,726                  401            34,325                    N.M.
                                                   -----------------    -----------------    -----------------
Total non-operating income......................     $       34,726       $        1,517       $    33,209                    N.M.
                                                   =================    =================    =================
</TABLE>

Effective December 31, 1996, the Company sold substantially all of the assets of
its Itronix Corporation subsidiary, with a net book value of 



                                       30
<PAGE>   31


$30.8 million, as well as all of the subsidiary's associated business, for $65.5
million in cash, plus the assumption by the buyer of certain specified
liabilities of the transferred business totaling $8.2 million. The transaction
resulted in a $32.7 million gain, net of transaction costs of $10.3 million,
which has been recorded as other non-operating income in the accompanying
consolidated statement of operations. The buyer is entitled to customary
indemnification from the Company with respect to retained liabilities and,
through March 31, 1998, to the Company's representations, warranties and
covenants in the sale agreement. Under the terms of the sale, the Company is
precluded from competing with the buyer in the manufacture and sale of
ruggedized notebook computers for a period of five years after the date of sale,
other than the Company's resale of products obtained from the buyer under a
mutual reseller agreement.

During fiscal 1997, the Company also engaged in certain transactions involving
the stock of its Aironet and Metanetics Subsidiaries, which transactions, as
further discussed in Note 16 of the accompanying consolidated financial
statements, had no net effect on the Company's consolidated non-operating
income. The Company anticipates potential sales of partial ownership interests
in certain of its technical subsidiaries and other operations in the future
through various transactions, which may include public offerings and/or private
placements.

1996 vs. 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Year ended March 31,                            Increase
                                                   --------------------------------------    ---------------------------------------
Non-operating income:                                    1996                 1995                Dollar              Percentage
                                                   -----------------    -----------------    -----------------    ------------------
                                                                         (in thousands)

<S>                                                  <C>                  <C>                  <C>                           <C>
Gain on sale of subsidiary 
  stock.........................................     $        1,116       $           --       $        1,116                N.M.
Other non-operating expense.....................                401                   --                  401                N.M.
                                                   -----------------    -----------------    -----------------
Total non-operating income......................     $        1,517       $           --       $        1,517                N.M.
                                                   =================    =================    =================
</TABLE>

During fiscal 1996, the Company sold interests in its Metanetics subsidiary, a
licensor and developer of image reading technology, to certain key executives
and to third-parties. A total of 1.7 million shares of Metanetics' voting common
stock were sold at prices ranging from $.50 per share to $1.04 per share. Total
proceeds aggregated $1.4 million in cash and notes receivable. The resulting
pre-tax gain of $1.1 million, net of related transaction costs, was recorded as
non-operating income in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.
Deferred taxes of $.5 million for the gain were included in the Company's
provision for income taxes. The Company's remaining percentage interest in the
voting common stock of Metanetics at March 31, 1996, was 49%.

Non-operating income in fiscal 1996 also included realized and unrealized gains
from transactions in trading securities amounting to $.4 million.



                                       31
<PAGE>   32


FINANCIAL CONDITION

Liquidity
- ---------

1997 vs. 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             March 31,                                Dollar 
                                                          ------------------------------------------------           Increase
                                                                  1997                      1996                    (Decrease)
                                                          ----------------------    ----------------------     ---------------------
                                                                                (in thousands except ratios)

<S>                                                         <C>                       <C>                        <C>           
Cash and cash equivalents..............................     $       45,386            $       34,828             $       10,558
Accounts and notes receivable..........................            128,271                   143,114                    (14,843)
Inventories                                                         84,499                   111,132                    (26,633)
Other..................................................             11,956                    10,841                      1,115
                                                          ----------------------    ----------------------     ---------------------
Total current assets...................................     $      270,112            $      299,915             $      (29,803)
                                                          ======================    ======================     =====================

Notes payable..........................................     $           50            $           66             $          (16)
Accounts payable.......................................             47,917                    59,620                    (11,703)
Income taxes payable...................................              3,077                     7,029                     (3,952)
Accrued liabilities....................................             49,000                    45,152                      3,848
Other..................................................              1,010                     2,053                     (1,043)
                                                          ----------------------    ----------------------     ---------------------
Total current liabilities..............................     $      101,054            $      113,920             $      (12,866)
                                                          ======================    ======================     =====================

Working capital (current assets less current
    liabilities).......................................     $      169,058            $      185,995             $      (16,937)
                                                          ======================    ======================     =====================
Current ratio (current assets divided by current
    liabilities).......................................

                                                                       2.7                       2.6
</TABLE>

The decrease in the Company's working capital at March 31, 1997, from March 31,
1996, was primarily comprised of the decrease in accounts and notes receivable
and inventories and the increase in accrued liabilities, as detailed in the
preceding table. The decrease in accounts and notes receivable at March 31,
1997, from amounts recorded at March 31, 1996, was primarily due to the sale of
the trade receivables of the Company's former Itronix subsidiary. Included in
the Company's consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 1996, were accounts and
notes receivable totaling $8.8 million recorded by the former Itronix
subsidiary. Consolidated days sales outstanding, adjusted for the sale of
Itronix by excluding Itronix's results from both periods, decreased to 88 days  
at March 31, 1997, from 95 days at March 31, 1996. The decrease in inventories  
at March 31, 1997, from March 31, 1996, was primarily due to the sale of the
inventory of Itronix as well as the increase in the Company's inventory
allowance accounts. Included in the Company's consolidated balance sheet at
March 31, 1996, were inventories of $12.8 million recorded by Itronix. These
decreases in the Company's working capital were partially offset by the
increase in cash and cash equivalents and the decrease in accounts payable and
income taxes payable, as detailed in the preceding table. The increase in cash  
and cash equivalents at March 31, 1997, from March 31, 1996, was primarily due
to the receipt of cash proceeds from the sale of Itronix. Similarly, the        
decrease in accounts payable at March 31, 1997, from March 31, 1996, was
primarily the result of the buyer's assumption of the accounts payable of
Itronix. Included  in 



                                       32
<PAGE>   33


the Company's consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 1996, were accounts
payable of $14.1 million recorded by Itronix.

The Company believes its existing resources, including available cash and cash
equivalents, internally generated funds and bank credit facilities will be
sufficient to meet working capital requirements for the next twelve months.

1996 vs. 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             March 31,                                Dollar
                                                          ------------------------------------------------           Increase
                                                                  1996                      1995                    (Decrease)
                                                          ----------------------    ----------------------     ---------------------
                                                                                (in thousands except ratios)

<S>                                                         <C>                       <C>                        <C>           
Cash and cash equivalents..............................     $       34,828            $       31,364             $        3,464
Accounts and notes receivable..........................            143,114                    90,724                     52,390
Inventories............................................            111,132                    72,078                     39,054
Other..................................................             10,841                    11,127                       (286)
                                                          ----------------------    ----------------------     ---------------------
Total current assets...................................     $      299,915            $      205,293             $       94,622
                                                          ======================    ======================     =====================

Notes payable..........................................     $           66            $       25,395             $      (25,329)
Accounts payable.......................................             59,620                    33,466                     26,154
Income taxes payable...................................              7,029                     8,315                     (1,286)
Accrued liabilities....................................             45,152                    34,388                     10,764
Other..................................................              2,053                     2,112                        (59)
                                                          ----------------------    ----------------------     ---------------------
Total current liabilities..............................     $      113,920            $      103,676             $       10,244
                                                          ======================    ======================     =====================

Working capital (current assets less current
    liabilities) ......................................     $      165,995            $      101,617             $       64,378
                                                          ======================    ======================     =====================
Current ratio (current assets divided by current
    liabilities) ......................................

                                                                       2.6                       2.0
</TABLE>

The increase in the Company's working capital at March 31, 1996, from March 31, 
1995, was primarily comprised of the increase in cash and cash equivalents,
accounts and notes receivable and inventories as well as the decrease in notes
payable, as detailed in the preceding table. Days sales outstanding, including
Itronix's results, increased to 84 days at March 31, 1996, from 75 days at
March 31, 1995. This increase was primarily due to proportionately greater
revenues during the last month of fiscal 1996 as compared to fiscal 1995 and to
the increase in complex and lengthy installations of local and wide area        
networks. The increase in inventories at March 31, 1996, from March 31, 1995,
was primarily due to the increase in the breadth of the Company's product
offerings and the related manufacturing safety stock levels, particularly at
the Company's Itronix subsidiary.

These increases in working capital were partially offset by the increase in
accrued liabilities of $10.8 million, as detailed in the preceding table.


                                       33
<PAGE>   34
P

Cash Flows from Operations
- --------------------------

1997 vs. 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              Dollar Increase
                                                                    Year ended March 31,                      (Decrease) in 
                                                        ----------------------------------------------           Cash Flow
Cash Flows from Operations:                                     1997                     1996                      Impact
                                                        ---------------------    ---------------------    -------------------------
                                                                                     (in thousands)

<S>                                                       <C>                      <C>                      <C>           
Net (loss) income...................................      $       (7,059)           $       16,521           $     (23,580)
Depreciation and amortization......................               28,689                    23,747                   4,942
Provision for inventory obsolescence................              11,521                     2,026                   9,495
Deferred income taxes...............................                (947)                    4,161                  (5,108)
Gain on sale of assets..............................             (32,653)                       --                 (32,653)
Accounts and notes receivable......................                  171                   (54,103)                 54,274
Inventories.........................................                (131)                  (41,139)                 41,008
Intangibles and other assets........................              (2,783)                   (2,416)                   (367)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities............              (7,472)                   38,238                 (45,710)
Income taxes payable................................              (3,005)                   (2,302)                   (703)
Other...............................................                 917                     2,019                  (1,102)
                                                        ---------------------    ---------------------    -------------------------
Net cash used in operating activities...............      $      (12,752)          $       (13,248)          $         496
                                                        =====================    =====================    =========================
</TABLE>

The Company's fiscal 1997 cash flows from operations were positively impacted by
the change in the cash flow impact of the non-cash charge for depreciation and
amortization, the change in the cash flow impact of the non-cash provision for
inventory obsolescence, the change in the cash flow impact of accounts and notes
receivable and the change in the cash flow impact of inventories, as detailed in
the preceding table. These positive cash flow impacts were substantially offset
by the negative cash flow impact of the decrease in net income, the change in
the cash flow impact of the non-cash provision for income taxes, the change in
the cash flow impact of the gain on the sale of assets, the change in the cash
flow impact of accounts payable and accrued liabilities and the change in the
cash flow impact of other operating items, as detailed in the preceding table.



                                       34
<PAGE>   35



1996 vs. 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              Dollar Increase
                                                                    Year ended March 31,                       (Decrease) in 
                                                        ----------------------------------------------           Cash Flow
Cash Flows from Operations:                                     1996                     1995                      Impact
                                                        ---------------------    ---------------------    -------------------------
                                                                                     (in thousands)

<S>                                                       <C>                      <C>                      <C>           
Net income..........................................      $       16,521           $        9,018           $        7,503
Depreciation and amortization.......................              23,747                   22,179                    1,568
Provision for inventory obsolescence................               2,026                    7,407                   (5,381)
Deferred income taxes...............................               4,161                     (577)                   4,738
Accounts and notes receivable.......................             (54,103)                 (21,290)                 (32,813)
Inventories.........................................             (41,139)                    (178)                 (40,961)
Intangibles and other assets........................              (2,416)                   1,605                   (4,021)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities............              38,238                  (10,030)                  48,268
Income taxes payable................................              (2,302)                   6,153                   (8,455)
Other...............................................               2,019                    1,663                      356
                                                        ---------------------    ---------------------    -------------------------
Net cash (used in) provided by 
    operating activities............................      $      (13,248)          $       15,950           $      (29,198)
                                                        =====================    =====================    =========================
</TABLE>

The Company's fiscal 1996 cash flows from operations were positively impacted by
the increase in net income recorded, the increase in the cash flow impact of the
non-cash provision for income taxes, the change in the cash flow impact of
accounts payable and accrued liabilities and the positive cash flow impact of
other operating items. These positive cash flow impacts were offset by negative
cash flow impacts of the change in inventories, accounts and notes receivable,
income taxes payable, intangibles and other assets, the cash flow impact of the
provision for inventory obsolescence and other negative cash flow impacts.


                                       35
<PAGE>   36



Investing Activities
- --------------------

1997 vs. 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              Dollar Increase
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:                               Year ended March 31,                       (Decrease) in 
                                                        ----------------------------------------------            Cash Flow
                                                                 1997                     1996                      Impact
                                                        ---------------------    ---------------------    -------------------------
                                                                                     (in thousands)

<S>                                                       <C>                      <C>                      <C>           
Proceeds from sale of assets......................        $       65,674           $           --           $       65,674
Additions to property and equipment...............               (14,576)                 (22,749)                   8,173
Other.............................................               (16,422)                 (13,640)                  (2,782)
                                                        ---------------------    ---------------------    -------------------------
Net cash provided by (used
   in) investing activities.......................        $       34,676           $      (36,389)          $       71,065
                                                        =====================    =====================    =========================
</TABLE>

The increase in the Company's cash flows from investing activities in fiscal    
1997 from fiscal 1996 was primarily due to the receipt of cash proceeds from
the sale of the Company's former Itronix subsidiary and the positive cash flow
impact of the decrease in additions to property and equipment, as detailed in
the preceding table. These positive cash flow impacts were partially offset by
the negative cash flow impact of other investing activity items, as detailed in
the preceding table.

Effective April 1, 1996, the Company sold the assets of certain retail
application software operations, with net assets of approximately $5.0 million
to a third-party for approximately $.2 million in cash and $7.0 million in
secured promissory notes, including interest. In addition to the proceeds from
the sale, the Company also entered into a software license agreement with the
third-party purchaser. The agreement provides for the Company to receive, over
the next five years, license fees amounting to 20% of the revenue generated by
the purchased software, with minimum required payments aggregating $6.6 million.
The $7.0 million in promissory notes received in connection with the divestiture
have been excluded from the accompanying consolidated statement of cash flows 
as a non-cash transaction.

During fiscal 1997, the Company sold 808,500 shares of voting common stock of
its Aironet subsidiary, to a corporation owned by Mr. Meyerson at a price of
$1.86 per share in exchange for a secured promissory note in the amount of
approximately $1.5 million. This transaction resulted in the establishment of a
minority interest of approximately $.7 million which has been included in other
long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 1997. At
March 31, 1997, the Company has deferred a gain a of $.8 million related to this
transaction as the criteria for the recognition of gain on the sale of
subsidiary stock had not been met. This sale of Aironet common stock has been
excluded from the accompanying accompanying consolidated statement of cash flows
as a non-cash transaction.



                                       36
<PAGE>   37


1996 vs. 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             Dollar Increase 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:                               Year ended March 31,                      (Decrease) in  
                                                        ----------------------------------------------           Cash Flow   
                                                                1996                     1995                      Impact    
                                                        ---------------------    ---------------------    -------------------------
                                                                                      (in thousands)

<S>                                                       <C>                      <C>                      <C>           
Additions to property and equipment.................      $     (22,749)           $     (15,224)           $      (7,525)
Software investments................................             (9,025)                    (869)                  (8,156)
Purchase of non-marketable investments..............             (1,562)                    (150)                  (1,412)
Additions to long-term notes receivable.............               (650)                      --                     (650)
Payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired.....             (2,403)                    (970)                  (1,433)
Short-term investments..............................                 --                      764                      764
                                                        ---------------------    ---------------------    -------------------------
Net cash used in investing activities...............      $     (36,389)           $     (16,449)           $     (19,940)
                                                        =====================    =====================    =========================
</TABLE>

The decrease in the Company's cash flows from investing activities was
primarily caused by an increase in investments in capitalized software  
reflecting the transition of software development projects to commercial        
readiness, the increase in additions to property and equipment in fiscal 1996
from fiscal 1995 and the increase in payments for acquisitions, as detailed in
the preceding table. 

Financing Activities
- --------------------

1997 vs. 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                                 
                                                                                                             Dollar Increase 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:                               Year ended March 31,                      (Decrease) in      
                                                        ----------------------------------------------           Cash Flow        
                                                                1997                     1996                      Impact    
                                                        ---------------------    ---------------------    -------------------------
                                                                                     (in thousands)

<S>                                                       <C>                      <C>                      <C>          
Notes payable, net..................................      $         (16)           $      (30,084)          $      30,068
Proceeds from convertible debt......................                 --                    82,500                 (82,500)
Purchase of treasury stock..........................             (9,328)                       --                  (9,328)
Other...............................................             (1,813)                    1,156                  (2,969)
                                                        ---------------------    ---------------------    -------------------------
Net cash (used in) provided 
   by financing activities..........................      $     (11,157)           $       53,572           $     (64,729)
                                                        =====================    =====================    =========================
</TABLE>

The decrease in the Company's cash flows from financing activities was primarily
due to the cash flow impact of the absence in fiscal 1997 of proceeds from the
issuance of the 5-3/4% convertible subordinated notes in fiscal 1996 and the
Company's repurchase of 633,000 shares of common stock during fiscal 1997 under
its open market repurchase program, as detailed in the preceding table. These
negative cash flow impacts were partially offset by the positive change in the
cash flow impact of notes payable, as detailed in the preceding table. 



                                       37
<PAGE>   38


Effective August 6, 1996, the Company's $20 million business purpose revolving
promissory note was extended to August 5, 1997. Additionally, during August 
1996, the Company's $100 million credit agreement and $20 million business
purpose revolving promissory note were amended to conditionally grant to the 
lenders a security interest in certain assets of the Company which will only
become effective if the Company were to become in default under the credit
agreement and then only if the requisite lenders under that facility were to
direct that the security documents be filed. The Company had no amounts
outstanding under either agreement, and was in compliance with all restrictive
covenants, at March 31, 1997.           

During fiscal 1997, the Company had a weighted average of $7.8 million
outstanding under its facilities with a weighted average interest cost of 7.0%.

1996 vs. 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               Dollar Increase
Cash Flows from Financing Activities                                Year ended March 31,                        (Decrease) in 
                                                        ----------------------------------------------            Cash Flow
                                                                1996                     1995                      Impact
                                                        ---------------------    ---------------------    -------------------------
                                                                                     (in thousands)

<S>                                                       <C>                      <C>                      <C>           
Notes payable, net..................................      $      (30,084)          $         5,822           $     (35,906)
Proceeds from convertible debt......................              82,500                       --                   82,500
Other...............................................               1,156                     1,111                      45
                                                        ---------------------    ---------------------    -------------------------
Net cash provided by financing activities...........      $       53,572           $         6,933           $      46,639
                                                        =====================    =====================    =========================
</TABLE>

The increase in the Company's cash flows from financing activities was primarily
due to proceeds from the Company's issuance of 5 3/4% convertible subordinated
notes, as detailed in the preceding table. This increase was partially offset by
the negative cash flow impact of the decrease in notes payable in fiscal 1996
from fiscal 1995, as detailed in the preceding table.

Effective March 8, 1996, the Company replaced its previous revolving credit,
term loan and security agreement with a new credit agreement with a group of
eight banks. The credit agreement, which expires on March 8, 2001, provides the
Company with a maximum credit facility of $100 million and permits the Company
to borrow funds as domestic or Eurodollar advances. Funds borrowed as domestic
advances bear interest at the greater of the agent bank's "Prime Commercial
Lending Rate" or the Federal Funds Rate plus .50% while Eurodollar advances bear
interest at the agent bank's Eurodollar rate plus .50% to 1.25% based on certain
capitalization levels. In addition, the credit agreement requires the Company to
pay a commitment fee of .15% to .375% per annum, based on certain capitalization
levels, on the unused portion of the revolving commitment amounts. The Company
is also required to pay a utilization fee of .125% to .25% per annum, based on
certain capitalization levels, on Eurodollar advances at certain borrowing
levels. The credit agreement also contains certain restrictive covenants which
requires the Company to maintain certain leverage, net worth and fixed charge
coverage ratios. The Company had no amounts outstanding under the credit
agreement, and was in compliance with all restrictive covenants, at March 31,
1996.


                                       38
<PAGE>   39



Additionally, effective March 20, 1996, the Company entered into a business
purpose revolving promissory note with a bank. The note provides the Company
with a maximum credit facility of $20 million and bears interest at the bank's
"Money Market Rate" plus .50% to 1.25% per annum, based on certain
capitalization levels. The Company had no borrowings outstanding under this
note at March 31, 1996.         
        

Effective December 12, 1995, the Company issued $82.5 million of 5-3/4%
convertible subordinated notes due January 1, 2003. The conversion price for the
notes is $27.50 per common share and is subject to adjustment in certain events.
Interest is payable on January 1 and July 1 in each year, commencing July 1,
1996. On or after January 5, 1999, the notes are redeemable at any time at the
option of the Company, in whole or in part, at the following prices for the
following calendar years: 1999, 103.286%; 2000, 102.464%; 2001, 101.643% and
2002, 100.812%.

During fiscal 1996, the Company had a weighted average of $25.3 million
outstanding under its previous revolving credit and term loan facility with a
weighted average interest cost of 8.9%.

New Accounting Standards
- ------------------------

During fiscal 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings per Share" ("SFAS No. 128").
SFAS No. 128 modifies the manner in which an entity computes, presents and
discloses its earning per share. The Company is required to adopt the provisions
of SFAS No. 128 for the quarter ended December 31, 1997, and will be required to
restate all prior-period earnings per share amounts presented for comparative
purposes. As the adoption of SFAS No. 128 will only modify the calculation of
earnings per share, there will be no effect on the Company's consolidated
financial position or results of operations or cash flows.

During fiscal 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board also issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 129, "Disclosure of Information
about Capital Structure" ("SFAS No. 129"). SFAS No. 129 requires an entity to
disclose the rights and privileges of its outstanding securities, the
liquidation preference of its preferred stock and the redemption requirements
of its redeemable stock. The Company is required to adopt the provisions of
SFAS No. 129 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998. As the adoption of SFAS
No. 129 will only require additional disclosures, there will be no effect on
the Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations or
cash flows.

During fiscal 1997, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
issued Statement of Position 96-1, "Environmental Remediation Liabilities" ("SOP
96-1"). SOP 96-1 requires an entity to accrue a liability for environmental
remediation if (1) litigation against the entity has commenced or a claim or
assessment against the entity has been asserted, or commencement of litigation
or assertion of a claim or an assessment against the entity is probable, and (2)
the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company is required to
adopt the provision of SOP 96-1 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998.
Management believes that the adoption of this pronouncement will not have a
material effect on the Company's consolidated financial position or results of
operations or cash flows.



                                       39
<PAGE>   40



ITEM 8.           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA




         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

                                                                         Pages
                                                                         -----

Financial Reports:

       Report of Management...........................................    41
       Report of Independent Accountants..............................    42

Consolidated Financial Statements:

       Consolidated Balance Sheet.....................................    43
       Consolidated Statement of Operations...........................    44
       Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows...........................    45
       Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity......    46
       Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.....................  47 - 70

Financial Statement Schedule:

            II  -   Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves....    81



All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required
information is presented in the financial statements or the notes thereto.



                                       40
<PAGE>   41



                              REPORT OF MANAGEMENT
                              --------------------

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
of Telxon Corporation

The management of Telxon is responsible for the preparation, integrity and
objectivity of the financial statements and all other financial information
included in this report. Management believes that the financial statements have
been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and
that any amounts included herein which are based on estimates of the expected
effects of events and transactions have been made with sound judgment and
approved by qualified personnel.

Telxon maintains an internal control structure to provide reasonable assurance
that assets are safeguarded and that transactions and events are recorded
properly. The internal control structure is regularly reviewed, evaluated and
revised as necessary by management. Additionally, the Telxon Statement of
Corporate Ethics requires every Company employee to maintain the highest level
of ethical standards in the conduct of all aspects of the Company's business,
and their compliance is regularly monitored.

The financial statements in this report have been audited by the independent
accounting firm of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. Their audits were conducted in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and included a study and
evaluation of our internal control structure as they considered necessary to
determine the extent of tests and audit procedures required for expressing an
opinion on the Company's financial statements.

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, of which all outside directors
are members, meets periodically with the independent auditors and management to
review accounting, auditing, internal control and financial reporting matters.
The external auditors have full and free access to the Audit Committee and its
individual members at any time.

/s/ Frank E. Brick
- -----------------------------------------
Frank E. Brick
President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Kenneth W. Haver
- -----------------------------------------
Kenneth W. Haver
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
      Officer



                                       41
<PAGE>   42



                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
                        ---------------------------------

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
of Telxon Corporation

We have audited the consolidated financial statements and the financial
statement schedule of Telxon Corporation and Subsidiaries listed in the index on
page 40 of this Form 10-K. These financial statements and financial statement
schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Telxon
Corporation and Subsidiaries as of March 31, 1997 and 1996, and the consolidated
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended March 31, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement
schedule referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic
consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all
material respects, the information required to be included therein.

/s/ COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.

Akron, Ohio
June 27, 1997



                                       42
<PAGE>   43



Telxon Corporation
and Subsidiaries


Consolidated Balance Sheet
- --------------------------

In Thousands (except per share amounts)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                March 31,
                                                                               --------------------------------------------
ASSETS                                                                                 1997                     1996
                                                                               ---------------------    -------------------

<S>                                                                              <C>                      <C>
Current assets:
     Cash (including cash equivalents of $38,100 and
         $23,411)...........................................................     $       45,386           $       34,828
     Trading securities.....................................................                 --                      902
     Accounts receivable, net of allowance for 
         doubtful accounts of $1,596 and $1,731.............................            111,959                  133,592
     Notes and other accounts receivable....................................             16,312                    9,522
     Inventories............................................................             84,499                  111,132
     Prepaid expenses and other.............................................             11,956                    9,939
                                                                               ---------------------    -------------------
              Total current assets..........................................            270,112                  299,915
Property and equipment, net.................................................             45,578                   54,673
Intangible and other assets, net............................................             46,094                   34,621
                                                                               ---------------------    -------------------
              Total.........................................................     $      361,784           $      389,209
                                                                               =====================    ===================

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:
     Notes payable..........................................................     $           50           $           66
     Current portion of long-term debt......................................                383                    1,156
     Capital lease obligations due within one year..........................                627                      897
     Accounts payable.......................................................             47,917                   59,620
     Income taxes payable...................................................              3,077                    7,029
     Accrued liabilities....................................................             49,000                   45,152
                                                                               ---------------------    -------------------
              Total current liabilities.....................................            101,054                  113,920
Capital lease obligations...................................................                968                    1,982
Convertible subordinated notes and debentures...............................            107,224                  107,224
Long-term debt..............................................................                 --                    1,331
Other long-term liabilities.................................................              5,837                    3,562
                                                                               ---------------------    -------------------
              Total liabilities.............................................            215,083                  228,019
Stockholders' equity:
     Preferred Stock, $1.00 par value per share; 500 
         shares authorized, none issued.....................................                 --                       --
     Common Stock, $.01 par value per share; 50,000 
         shares authorized, 16,186 and 16,096 shares issued.................                162                      161
     Additional paid-in capital.............................................             87,105                   85,750
     Retained earnings......................................................             70,821                   78,096
     Equity adjustment for foreign currency translation.....................             (2,643)                  (2,064)
     Unearned compensation relating to restricted stock awards..............               (210)                    (753)
     Treasury stock; 557 shares of common stock at cost.....................             (8,534)                      --
                                                                               ---------------------    -------------------
              Total stockholders' equity....................................            146,701                  161,190
                                                                               ---------------------    -------------------
Commitments and contingencies...............................................                 --                       --
                                                                               ---------------------    -------------------
              Total.........................................................     $      361,784           $      389,209
                                                                               =====================    ===================
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to
consolidated financial statements

                                       43
<PAGE>   44



Telxon Corporation
and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Operations
- ------------------------------------

In Thousands (except per share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           Year ended March 31,
                                                           --------------------
                                                      1997         1996         1995
                                                   ---------    ---------    ---------
Revenues:
<S>                                                <C>          <C>          <C>      
    Product, net ...............................   $ 391,406    $ 417,725    $ 323,916
    Customer service, net ......................      74,606       68,744       55,603
                                                   ---------    ---------    ---------
          Total net revenues ...................     466,012      486,469      379,519
                                                   ---------    ---------    ---------
Cost of revenues:
    Product ....................................     266,624      249,120      189,568
    Customer service ...........................      47,248       39,016       32,455
                                                   ---------    ---------    ---------
          Total cost of revenues ...............     313,872      288,136      222,023
                                                   ---------    ---------    ---------
    Gross profit ...............................     152,140      198,333      157,496

Operating expenses:
    Selling expenses ...........................      88,321       82,207       68,279
    Product development and
      engineering expenses .....................      44,439       45,383       33,728
    General and administrative
      expenses .................................      53,230       39,415       34,583
                                                   ---------    ---------    ---------
          Total operating expenses .............     185,990      167,005      136,590
                                                   ---------    ---------    ---------

          (Loss) income from operations ........     (33,850)      31,328       20,906

Interest income ................................       1,489          760          658
Interest expense ...............................      (8,056)      (6,770)      (4,354)
Gain on sale of subsidiary stock ...............          --        1,116           --
Other non-operating income .....................      34,726          401           --
                                                   ---------    ---------    ---------
          (Loss) income before income
              taxes ............................      (5,691)      26,835       17,210
Provision for income taxes .....................       1,368       10,314        8,192
                                                   ---------    ---------    ---------
          Net (loss) income ....................   $  (7,059)   $  16,521    $   9,018
                                                   =========    =========    =========

Earnings per common and common equivalent share:
          Net (loss) income per share ..........   $    (.44)   $    1.00    $     .57
                                                   =========    =========    =========
Average number of common and common 
  equivalent shares outstanding                       16,062       16,490       15,909
</TABLE>


See accompanying notes to
consolidated financial statements                  
                                       44
<PAGE>   45



Telxon Corporation
and Subsidiaries


Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
- ------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

In Thousands                                                      Year ended March 31,
                                                                  --------------------
                                                                1997        1996        1995
                                                              --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>         <C>     
Cash flows from operating activities:
     Net (loss) income ....................................   $ (7,059)   $ 16,521    $  9,018
     Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash
         (used in) provided by operating activities:
         Depreciation and amortization ....................     28,570      22,945      21,397
         Amortization of restricted stock awards, net .....        119         802         782
         Provision for doubtful accounts ..................        378       1,538       1,158
         Provision for inventory obsolescence .............     11,521       2,026       7,407
         Deferred income taxes ............................       (947)      4,161        (577)
         Gain on sale of assets ...........................    (32,653)         --          --
         Trading securities, net ..........................        902        (902)         --
         Loss on disposal of assets .......................        592         393         145
         Changes in assets and liabilities:
             Accounts and notes receivable ................        171     (54,103)    (21,290)
             Refundable income taxes ......................         --         935         913
             Inventories ..................................       (131)    (41,139)       (178)
             Prepaid expenses and other ...................     (2,561)       (976)       (372)
             Intangibles and other assets .................     (2,783)     (2,416)      1,605
             Accounts payable and accrued liabilities .....     (7,472)     38,238     (10,030)
             Income taxes payable .........................     (3,005)     (2,302)      6,153
             Other long-term liabilities ..................      1,606       1,031        (181)
                                                              --------    --------    --------
                      Total adjustments ...................     (5,693)    (29,769)      6,932
    Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities ...    (12,752)    (13,248)     15,950

Cash flows from investing activities:
    Proceeds from sale of assets ..........................     65,674          --          --
    Additions to property and equipment ...................    (14,576)    (22,749)    (15,224)
    Software investments ..................................     (7,731)     (9,025)       (869)
    Purchase of non-marketable investments ................     (6,691)     (1,562)       (150)
    Additions to long-term notes receivable ...............     (2,000)       (650)         --
    Payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired .......         --      (2,403)       (970)
    Short-term investments ................................         --          --         764
                                                              --------    --------    --------
    Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities ...     34,676     (36,389)    (16,449)

Cash flows from financing activities:
    Notes payable, net ....................................        (16)    (30,084)      5,822
    Principal payments on long-term financing agreement ...     (2,104)       (230)       (247)
    Principal payments on capital leases ..................       (856)       (968)       (642)
    Proceeds from convertible debt ........................         --      82,500          --
    Debt issue costs paid .................................       (306)     (3,463)         --
    Proceeds from exercise of stock options ...............      1,615       5,977       2,155
    Purchase of treasury stock ............................     (9,328)         --          --
    Payment of cash dividends .............................       (162)       (160)       (155)
                                                              --------    --------    --------
    Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities ...    (11,157)     53,572       6,933
    Effect of exchange rate changes on cash ...............       (209)       (471)        889
                                                              --------    --------    --------

    Net increase in cash and cash equivalents .............     10,558       3,464       7,323
    Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year ........     34,828      31,364      24,041
                                                              --------    --------    --------
                                                             
    Cash and cash equivalents at end of year ..............   $ 45,386    $ 34,828    $ 31,364
                                                              ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to
consolidated financial statements        
                                       45
<PAGE>   46



Telxon Corporation
and Subsidiaries
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


Consolidated Statement of
- -------------------------
Changes in Stockholders' Equity
- -------------------------------

In Thousands (except share and per share amounts)

                                                                                             Foreign      Unearned
                                                            Additional                       Currency   Compensation       Treasury
                                                  Common      Paid-in        Retained      Translation   Restricted        Stock at
                                                  Stock       Capital        Earnings       Adjustment     Stock             Cost
                                              ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                              <C>         <C>           <C>              <C>           <C>             <C>     
   Balance at March 31, 1994.................    $ 153       $ 74,830      $ 54,653         $ (3,587)     $ (1,334)       $     --

   Exercise of stock options, net of 
     tax.....................................        2          2,973          (247)              --            --              --
   Retirement of common stock (72,399 
     shares).................................       --           (258)         (315)              --            --              --
   Stock issued under restricted stock plan,
      net of amortization....................        1          1,003            --               --          (221)             --
   Currency translation adjustment...........       --             --            --            2,062            --              --
   Dividends paid ($.01 per share)...........       --             --          (155)              --            --              --
   Net income for 1995.......................       --             --         9,018               --            --              --
                                                 -----       --------      --------         --------        ------        -------- 
   Balance at March 31, 1995.................      156         78,548        62,954           (1,525)       (1,555)             --

   Exercise of stock options, net of 
     tax.....................................        5          7,260          (734)              --            --              --
   Retirement of common stock (80,206 
     shares).................................       --           (241)         (485)              --            --              --
   Amortization of restricted stock..........       --             --            --               --           802              --
   Stock issued under employee stock
      purchase plan (8,815 shares)...........       --            183            --               --            --              --
   Currency translation adjustment...........       --             --            --             (539)           --              --
   Dividends paid ($.01 per share)...........       --             --          (160)              --            --              --
   Net income for 1996.......................       --             --        16,521               --            --              --
                                                 -----       --------      --------         --------        ------        -------- 
   Balance at March 31, 1996.................      161         85,750        78,096           (2,064)         (753)             --

   Exercise of stock options, net of 
     tax.....................................        1          1,670           (51)              --            --              --
   Retirement of common stock (15,037 
     shares).................................       --             (2)           (3)              --            --              --
   Amortization of restricted stock..........       --             --            --               --           376              --
   Forfeiture of restricted stock............       --           (424)           --               --           167              --
   Repurchase of common stock (633,000
      shares)................................       --             --            --               --            --          (9,328)
   Reissue of treasury stock under employee
      stock purchase plan (75,560 shares)....       --            111            --               --            --             794
   Currency translation adjustment...........       --             --            --             (579)           --              --
   Dividends paid ($.01 per share)...........       --             --          (162)              --            --              --
   Net loss for 1997.........................       --             --        (7,059)              --            --              --
                                                 -----       --------      --------         --------        ------        -------- 
   Balance at March 31, 1997.................    $ 162       $ 87,105      $ 70,821         $ (2,643)       $ (210)       $ (8,534)
                                                 =====       ========      ========         ========        ======        ======== 
</TABLE>


See accompanying notes to
consolidated financial statements                                

                                       46
                                        

<PAGE>   47



Telxon Corporation
and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
- ------------------------------------------

In Thousands (except per share amounts)

NOTE 1 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
- ----------------------------------------------------

Principles of Consolidation
- ---------------------------
The Company's consolidated financial statements include the financial statements
of the Company and its wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries. All
significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Minority Interests 
- ------------------ 
The difference between the proceeds from the sale of stock by a subsidiary and
the Company's carrying value of such stock is recorded as non-operating gains or
losses at the time of the sale, provided that the criteria for gain recognition
on the sale of subsidiary stock have been met. Minority interests then represent
the unaffiliated stockholders' interests in the cumulative earnings of the
subsidiary subsequent to the sale of stock.

At March 31, 1997, the Company has recorded minority interests of approximately 
$669 in other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated financial
statements related to the sale of common stock of its Aironet Wireless
Communications, Inc. ("Aironet") subsidiary. Refer to Note 16 -- Subsidiary
Stock Transactions for additional details on the sale of Aironet Wireless
common stock.   

Foreign Currency Translation
- ----------------------------
The financial statements of foreign operations are translated into U.S. dollars
using the local currency as the functional currency in accordance with Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 52, "Foreign Currency Translation".
Accordingly, all assets and liabilities are translated at current rates of
exchange, and operating transactions are translated at weighted average rates
during the year. The translation gains and losses are accumulated as a separate
component of stockholders' equity until realized. There were no income taxes
allocated to the translation adjustments and transfers to net income in 1997,
1996 and 1995. Net transaction gains or losses were not material in 1997, 1996
and 1995. For further detail by geographic areas, see Note 13 - Business
Segment.

Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts
- -------------------------------------------
The Company enters into forward foreign currency exchange contracts, which
generally involve the exchange of one currency for a second currency at some
future date, to hedge against the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange
rates on specific foreign currency commitments. Unrealized gains and losses on
these forward foreign exchange contracts are deferred and realized upon
settlement of the commitment transaction. Refer to Note 11 -- Fair Value of
Financial Instruments for additional details on forward foreign currency
exchange contracts.

Cash and Cash Equivalents
- -------------------------
The Company considers all highly liquid investments which are both readily
convertible to cash and have a maturity of three months or less when purchased
to be cash equivalents. At March 31, 1997, the Company had cash


                                       47
<PAGE>   48



Telxon Corporation
and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
- ------------------------------------------------------

of $500 held in escrow related to a Standstill Agreement with a third-party.

Trading Securities
- ------------------
Trading securities, which consist of marketable securities that the Company has
purchased with the intent of selling within the near term, have been stated at
fair value in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities" ("SFAS
No. 115"). Under SFAS No. 115, the Company records all unrealized holding gains
and losses as non-operating income or loss.

During fiscal 1996, the Company recognized $339 of net unrealized holding gains
on trading securities.

Inventories
- -----------
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market.

Property and Equipment
- ----------------------
Property and equipment are recorded at historical cost and depreciated over the
estimated useful lives of the assets using the straight-line method for
financial reporting purposes. The ranges of the estimated useful lives are:
buildings, 19 years; machinery and equipment, furniture and fixtures, and
transportation equipment, 3-10 years; marketing and customer service equipment
and tooling, 3 years; and leasehold improvements, over the shorter of the useful
life of the asset or the life of the lease. Gains and losses from the sale or
retirement of property and equipment are included in income. Fully depreciated
assets are written off against accumulated depreciation.

Software Costs, Intangibles and Other Assets
- --------------------------------------------
Software costs are capitalized in accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 86, "Accounting for the Cost of Computer Software to Be
Sold, Leased, or Otherwise Marketed" and are included in intangible and other
assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Purchased computer
software is capitalized and amortized for both financial and tax reporting
purposes, using the straight-line method, over the expected useful life of the
software, generally from three to seven years. Similarly, internally developed
computer software for sale or lease is capitalized and amortized for financial
reporting purposes using the straight-line method over three years; for tax
purposes, these costs are generally expensed as incurred, though certain of
these costs have been capitalized and will be amortized using the straight-line
method over three years. Product development and engineering expenses are
expensed as incurred for both financial and tax reporting purposes.

The excess of the purchase cost over the fair value of net assets acquired in an
acquisition (goodwill) is included in intangible and other assets in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Goodwill is amortized on a
straight-line basis over five to ten years. The Company periodically reviews
goodwill to assess recoverability, and impairments, if any, would 


                                       48
<PAGE>   49

Telxon Corporation
and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
- ------------------------------------------------------

be recognized in results of operations if a permanent reduction in value were to
occur.

Non-compete agreements, deferred financing costs, and license agreements have
also been included in intangible and other assets in the accompanying
consolidated balance sheets. Non-compete and license agreements are amortized on
a straight-line basis over the life of the related contract. Deferred financing
costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the related debt,
with accelerated amortization recorded on any indebtedness retired prior to its
scheduled maturity. All other assets included in intangible and other assets are
recorded at cost and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their expected
useful lives.

Revenue Recognition
- -------------------
Revenues from computer hardware sales and software licenses are recognized at
the time of shipment or at the time of title transfer if professional services
are also performed. Professional services revenues, which include system
integration and project management fees, are recognized as services are
performed. In accordance with Statement of Position 91-1, "Software Revenue
Recognition", revenues from custom application software sales are recognized
using a percentage-of-completion method. Revenues from customer service
contracts are recognized ratably over the maintenance contract period or as the
services are performed.

During fiscal 1997 and 1996, the Company entered into certain software license
agreements and manufacturing right contracts with third-parties. The sale of
these rights have been recorded as product revenue.

Product Development and Engineering Expenses
- --------------------------------------------
Expenditures for the development and engineering of products are expensed as
incurred in accordance with the requirements of Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 2, "Accounting for Research and Development Costs".

During fiscal 1996, the Company was reimbursed $1,000 by a major customer for
product development and engineering costs incurred by the Company during the
year in connection with a product development agreement between the Company and
the customer. The reimbursement has been recorded as a reduction to the
Company's product development and engineering expenses.

Stock Option and Stock Purchase Plans 
- -------------------------------------
Stock options, which are granted to employees and non-employee directors under
the Company's stock option plans at the quoted market price of the Company's
common stock as of the grant date, and stock purchased by eligible employees
under the Company's stock purchase plan are accounted for under Accounting
Principles Board Opinion 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" ("APB
25"). As the stock options are granted at the quoted market price of the        
Company's common stock as of the grant date, no compensation expense has been
recorded in accordance with APB 25. The stock purchase plan meets the criteria
of a non-compensatory plan under APB 25.

Earnings Per Share
- ------------------
Computations of earnings per common and common equivalent share of common stock
are based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the
period (16,062 in 1997, 15,910 in 1996 and 15,484 in 1995), increased by the net
shares issuable on the assumed exercise of stock 


                                       49
<PAGE>   50
Telxon Corporation
and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
- ------------------------------------------------------

options using the treasury stock method (none in 1997, 580 in 1996 and 425 in
1995). All securities having an anti-dilutive effect on earnings per share have
been excluded from such computations. Common stock purchase rights outstanding
under the Company's stockholder rights plan, which potentially have a dilutive
effect, have been excluded from the weighted common shares computation as
preconditions to the exercisability of such rights were not satisfied.

Use of Estimates
- ----------------
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Contingent and Unusual Items
- ----------------------------
Contingent and unusual items are expensed as incurred when events giving rise to
such items are probable and the amounts are estimable in accordance with the
requirements of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 5, "Accounting
for Contingencies".

Reclassifications
- -----------------
Certain items in the 1996 and 1995 consolidated financial statements and notes
thereto have been reclassified to conform to the 1997 presentation.

NOTE 2 -- INVENTORIES
- ---------------------
Inventories at March 31 consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                      1997                  1996
                                                                    --------              --------
<S>                                                                 <C>                   <C>     
         Purchased components...........................            $ 29,983              $ 50,022
         Work-in-process................................              31,579                35,379
         Finished goods.................................              22,937                25,731
                                                                    --------              --------
                                                                    $ 84,499              $111,132
                                                                    ========              ========
</TABLE>




                                       50
<PAGE>   51

Telxon Corporation
and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
- ------------------------------------------------------

NOTE 3 -- PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
- --------------------------------

Property and equipment, at cost, at March 31 consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       1997                 1996
                                                                     -------              --------
<S>                                                                  <C>                   <C>    
         Machinery and equipment.........................            $56,187               $55,809
         Tooling.........................................             24,356                24,349
         Furniture and office equipment..................             19,104                18,098
         Buildings, improvements and leasehold
                  interest...............................             12,242                12,097
         Leasehold improvements..........................              7,992                 6,407
         Capital lease assets and other..................              4,553                 7,107
         Transportation equipment........................              2,988                 2,913
         Land    ........................................              1,978                 1,978
                                                                     -------               -------
                                                                     129,400               128,758
         Less-accumulated depreciation and
                  amortization...........................             83,822                74,085
                                                                     -------               -------
                                                                     $45,578               $54,673
                                                                     =======               =======
</TABLE>

Depreciation expense for fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995 amounted to $18,893,
$15,184 and $13,419, respectively.          

Net capital lease additions (retirements) were $(1,008), $1,348 and $(2,001) in
fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. These additions or retirements are
non-cash transactions and, accordingly, have been excluded from property and
equipment additions in the accompanying consolidated statement of cash flows.
Amortization of capital lease assets has been included in depreciation expense.
Accumulated depreciation related to capital lease assets aggregated $1,177,
$1,680 and $741 in fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
        
NOTE 4 -- INTANGIBLE AND OTHER ASSETS
- -------------------------------------

Intangible and other assets, net, consisted of the following at March 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                  1997          1996
                                                                -------       -------
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>    
         Capitalized software, net of amortization
                of $7,379 and $7,071........................    $11,451       $10,566
         Long-term notes receivable.........................      9,855           650
         Goodwill relating to acquisitions, net of
                amortization of $16,889 and $13,907.........      8,962        14,775
         Investments in non-traded, closely
                held companies..............................      8,403         1,712
         Deferred financing costs, net of amortization
                of $1,708 and $1,096........................      3,542         3,848
         Non-compete agreements with former share-
                holders of acquisitions and others, net
                of amortization of $2,880 and $2,280........         --           600
         Other, net of amortization of $95 and
                $292........................................      3,881         2,470
                                                                -------       -------
                                                                $46,094       $34,621
                                                                =======       =======
</TABLE>


                                       51

<PAGE>   52
Telxon Corporation
and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
- ------------------------------------------------------

Amortization expense for the years ended March 31 was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 1997       1996       1995
                                                ------     ------     ------
<S>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>   
         Goodwill...........................    $4,126     $4,100     $3,748
         Capitalized software...............     3,862      2,385      1,341
         Deferred financing costs...........       612        164         32
         Non-compete agreements.............       600        720      2,024
         Licenses...........................        --        350        700
         Other  ............................       127         42        133
                                                ------     ------     ------
                                                $9,327     $7,761     $7,978
                                                ======     ======     ======
</TABLE>

During fiscal 1997, the Company sold the assets of certain retail application
software operations, including capitalized software with a net book value of
$2,545. Refer to Note 15 -- Divestitures for additional details on the sale.

During fiscal 1997, the Company sold substantially all of the assets of its
Itronix Corporation subsidiary, including capitalized software with a net book
value of $439. Additionally, the Company expensed $1,589 of unamortized goodwill
during fiscal 1997 related to the sale. Refer to Note 15 -- Divestitures for
additional details on the sale.

In connection with the acquisition of Teletransaction, Inc. in fiscal 1993, the
Company acquired the rights to consulting services (principally performed by
Robert F. Meyerson, then Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of
the Company) from Accipiter Corporation ("Accipiter"), a company owned by Mr.
Meyerson's wife, and also secured a non-competition covenant from Accipiter and
Mr. Meyerson. Aggregate payments for these rights were $3,600. The costs of
these rights were amortized over the five year terms of the agreements and are
fully amortized at March 31, 1997.

NOTE 5 -- SHORT-TERM FINANCING
- ------------------------------

Effective March 8, 1996, the Company replaced its previous revolving credit,
term loan, and security agreement with a new credit agreement with a group of
eight banks. The credit agreement, which expires on March 8, 2001, provides the
Company with a maximum credit facility of $100,000 and permits the Company to
borrow funds as domestic or Eurodollar advances. Funds borrowed as domestic
advances bear interest at the greater of the agent bank's "Prime Commercial
Lending Rate" or the Federal Funds rate plus .50% while Eurodollar advances bear
interest at the agent bank's Eurodollar rate plus .50% to 1.25% based on certain
capitalization levels. At March 31, 1997, the interest rate in effect under the
new credit agreement for domestic advances was 8.50% and 6.75% for Eurodollar
advances. In addition, the agreement requires the Company to pay a commitment
fee of .15% to .375% per annum, based on certain capitalization levels, on the
unused portion of the revolving commitment amount. The Company is also required
to pay a utilization fee of .125% to .25% per annum, based on certain
capitalization levels, on Eurodollar advances at certain borrowing levels. At
March 31, 1997, the commitment fee and utilization fee rates were .20% and .125%
per annum, respectively. The agreement also contains



                                       52
<PAGE>   53
Telxon Corporation
and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
- ------------------------------------------------------

certain restrictive covenants which requires the Company to maintain certain
leverage, net worth and fixed charge coverage ratios. The Company had no
borrowings outstanding under the credit agreement at March 31, 1997, but has
accrued $50 at March 31, 1997, for utilization fees. At March 31, 1997, the
Company was in compliance with all restrictive covenants contained in the
credit agreement.
        
Effective March 20, 1996, the Company entered into a business purpose revolving
promissory note with a bank. The note provides the Company with a maximum credit
facility of $20,000 and bears interest at the lending bank's "Money Market Rate"
plus .50% to 1.25% per annum, based on certain capitalization levels. At March
31, 1997, the interest rate in effect under the note was 7.75%. Effective August
6, 1996, the note was extended to August 5, 1997. The Company had no borrowings
outstanding under the promissory note at March 31, 1997.

Both credit facilities were amended in August 1996 to conditionally grant to the
lenders a security interest in certain assets of the Company which will only
become effective if the Company were to become in default under the credit
agreement and then only if the requisite lenders under that facility were to
direct that the security documents be filed.

During fiscal 1997, the Company had a weighted average of $7,760 outstanding
under its $100,000 credit agreement and $20,000 promissory note with a weighted
average interest rate of 7.0% per annum. During fiscal 1996, the Company had a
weighted average of $25,354 outstanding under its previous credit facility with
a weighted average interest rate of 8.9% per annum.

NOTE 6 -- ACCRUED LIABILITIES
- -----------------------------

Accrued liabilities at March 31 consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1997             1996
                                                                    -------          --------
<S>                                                                 <C>               <C>    
       Accrued payroll and other employee compensation.........     $15,799           $10,586
       Deferred customer service revenues......................      14,329            15,063
       Accrued royalties.......................................       4,516             3,430
       Accrued commissions.....................................       3,510             3,808
       Accrued taxes other than payroll and income taxes.......       3,162             4,035
       Accrued interest........................................       1,847             2,136
       Other accrued liabilities...............................       5,837             6,094
                                                                    -------           -------
                                                                    $49,000           $45,152
                                                                    =======           =======
</TABLE>


NOTE 7 -- INCOME TAXES

Components of (loss) income before taxes:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1997                1996              1995
                                                                    --------            --------          --------
<S>                                                                 <C>                  <C>               <C>    
         Domestic operations ........................               $(19,589)            $13,758           $ 7,384
         International operations....................                 13,898              13,077             9,826
                                                                     -------             -------           -------
                                                                    $ (5,691)            $26,835           $17,210
                                                                    ========             =======           =======
</TABLE>


                                       53


<PAGE>   54
Telxon Corporation
and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
- ------------------------------------------------------

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes" ("SFAS No. 109").
Under SFAS No. 109, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on
differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities
and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are currently in
effect.

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.

Components of the provision for income taxes by taxing jurisdiction are as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

     Currently payable (refundable):                       1997             1996              1995
                                                         --------         -------           -------
<S>                                                       <C>             <C>                <C>   
           U.S......................................      $ (450)         $ 3,796            $3,429
           State and local..........................         196              264               120
           Foreign..................................       5,090            4,727             3,400
                                                          ------          -------            ------
                                                           4,836            8,787             6,949
                                                          ------          -------            ------
       Deferred:

           U.S......................................      (2,900)           1,586             1,156
           State and local..........................        (393)             178                87
           Foreign..................................        (175)            (237)               --
                                                          ------          -------            ------
           .........................................      (3,468)           1,527             1,243
                                                          ------          -------            ------
     U.S. and foreign taxes on
           income before extraordinary credit.......      $1,368          $10,314            $8,192
                                                          ======          =======            ======
</TABLE>

The reconciliation between the reported total income tax expense and the amount
computed by multiplying income (loss) before income taxes by the U.S. federal
statutory tax rate is as follows: 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           1997      1996    1995 
                                                          ------    ------  ------ 
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>     <C>   
U.S. federal statutory tax rate ........................  (35.0)%    35.0%   35.0% 
Net taxes on repatriated earnings.......................   41.8       --      -- 
Foreign tax rate differential...........................    7.8       1.7     2.4
Research and development credits .......................  (19.7)     (2.2)   (2.5)
Goodwill................................................   25.5       5.6     8.3 
Foreign sales corporation tax benefit...................   (6.3)      --      -- 
Net operating losses not currently utilized.............    7.4       --      -- 
Other...................................................    2.5      (1.7)    4.4 
                                                           ----      ----    ----  
   Consolidated effective income tax rate...............   24.0%     38.4%   47.6% 
                                                           ====      ====    ====  
</TABLE>


                                       54


<PAGE>   55
Telxon Corporation
and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
- ------------------------------------------------------

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions
of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at March 31 are presented below: 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                      1997          1996
                                                                                    -------       -------
Deferred tax assets:
<S>                                                                                  <C>          <C>    
         Foreign tax credit carryover...........................................     $4,827       $    --
         Allowance for doubtful accounts........................................      1,195           701
         Inventory obsolescence and capitalization..............................      5,794         3,526
         State and local income benefits........................................      2,092         1,748
         Net operating loss and research and development
              and alternative minimum tax credit carryovers.....................      1,839         1,340
         Warranty reserves......................................................      1,374         1,068
         Employee benefits and compensation.....................................      1,929           705
         Other    ..............................................................      1,816           827
                                                                                     ------        ------
                  Total gross deferred tax assets...............................     20,866         9,915
                  Less valuation allowance......................................     (7,559)       (2,384)
                                                                                     ------        ------
                  Total deferred tax assets.....................................     13,307         7,531
                                                                                     ------        ------
Deferred tax liabilities:
         Depreciation and amortization..........................................     (5,191)       (3,019)
         Other    ..............................................................     (1,265)       (1,094)
                                                                                     ------        ------
                  Total gross deferred tax liabilities..........................     (6,456)       (4,113)
                                                                                     ------        ------
                  Net deferred tax asset........................................     $6,851        $3,418
                                                                                     ======        ======
</TABLE>

The net change in the total valuation allowance for the years ended March 31,
1997 and 1996, was an increase of $5,175 and a decrease of $1,566, respectively.
The net deferred tax asset is deemed realizable and is classified in prepaid
expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Subsequently recognized tax benefits relating to the valuation allowance for
deferred tax assets as of March 31 will be allocated as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                  1997               1996
                                                                                 ------             ------
<S>                                                                              <C>                <C>   
Income tax benefit that would be reported in the
  consolidated statement of income.............................................  $1,402             $1,444
Income tax benefit that would reduce goodwill and
  other noncurrent intangible assets...........................................   6,157                940
                                                                                 ------             ------
                  Total                                                          $7,559             $2,384
                                                                                 ======             ======
</TABLE>

No provision for U.S. income taxes on $9,760 of undistributed earnings of
international subsidiaries at March 31, 1997, was made because these earnings
were indefinitely reinvested in the subsidiaries. Determination of the amount of
the unrecognized deferred tax liability for temporary differences related to
investment in foreign subsidiaries is not practicable.

Income taxes paid in fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995 were $8,734, $6,340 and $1,804,
respectively. Income tax refunds received in fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995
aggregated $604, $1,620 and $884, respectively.

                                       55
<PAGE>   56
Telxon Corporation
and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
- ------------------------------------------------------

As of March 31, 1997, the Company had foreign operating loss carryovers of
$3,434 for both tax and financial reporting purposes. These foreign carryovers
expire at various dates through fiscal 2004.

As a result of acquisitions in prior years, the Company had domestic operating
loss carryovers and domestic research and development credit carryovers for tax
and financial reporting purposes in the amounts of $1,018 and $157,
respectively. These domestic carryovers expire at various dates through fiscal
2008. As of March 31, 1997, the Company had domestic alternative minimum tax
credit carryovers of $516. The domestic alternative minimum tax credit
carryforward period is indefinite.

As of March 31, 1997, the Company had foreign tax credit carryovers of $2,957.
The carryforward period is five years and expires in fiscal 2002.

There can be no assurance that foreign and domestic tax carryovers will be
utilized.


NOTE 8 -- STOCK OPTIONS AND RESTRICTED STOCK
- --------------------------------------------

The Company accounts for stock based compensation issued to its employees and
non-employee directors in accordance with APB 25 and has elected to adopt the
"disclosure-only" provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
123, "Accounting for Stock Based Compensation" ("SFAS No. 123").

During the periods shown below, the Company had in effect three stock option
plans for the officers and other key employees of the Company - the Telxon
Corporation 1983 Stock Option Plan (the "1983 Plan"), the Telxon Corporation
1988 Stock Option Plan (the "1988 Plan") and the Telxon Corporation 1990 Stock
Option Plan (the "1990 Plan"). The options outstanding under the 1983 Plan, the
1988 Plan and the 1990 Plan generally vest in equal installments over a
three-year period on the first three anniversary dates after the date of grant.
The option price is equal to the market price for the Company's Common Stock at
the time of grant.

                                       56
<PAGE>   57
Telxon Corporation
and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
- ------------------------------------------------------

The following is a summary of the activity in the Company's stock option plans
during fiscal 1995, 1996 and 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        Stock Options
                                                                    -----------------------
                                                                             Average Price
                                                                     Shares    Per Share
                                                                     ------    ---------
<S>                                                                 <C>         <C>    
March 31, 1994 ...............................................      1,752,700   $ 10.64
     Granted .................................................        971,500     14.73
     Exercised ...............................................       (325,245)     8.60
     Returned to pool due to employee
        terminations .........................................       (112,734)    10.84
                                                                   ----------        
March 31, 1995 ...............................................      2,286,221     12.66
     Granted .................................................      1,184,626     19.10
     Exercised ...............................................       (513,927)    10.94
     Returned to pool due to employee
        terminations .........................................         (5,990)    12.28
                                                                   ----------
March 31, 1996 ...............................................      2,950,930     15.54
     Granted .................................................        956,500     14.89
     Exercised ...............................................       (127,337)    11.84
     Returned to pool due to employee
        terminations .........................................       (665,471)    16.27
                                                                   ----------
March 31, 1997 ...............................................      3,114,622     15.23
                                                                   ==========
</TABLE>

At March 31, 1997, there were 3,114,622 options outstanding under the 1990 Plan
at $8.75 to $23.00 per share.

During fiscal 1996, the Company's stockholders approved an amendment to the 1990
Plan that increased the number of shares available for issuance by 850,000
shares, to a total of 3,350,000 shares. Options available to be granted under
the 1990 Plan at March 31, 1997, were 6,406. No further options can be granted
under the 1983 Plan or the 1988 Plan.

The Company also has in effect a stock option plan for non-employee directors
(the "Director Plan"). During fiscal 1996, the Company's stockholders approved
an amendment to the Director Plan that increased the number of shares available
for issuance by 150,000 shares, to a total of 400,000 shares. During the fiscal
year ended March 31, 1997, 50,000 options were granted at an average price per
share of $12.24. At March 31, 1997, there were 260,000 options outstanding under
the Director Plan at $9.125 to $23.50 per share. At March 31, 1997, there were
106,667 options available to be granted under the Director Plan.

At March 31, 1997 and 1996, there were 6,000 options outstanding and exercisable
at $14.63 per share which were not granted under the Company's stock option
plans.

During fiscal 1993, the Company adopted a Restricted Stock Plan (the "Restricted
Stock Plan"), under which 250,000 shares may be issued. A committee of the Board
of Directors determines the time periods during which and the criteria upon
which the Restricted Stock is subject to 


                                       57
<PAGE>   58
Telxon Corporation
and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
- ------------------------------------------------------

forfeiture. At March 31, 1997, 163,000 shares granted under the Restricted Stock
Plan had vested, 60,000 shares were outstanding subject to forfeiture, and
27,000 shares were available to be granted as a result of shares forfeited
during fiscal 1997.

During fiscal 1996, the Company's stockholders approved the 1995 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan (the "1995 Stock Purchase Plan"), under which 500,000 shares of
authorized but unissued common stock or treasury stock were authorized for sale
to eligible employees at a 15% discount from market value. During fiscal 1997,
the Company re-issued 75,560 shares of its treasury stock in satisfaction of
purchases made under the 1995 Stock Purchase Plan. At March 31, 1997, a total of
84,375 shares had been issued and purchased under the 1995 Stock Purchase Plan
since its inception and 415,625 shares remained available for future purchases.

For SFAS No. 123 purposes, the fair value of each option granted under the 1990
and Director Plans is estimated as of the date of grant using the Black-Scholes
option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions used for
stock options granted in fiscal 1997 and 1996, respectively: dividend yield of
 .047% and .068%, expected volatility of 56.22% and 49.97%, risk-free interest
rates of 6.40% and 6.05%, and an expected life of five years for grants in both
fiscal 1997 and 1996.

The fair value of each right to purchase stock under the 1995 Stock Purchase
Plan is estimated as of the first day of each six-month payment period using the
Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average
assumptions used for each purchase right earned in fiscal 1997 and 1996,
respectively: dividend yield of .047% and .053%, expected volatility of 56.22%
and 54.36%, risk-free interest rates of 5.18% and 5.18%, and an expected life of
six and five months.

If the Company had elected to recognize the compensation cost of its stock
option and stock purchase plans based on the fair value of the awards under
those plans in accordance with SFAS No. 123, net income and earnings per share
would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              1997             1996
                                            --------         --------

<S>                                         <C>              <C>     
Net (loss) income:      As reported         $ (7,059)        $ 16,521
                        Pro forma            (11,651)          14,309

Earnings per share      As reported             (.44)            1.00
                        Pro forma               (.73)             .87

</TABLE>

NOTE 9 -- LEASES
- ----------------

The Company leases certain equipment under capital leases generally for terms of
five years or less with renewal and purchase options. The present value of
future minimum lease payments for these capital lease obligations is reflected
in the consolidated balance sheet as current and noncurrent capital lease
obligations. In addition, the Company leases office


                                       58
<PAGE>   59
Telxon Corporation
and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
- ------------------------------------------------------

facilities, customer service locations and certain equipment under noncancelable
operating leases.

Future minimum lease payments for years ending March 31, are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Capital             Operating
                                                      Leases               Leases
                                                      ------               ------
<S>                                                  <C>                  <C>    
1998...............................................  $  746               $ 8,004
1999...............................................     779                 7,746
2000...............................................     222                 6,158
2001...............................................      31                 5,105
2002...............................................      10                 2,861
2003 and thereafter................................       5                 3,054
                                                      -----               -------
                                                      1,793               $32,928
                                                                          =======
Amount representing interest.......................    (198)
                                                     ------
Present value of net minimum lease payments........   1,595
Current portion   .................................    (627)
                                                     ------
Long-term portion .................................. $  968
                                                     ======
</TABLE>

The Company has an option to purchase the 100,000-square-foot facility currently
occupied by its corporate and engineering offices. The purchase option is
exercisable for a price equal to the fair market value of the premises as
determined by an independent appraisal prior to September 1, 2001.

Rent expense for fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995 amounted to $12,296, $10,623 and
$11,212, respectively.           

NOTE 10 -- CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES AND DEBENTURES

Convertible subordinated notes and debentures at March 31, 1997 and 1996,
consisted of $82,500 of 5-3/4% Convertible Subordinated Notes (the "5-3/4%
Notes") and $24,724 of 7-1/2% Convertible Subordinated Debentures (the "7-1/2%
Debentures").

The 5-3/4% Notes, which were issued December 12, 1995, are due January 1, 2003.
The conversion price for the 5-3/4% Notes is $27.50 per common share and is
subject to adjustment in certain events. Interest is payable on January 1 and
July 1 in each year, and commenced July 1, 1996. On or after January 5, 1999,
the 5-3/4% Notes are redeemable at any time at the option of the Company, in
whole or in part, at the following prices for the following calendar years:
1999, 103.286%; 2000, 102.464%; 2001, 101.643% and 2002, 100.821%.

The 7-1/2% Debentures, which were issued June 1, 1987, are due June 1, 2012. The
conversion price for the 7-1/2% Debentures of $26.75 is subject to adjustment in
certain events. Interest is payable on June 1 and December 1 in each year, and
commenced December 1, 1987. The Debentures are redeemable at any time at the
option of the Company, in whole or in part, at 102.25% of the principal amount
redeemed, declining annually to par on and after June 1, 1997. The sinking fund
requires mandatory annual payments of 5% of the original $46,000 principal
amount commencing June 1,


                                       59
<PAGE>   60
Telxon Corporation
and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
- ------------------------------------------------------

1997, calculated to retire 75% of the issue prior to maturity. During fiscal
1991, the Company purchased and retired Debentures with a principal face amount
aggregating $21,266, which will be applied to the earliest of the Company's
sinking fund payment obligations.

Total interest paid by the Company in fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995 was $8,368,
$5,046 and $4,392, respectively.

NOTE 11 -- FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
- ----------------------------------------------

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107,
"Disclosures about Fair Value Financial Instruments", the Company discloses the
fair value of its financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate
fair value.

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating the
fair value of the following financial instruments:

       Cash and Cash Equivalents
       The carrying amounts reported in the accompanying consolidated balance
       sheets for cash and cash equivalents approximate fair value due to the
       short-term nature of these instruments.

       5-3/4% Notes
       The fair value of the Company's 5-3/4% Notes is based on discounted cash
       flow analysis. Refer to Note 10 -- Convertible Subordinated Notes and
       Debentures for additional information concerning the 5-3/4% Notes.

       7-1/2% Debentures
       The fair value of the Company's publicly traded 7-1/2% Debentures is
       based on quoted market prices. Refer to Note 10 -- Convertible
       Subordinated Notes and Debentures for additional information concerning
       the 7-1/2% Debentures.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             1997                  1996
                                    ---------------------  ----------------------
                                     Carrying     Fair      Carrying      Fair
                                      Amount      Value      Amount       Value
                                    ---------------------  ----------------------
<S>                                  <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>    
Cash and cash equivalents            $45,386     $45,386     $34,828     $34,828
5-3/4% Notes                          82,500      79,314      82,500      80,503
7-1/2% Debentures                     24,724      23,982      24,724      24,724
</TABLE>

       Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts
       The fair value of forward foreign currency exchange contracts is
       estimated based on quotes from currency brokers. At March 31, 1997, the
       Company had forward foreign currency exchange contracts to purchase
       British Pounds with an aggregate contract value of $7,127 and an
       aggregate fair value of $7,214. At March 31, 1997, these contracts were
       scheduled to mature in April 1997.

                                       60
<PAGE>   61
Telxon Corporation
and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
- ------------------------------------------------------

       Investments in Non-traded Companies 
       It was not practicable for the Company to estimate the fair value of its
       investments in certain non-traded, closely held companies because of the
       lack of quoted market prices for those investments and the inability to
       estimate fair values without incurring excessive costs. These
       investments, which the Company holds for purposes other than trading,
       totaled $8,403 and $1,712 at March 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively, and
       are carried at cost in intangible and other assets in the accompanying
       consolidated balance sheets. Refer to Note 4 -- Intangible and Other
       Assets for additional information concerning the Company's investments in
       non-traded companies.

       Long-term Notes Receivable
       It was not practicable for the Company to estimate the fair value of its
       long-term notes receivable from certain non-traded, closely held
       companies because of the lack of quoted market prices for similar
       financial instruments and the inability to estimate fair values without
       incurring excessive costs. The notes, which the Company intends to hold
       to maturity, bear interest at various fixed and variable rates and have
       maturities ranging from one to four years. The long-term notes
       receivable, which total $9,855 and $650 at March 31, 1997 and 1996,
       respectively, are carried at cost in intangible and other assets in the
       accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Refer to Note 4 -- Intangible
       and Other Assets for additional information concerning long-term notes
       receivable.

NOTE 12 -- STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
- -------------------------------
The exercise of non-qualified stock options results in state and federal income
tax benefits to the Company equal to the difference between the market price at
the date of exercise and the option price. During fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995,
$353, $1,751 and $632, respectively, was credited to additional paid-in capital
as a result of such option exercises.

NOTE 13 -- BUSINESS SEGMENT
- ---------------------------
The Company designs, develops, manufactures, markets and services mobile and
wireless transaction systems and solutions for vertical markets. The Company's
business is a single segment. The Company does not believe that it is dependent
upon any one customer or group of customers. No customer accounted for 10% or
more of total revenues in fiscal 1997, 1996 or 1995.

The Company sells its products to customers in diversified industries, primarily
in North America and Europe. The Company realizes approximately one-half of its
revenues from customers in retail industries who are in widely diversified
geographic locations and markets. The Company performs ongoing credit
evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral. The
Company maintains reserves for potential credit losses, and such losses have
historically been within management's expectations.

                                       61
<PAGE>   62
Telxon Corporation
and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
- ------------------------------------------------------

The Company has operations in the United States, Europe, Canada, Australia and
Asia. Information for fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995 follows below.

Of the U.S. revenues from unaffiliated customers in fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995,
$24,425, $20,070 and $16,293 were exports to Europe, Canada, South America,
Asia, Africa and the Middle East.

Transfers between geographic areas were at cost plus a negotiated mark-up.

Assets of geographic areas are identified with the operations of each area.
Corporate assets consist of property and equipment.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      United                                   Adjustment &
     1997                                             States        Europe        Other         Elimination          Consolidated
     ----                                             ------        ------        -----         -----------          ------------

<S>                                                  <C>            <C>           <C>             <C>                   <C>     
Revenues from unaffiliated
 customers.....................................      $355,256       $65,292       $45,464         $      --             $466,012
Transfers between geo-
 graphic areas.................................        70,251           463        43,874          (114,588)                  --
                                                    ---------       -------       -------         ---------             --------
         Total revenues........................      $425,507       $65,755       $89,338         $(114,588)            $466,012
                                                     ========       =======       =======         =========             ========
Operating income...............................      $ 17,105       $ 1,680       $22,036         $ (25,641)            $ 15,180
                                                     ========       =======       =======         =========
Interest expense, net..........................                                                                           (6,566)
Non-operating income...........................                                                                           34,726
Foreign currency transac-
   tion gain (loss), net.......................           (19)         (387)          (58)               --                 (464)
Corporate expenses, net........................                                                                          (48,567)
                                                                                                                        --------
Income before income
 taxes.........................................                                                                         $ (5,691)
                                                                                                                        ========
Identifiable assets at
         March 31, 1997........................      $287,644       $32,578       $27,157         $      --             $347,379
                                                     ========       =======       =======         =========             ========
Corporate assets...............................                                                                           14,405
                                                                                                                        --------
Total assets at
         March 31, 1997........................                                                                         $361,784
                                                                                                                        ========
</TABLE>




                                       62

<PAGE>   63
Telxon Corporation
and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
- ------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      United                                      Adjustment &
     1996                                             States        Europe         Other          Elimination        Consolidated
     ----                                             ------        ------         -----          -----------        ------------
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>           <C>             <C>                   <C>     
Revenues from unaffiliated
 customers.....................................      $382,156       $69,588       $34,725         $      --             $486,469
Transfers between geo-
 graphic areas.................................        45,508           896        38,603           (85,007)                  --
                                                    --------        -------       -------          --------             --------
         Total revenues........................      $427,664       $70,484       $73,328          $(85,007)            $486,469
                                                     ========       =======       =======          ========             ========

Operating income...............................      $ 50,935       $ 6,506       $ 5,759          $    996             $ 64,196
                                                     ========       =======      ========          ========                    
Interest expense, net..........................                                                                           (6,010)
Non-operating income...........................                                                                            1,517
Foreign currency transac-
   tion gain (loss), net.......................           (18)          115          (157)               --                  (60)
Corporate expenses, net........................                                                                          (32,808)
                                                                                                                        --------
Income before income
 taxes.........................................                                                                         $ 26,835
                                                                                                                        ========
Identifiable assets at
         March 31, 1996........................      $297,154       $43,142       $35,130          $     --             $375,426
                                                     ========       =======       =======          ========
Corporate assets...............................                                                                           13,783
                                                                                                                        --------
Total assets at
         March 31, 1996........................                                                                         $389,209
                                                                                                                        ========
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      United                                      Adjustment &
     1995                                             States       Europe          Other          Elimination         Consolidated
     ----                                             ------       ------          -----          -----------         ------------

<S>                                                  <C>            <C>           <C>              <C>                  <C>     
Revenues from unaffiliated
 customers.....................................      $285,603       $62,679       $31,237          $     --             $379,519
Transfers between geo-
 graphic areas.................................        36,254           443        28,973           (65,670)                  --
                                                     --------       -------       -------          --------             --------
         Total revenues........................      $321,857       $63,122       $60,210          $(65,670)            $379,519
                                                     ========       =======       =======          ========             ========
Operating income...............................      $ 40,676       $ 3,434       $ 6,658          $   (232)            $ 50,536
                                                     ========       =======       =======          ========
Interest expense, net..........................                                                                           (3,696)
Foreign currency transac-
   tion gain, net .............................          --             145           299                --                  444
Corporate expenses, net........................                                                                          (30,074)
                                                                                                                         -------
Income before income
 taxes.........................................                                                                         $ 17,210
                                                                                                                        ========
Identifiable assets at
         March 31, 1995........................      $193,077       $40,943       $30,575          $     --             $264,595
                                                     ========       =======       =======          ========
Corporate assets...............................                                                                           11,532
                                                                                                                        --------
Total assets at
         March 31, 1995........................                                                                         $276,127
                                                                                                                        ========
</TABLE>



                                       63


<PAGE>   64
Telxon Corporation
and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
- ------------------------------------------------------

NOTE 14 -- INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS

The consolidated financial statements include the following with respect to the
net income and net assets of the Company's international subsidiaries and
branches during the three years ended March 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  1997                1996                 1995
                                                -------             -------              -------

<S>                                              <C>                 <C>                 <C>    
         Net income ...........................  $18,484             $ 7,695             $ 6,712
         Net assets ...........................  $36,727             $58,764             $49,913
</TABLE>


NOTE 15 -- DIVESTITURES
- -----------------------                   

Effective April 1, 1996, the Company sold the assets of certain retail
application software operations, with net assets of approximately $5,000, to a
third-party in exchange for $150 in cash and $7,000 in secured promissory notes,
including interest. In addition to the proceeds from the sale, the Company also
entered into a software license agreement with the third-party purchaser. The
agreement provides for the Company to receive, over the next five years, license
fees amounting to 20% of the revenue generated by the purchased software, with
minimum required payments aggregating $6,600. The $7,000 in promissory notes
received in connection with the divestiture have been excluded from the
accompanying consolidated statement of cash flows as a non-cash transaction.

Effective December 31, 1996, the Company sold substantially all of the assets of
its Itronix Corporation subsidiary, with a net book value of $30,848, as well as
all of the subsidiary's associated business, in exchange for $65,524 in cash,
plus the buyer's assumption of certain specified liabilities of the transferred
business totaling $8,229. The transaction resulted in a $32,653 gain, net of
transaction costs of $10,252, which has been recorded as other non-operating
income in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. The buyer is
entitled to customary indemnification from the Company with respect to retained
liabilities and, through March 31, 1998, to the Company's representations,
warranties and covenants in the sale agreement. Under the terms of the sale, the
Company is precluded from competing with the buyer in the manufacture and sale
of ruggedized notebook computers for a period of five years after the date of
sale, other than the Company's resale of products obtained from the buyer under
a mutual reseller agreement.

NOTE 16 -- SUBSIDIARY STOCK TRANSACTIONS
- ----------------------------------------

During fiscal 1997, the Company repurchased 432,558 shares of the voting common
stock of its Metanetics Corporation ("Metanetics") subsidiary, a licensor and
developer of image reading technology, from a former employee. The shares were
repurchased by the Company at a price of $1.04 per share and resulted in a $449
non-operating loss. The Company subsequently re-sold the repurchased shares
during fiscal 1997 to a corporation owned by Mr. Meyerson and his wife at a
price of $1.04 per share price, resulting in


                                       64
<PAGE>   65
Telxon Corporation
and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
- ------------------------------------------------------

a non-operating gain of $449. The Company's remaining percentage interest in the
voting common stock of Metanetics at March 31, 1997, was 49%.

During fiscal 1997, the Company sold 808,500 shares of voting common stock of
its Aironet subsidiary, a developer, manufacturer, and marketer of wireless LAN
systems, to a corporation owned by Mr. Meyerson at a price of $1.86 per share in
exchange for a promissory note, secured by the purchased stock, in the amount of
$1,504. This transaction resulted in the establishment of a minority interest of
$669 which has been included in other long-term liabilities in the accompanying
consolidated balance sheets at March 31, 1997. At March 31, 1997, the Company
has deferred a gain of $835 related to this transaction as the criteria for the
recognition of gain on the sale of subsidiary stock had not been met. The
Company's remaining percentage interest in the voting common stock of Aironet at
March 31, 1997, was 90%. The sale of Aironet common stock has been excluded from
the accompanying consolidated statement of cash flows as a non-cash transaction.
        
NOTE 17 -- TREASURY STOCK TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------

During fiscal 1997, the Company repurchased 633,000 shares of its common stock,
at a weighted average price of $14.74 per share, pursuant to its open market
repurchase program. Additionally, during fiscal 1997, the Company re-issued
75,560 shares of its treasury stock to satisfy purchases made by employees
through the 1995 Stock Purchase Plan at a weighted average price of $11.97 per
share. The remaining 557,440 shares of treasury stock have been accounted for at
cost plus brokerage fees under the caption of treasury stock in the accompanying
consolidated financial statements. The re-issuance of treasury stock in
satisfaction of the purchases made through the 1995 Stock Purchase Plan have
been excluded from the accompanying consolidated statement of cash flows as a
non-cash transaction.                        

NOTE 18 -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
- ----------------------------------------

In December 1992, four class action suits were filed in the United States
District Court, Northern District of Ohio, by certain alleged stockholders of
the Company on behalf of themselves and purported classes consisting of Telxon
stockholders, other than defendants and their affiliates, who purchased the
Company's common stock between May 20, 1992 and January 19, 1993. The named
defendants are the Company, former President and Chief Executive Officer Raymond
D. Meyo, and then President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer
Dan R. Wipff. On February 1, 1993, the plaintiffs filed their Amended and
Consolidated Class Action Complaint related to the four actions, alleging claims
for fraud on the market and negligent misrepresentation, arising from alleged
misrepresentations and omissions with respect to the Company's financial
performance and prospects, and alleged trading activities of the named
individual defendants. The Amended Complaint seeks unspecified compensatory
damages, the imposition of a constructive trust on certain of the defendants'
assets and other unspecified extraordinary equitable and/or injunctive relief,
interest, attorneys' fees


                                       65
<PAGE>   66
Telxon Corporation
and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
- ------------------------------------------------------

and costs. The defendants, including the Company, filed a Motion to Dismiss
which was denied by the court on June 3, 1993.

On April 16, 1993, the Plaintiffs filed their Motion for Class Certification.
The defendants, including the Company, filed their briefs in opposition to Class
Certification on October 13, 1993. On December 17, 1993, the District Court
certified the class, consisting of Telxon stockholders, other than defendants
and their affiliates, who purchased Telxon common stock between May 20, 1992 and
December 14, 1992.

Following the completion of discovery (other than of experts), each defendant
filed a Motion for Summary Judgment on May 19, 1995, all of which were opposed
by the plaintiffs. On September 14, 1995, the Court granted each defendant
summary judgment on all counts, which the plaintiffs appealed to the United
States Sixth Circuit Court of Appeals. The appeal was heard on October 24, 1996,
and the parties are awaiting the decision from the Court of Appeals. The
defendants intend to continue vigorously defending the Consolidated Class
Action. Though there can be no assurance that the Company's summary judgment
will be upheld on appeal on all counts or as to the ultimate outcome of any
portion of the case with respect to which the summary judgment may be reversed,
no provision has been made in the accompanying consolidated financial statements
for any liability that may result to the Company in such an event.

On September 21, 1993, a derivative Complaint was filed in the Court of Chancery
of the State of Delaware, in and for Newcastle County, by an alleged stockholder
of Telxon derivatively on behalf of Telxon. The named defendants are the
Company; Robert F. Meyerson, former Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive
Officer and director; Dan R. Wipff, then President, Chief Operating Officer and
Chief Financial Officer and director; Robert A. Goodman, Corporate Secretary and
outside director; Norton W. Rose, outside director; and Dr. Raj Reddy, outside
director. The Complaint alleges breach of fiduciary duty to the Company and
waste of the Company's assets in connection with certain transactions entered
into by Telxon and compensation amounts paid by the Company. The Complaint seeks
an accounting, injunction, rescission, attorneys' fees and costs. While the
Company is nominally a defendant in this derivative action, no monetary relief
is sought by the plaintiff from the Company. On November 12, 1993, Telxon and
the individual director defendants filed a Motion to Dismiss. The plaintiff
filed his brief in opposition to the Motion on May 2, 1994, and the defendants
filed a final responsive brief. The Motion was argued before the Court on March
29, 1995, and on July 18, 1995, the Court issued its ruling. The Court dismissed
all of the claims relating to the plaintiff's allegations of corporate waste.
The claims relating to breach of fiduciary duty survived the Motion to Dismiss
and are now the subject of discovery, which is continuing; no deadline for the
completion of the discovery has yet been set by the Court.

On October 31, 1996, plaintiff's counsel filed a Motion to Intervene in the
derivative action on behalf of a new plaintiff stockholder. As part of the
Motion to Intervene, the intervening plaintiff asked that the Court designate as
operative for the action the intervening plaintiff's proposed

                                       66
<PAGE>   67
Telxon Corporation
and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
- ------------------------------------------------------

Complaint, which alleges that a series of transactions in which the Company
acquired certain technology from a corporation affiliated with Mr. Meyerson was
wrongful in that Telxon already owned the technology by means of a pre-existing
consulting agreement with another affiliate of Mr. Meyerson; the intervenor's
complaint also names Raymond D. Meyo, President, Chief Executive Officer and
director at the time of the first acquisition transaction, as a new defendant.
The defendants opposed the Motion on grounds that the new claim alleged in the
proposed Complaint and the addition of Mr. Meyo were time-barred by the statute
of limitations and the intervening plaintiff did not satisfy the standards for
intervention. After taking legal briefs, the Court ruled on June 13, 1997 to
permit the intervention. The defendants believe that the post-intervention
claims lack merit, and they intend to continue vigorously defending this action.
While the ultimate outcome of this action cannot presently be determined, the
Company does not anticipate that this matter will have a material adverse effect
on the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash
flows and accordingly has not made provisions for any loss or related insurance
recovery in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

In the normal course of its operations, the Company is subject to performance
under contracts and assertions that technologies it utilizes may infringe third
party intellectual properties, and has various legal actions and certain
contingencies pending, including a claim made by the owner of a manufacturing
facility formerly leased by the Company that the Company caused and should
remediate soil contamination at the facility and may be responsible for
possible diminution in the economic value of the premises allegedly resulting
from the contamination. The Company, with professional assistance, is
continuing to investigate the scope, nature and cause of the contamination.
Information necessary to support a reasonable estimate of the scope of loss, if
any, is not presently available and, accordingly, no provision has been made in
accompanying financial statements. The Company, while not conceding denial of
coverage, has been advised by its insurers that coverage is not available
concerning this matter. While the Company, based on the information currently
available to it, continues to believe the matter's ultimate resolution will not
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business or financial
condition, if the Company were ultimately held responsible for the alleged
contamination, the associated loss could have a material adverse effect on
results of operations for one or more quarters in which the associated
charge(s) would be taken. In management's opinion, all other such outstanding
matters have either been reflected in the consolidated financial statements,
are covered by insurance or would not have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, consolidated financial position or results of
operations or cash flows.

NOTE 19 -- NEWLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------

During fiscal 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings per Share" ("SFAS No. 128").
SFAS No. 128 modifies the manner in which an entity computes, presents and
discloses its earning per share. The Company is required to adopt the provisions
of SFAS No. 128 beginning with the third quarter ending December 31, 1997, as a
part of which the Company will be



                                       67
<PAGE>   68
Telxon Corporation
and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
- ------------------------------------------------------

required to restate all prior-period earnings per share amounts presented for
comparative purposes. As the adoption of SFAS No. 128 will only modify the
calculation of earnings per share, there will be no effect on the Company's
consolidated financial position or results of operations or cash flows.

During fiscal 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board also issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 129, "Disclosure of Information
about Capital Structure" ("SFAS No. 129"). SFAS No. 129 requires an entity to
disclose the rights and privileges of its outstanding securities, the
liquidation preference of any preferred stock and the redemption requirements
of any redeemable stock. The Company is required to adopt the provisions of SFAS
No. 129 for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1998. As the adoption of SFAS No.
129 will only require additional disclosures, there will be no effect on the
Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations or cash
flows.

During fiscal 1997, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
issued Statement of Position 96-1, "Environmental Remediation Liabilities" ("SOP
96-1"). SOP 96-1 requires an entity to accrue a liability for environmental
remediation if (1) litigation against the entity has commenced or a claim or
assessment against the entity has been asserted, or commencement of litigation
or assertion of a claim or an assessment against the entity is probable, and (2)
the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company is required to
adopt the provision of SOP 96-1 for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1998.
Management believes that the adoption of this pronouncement will not have a
material effect on the Company's consolidated financial position or results of
operations or cash flows.

NOTE 20 -- OTHER TRANSACTIONS
- -----------------------------

Due to the fiscal 1997 retirement of Mr. Meyerson, the Company's former Chairman
of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, the Company did not renew its
consulting agreement with Accipiter. Pursuant to the terms of the consulting
agreement regarding the effects of non-renewal, the Company paid Accipiter
$2,520 in cash. Additionally, the Company provided Mr. Meyerson with a cash
retirement package of $3,000. Both the non-renewal of the consulting agreement
and the retirement package are reflected in the accompanying consolidated
statement of operations.

NOTE 21 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
- ----------------------------

Subsequent to March 31, 1997, the Company repurchased 215,700 shares of its
common stock, at a weighted average price of $15.09 per share, pursuant to its
open market repurchase program.

Subsequent to March 31, 1997, the Company repurchased 80,000 shares of
Metanetics voting common stock at a price of $1.04 per share from former

                                       68
<PAGE>   69
Telxon Corporation
and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
- ------------------------------------------------------

key employees. This repurchase of shares resulted in an increase in the
Company's interest in Metanetics to 51%.


NOTE 22 -- QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED)
- -------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                              Quarter
                                              ------------------------------------------------------------------------
1997                                            First           Second          Third          Fourth(a)      Year(b)
- ----                                          ---------        --------       --------        ----------     ---------

<S>                                            <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>     
Revenues .................................     $112,383        $108,314       $123,575        $121,740       $466,012
Gross profit..............................       35,510          34,335         33,963          48,332        152,140

Net (loss) income.........................     $ (4,797)       $ (4,702)      $  2,135        $    305       $ (7,059)
                                               ========        ========       ========        ========       ========

Earnings per common and common 
  equivalent share:
Net (loss) income per share ..............       $(.29)           $(.29)      $    .13        $    .02        $ (.44)
                                               ========        ========       ========        ========       ========
</TABLE>

(a)    Fourth quarter adjustments were not material to the quarterly results of
       operations.

(b)    The net (loss) income per share for the quarters does not equal net
       (loss) per share for the year due to differentials in the impact of
       quarterly and annual weighted new stock issuances on the weighted average
       number of shares outstanding for each respective period.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                              Quarter
                                              ------------------------------------------------------------------------
1996                                            First           Second          Third          Fourth(a)      Year(b)
- ----                                          ---------        --------       --------        ----------     ---------
<S>                                            <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>     
Revenues ...................................   $103,541        $107,016       $131,030        $144,882       $486,469
Gross profit................................     43,127          45,516         52,491          57,199        198,333

Net income..................................   $  2,229        $  2,811       $  4,205        $  7,276       $ 16,521
                                               ========        ========       ========        ========       ========
Earnings per common and common 
  equivalent share:
Net income per share ..... ..................  $    .14        $    .17       $    .26        $    .45       $   1.00
                                               ========        ========       ========        ========       ========
</TABLE>

(a)      During the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996, the Company recorded
         capitalized software costs, net of amortization, aggregating $7,075.
         Offsetting the software capitalization were other unusual non-recurring
         adjustments aggregating $4,255. After the related income tax impact,
         the aggregate impact on fourth quarter earnings was $1,749 or $ .11 per
         share.

         The impact of such quarterly adjustments on the reported earnings
         during the first three quarters of fiscal 1996 was not material.

         Also during the fourth quarter, the Company refined its estimates for
         inventory valuation based on previously unavailable information. As a
         result, the Company's inventory valuation reserves for both


                                       69
<PAGE>   70
Telxon Corporation
and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
- ------------------------------------------------------

         manufacturing and customer service inventories were reduced by $2,863.
         After the related income tax benefit, the impact on fourth quarter
         earnings was $1,775 or $ .11 per share.

(b)      The net income per share for the quarters does not equal net income per
         share for the year due to differentials in the impact of quarterly and
         annual weighted new stock issuances on the weighted average number of
         shares outstanding for each respective period.

                                       70
<PAGE>   71
ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
         AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES
         -------------------------

Not Applicable.

                                    PART III

Except for certain information relating to the Company's executive officers
included in Part I of this Form 10-K, the information called for by this Part
III is not set forth herein but is incorporated by reference from the definitive
proxy statement which the Company intends to file with the Securities and
Exchange Commission within 120 days of the close of its fiscal year ended March
31, 1997, with respect to the 1997 Annual Meeting of the Company's stockholders
scheduled to be held September 10, 1997, or will otherwise be timely filed.

                                     PART IV

ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------

       (a)    List of documents filed as part of this Report:

              (1)    Consolidated Financial Statements: Reference is made to the
                     Index on page 40 herein.

              (2)    Financial Statement Schedule: Reference is made to the
                     Index on page 40 herein. All other schedules are omitted
                     because they are not applicable or the required information
                     is shown in the financial statements of the notes thereto.

              (3)    Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K:

                     2      Asset Purchase Agreement by and among Dynatech
                            Corporation, IAQ Corporation, the Registrant and
                            Itronix Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of
                            the Registrant, dated as of December 28, 1996,
                            incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2 to
                            Registrant's Form 8-K dated December 31, 1996.

                     3.1    Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant,
                            incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 3.1
                            to Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended March
                            31, 1993.

                     3.2    Amended and Restated By-Laws of Registrant, as
                            amended, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
                            No. 2(b) to Registrant's Registration Statement on
                            Form 8-A with respect to its Common Stock filed
                            pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange
                            Act, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto filed
                            under cover of a Form 8 and Amendment No. 2 thereto
                            filed on Form 8-A/A.

                     4.1    Portions of the Restated Certificate of
                            Incorporation of Registrant pertaining to the rights
                            of holders of Registrant's Common Stock, par value
                            $.01 per share, incorporated herein by



                                       71
<PAGE>   72

                            reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Registrant's Form 10-K
                            for the year ended March 31, 1993.

                     4.2    Text of form of Certificate for Registrant's Common
                            Stock, par value $.01 per share, and description of
                            graphic and image material appearing thereon,
                            incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to
                            Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June
                            30, 1995.

                     4.3    Rights Agreement between Registrant and KeyBank
                            National Association, as Rights Agent, dated as of
                            August 25, 1987, as amended and restated as of July
                            31, 1996, incorporated herein by reference to
                            Exhibit 4 to Registrant's Form 8-K dated August 5,
                            1996.

                            4.3.1  Form of Rights Certificate (included as
                                   Exhibit A to the Rights Agreement included as
                                   Exhibit 4.3 above). Until the Distribution
                                   Date (as defined in the Rights Agreement),
                                   the Rights Agreement provides that the common
                                   stock purchase rights created thereunder are
                                   evidenced by the certificates for
                                   Registrant's Common Stock (the text of which
                                   and description thereof is included as
                                   Exhibit 4.2 above, which stock certificates
                                   are deemed also to be certificates for such
                                   common stock purchase rights) and not by
                                   separate Rights Certificates; as soon as
                                   practicable after the Distribution Date,
                                   Rights Certificates will be mailed to each
                                   holder of Registrant's Common Stock as of the
                                   close of business on the Distribution Date.

                            4.3.2  Letter agreement among Registrant, KeyBank
                                   National Association and Harris Trust and
                                   Savings Bank, dated June 11, 1997, with
                                   respect to the appointment of Harris Trust
                                   and Savings Bank as successor Rights Agent
                                   under the Rights Agreement included as
                                   Exhibit 4.3 above, filed herewith.

                     4.4    Indenture by and between Registrant and AmeriTrust
                            Company National Association, as Trustee, dated as
                            of June 1, 1987, regarding Registrant's 7-1/2%
                            Convertible Subordinated Debentures Due 2012,
                            incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to
                            Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3,
                            Registration No. 33-14348, filed May 18, 1987.

                            4.4.1  Form of Registrant's 7-1/2% Convertible
                                   Subordinated Debentures Due 2012 (set forth
                                   in the Indenture included as Exhibit 4.4
                                   above).

                                       72
<PAGE>   73

       4.5    Indenture by and between Registrant and Bank One Trust Company,
              N.A., as Trustee, dated as of December 1, 1995, regarding
              Registrant's 5-3/4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2003,
              incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Registrant's
              Registration Statement on Form S-3, Registration No. 333-1189,
              filed February 23, 1996.

              4.5.1  Form of Registrant's 5-3/4% Convertible Subordinated Notes
                     due 2003 issued under the Indenture included as Exhibit 4.5
                     above, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to
                     Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3,
                     Registration No. 333-1189, filed February 23, 1996.

              4.5.2  Registration Rights Agreement by and among Registrant and
                     Hambrecht & Quist LLC and Prudential Securities
                     Incorporated, as the Initial Purchasers of Registrant's
                     5-3/4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2003, with
                     respect to the registration of said Notes under applicable
                     securities laws, incorporated herein by reference to
                     Exhibit 4.3 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form
                     S-3, Registration No. 333-1189, filed February 23, 1996.

       10.1   Compensation and Benefits Plans of Registrant.

              10.1.1 Amended and Restated Retirement and Uniform Matching
                     Profit-Sharing Plan of Registrant, effective July 1, 1993,
                     incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1.1 to
                     Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 1994.

                     10.1.1.a Amendment, dated January 1, 1994, to the Plan
                              included as Exhibit 10.1.1 above, incorporated
                              herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1.1.a to
                              Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended March 
                              31, 1994.

                     10.1.1.b Amendment, dated April 1, 1994, to the Plan
                              included as Exhibit 10.1.1 above, incorporated
                              herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1.1.b to
                              Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended March 
                              31, 1994.

                     10.1.1.c Amendment, dated January 1, 1994, to the Plan
                              included as 



                                       73
<PAGE>   74

                              Exhibit 10.1.1 above, incorporated herein by
                              reference to Exhibit 10.1.1.c to Registrant's Form
                              10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 1994.

              10.1.2 1990 Stock Option Plan for employees of Registrant, as
                     amended, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1.3
                     to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September
                     30, 1995.

              10.1.3 1990 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors of
                     Registrant, as amended, incorporated herein by reference to
                     Exhibit 10.1.4 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter
                     ended September 30, 1995.

              10.1.4 Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement between Registrant and
                     Raj Reddy, dated as of October 17, 1988, incorporated
                     herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1.6 to Registrant's Form
                     10-K for the year ended March 31, 1994.

                     10.1.4.a Description of amendment extending the term of the
                              Agreement included as Exhibit 10.1.4 above,
                              incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
                              10.1.6.a to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter
                              ended September 30, 1994.

              10.1.5 1992 Restricted Stock Plan of Registrant, incorporated
                     herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1.17 to Registrant's Form
                     10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 1993.

                     10.1.5.a Amendment, dated December 7, 1993, to the Plan
                              included as Exhibit 10.1.5 above, incorporated
                              herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1.17.a to
                              Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
                              December 31, 1993.

                     10.1.5.b Amendment, dated July 18, 1994, to the Plan
                              included as Exhibit 10.1.5 above, incorporated
                              herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1.17.b to
                              Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
                              September 30, 1994.


                                       74
<PAGE>   75


              10.1.6 1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of Registrant, as
                     amended, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1.7
                     to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September
                     30, 1995.

              10.1.7 1996 Stock Option Plan for employees, directors and
                     advisors of Aironet Wireless Communications, Inc., a
                     subsidiary of Registrant, filed herewith.

              10.1.8 Non-Competition Agreement by and between Registrant and
                     Robert F. Meyerson, effective February 27, 1997, filed
                     herewith.

              10.1.9 Employment Agreement between Registrant and Frank Brick,
                     effective as of October 15, 1993, incorporated herein by
                     reference to Exhibit 10.1.16 on Registrant's Form 10-Q for
                     the quarter ended September 30, 1994.

             10.1.10 Employment Agreement between Registrant and Leonard D.
                     Abeita, effective as of April 1, 1997, filed herewith.

             10.1.11 Employment Agreement between Registrant and James G.
                     Cleveland, effective as of April 1, 1997, filed herewith.

             10.1.12 Employment Agreement between Registrant and Kenneth W.
                     Haver, effective as of April 1, 1997, filed herewith.

             10.1.13 Employment Agreement between Registrant and David D.
                     Loadman, effective as of April 1, 1997, filed herewith.

             10.1.14 Employment Agreement between Registrant and David W.
                     Porter, effective as of April 1, 1997, filed herewith.

             10.1.15 Employment Agreement between Registrant and Dan R. Wipff,
                     effective as of April 1, 1997, filed herewith.

             10.1.16 Letter of the Audit Committee of Registrant's Board of
                     Directors, dated July 22, 1996, engaging Norton Rose to act
                     as the Committee's delegate to advise and assist
                     Registrant's management, filed herewith.

       10.2   Material Leases of Registrant.

                                       75
<PAGE>   76

                     10.2.1 Lease between Registrant and 3330 W. Market
                            Properties, dated as of December 30, 1986,
                            incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2.1
                            to Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended March
                            31, 1994.

                     10.2.2 Standard Office Lease (Modified Net Lease) between
                            Registrant and John D. Dellagnese III, dated as of
                            July 19, 1995, including an Addendum thereto,
                            incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2.4
                            to Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended March
                            31, 1996.

                            10.2.2.a Second Addendum, dated as of October 5,
                                     1995, to the Lease included as Exhibit
                                     10.2.2 above, incorporated herein by
                                     reference to Exhibit 10.2.4.a to
                                     Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended
                                     March 31, 1996.

                            10.2.2.b Third Addendum, dated as of March 1, 1996,
                                     to the Lease included as Exhibit 10.2.2
                                     above, incorporated herein by reference to
                                     Exhibit 10.2.4.b to Registrant's Form 10-K
                                     for the year ended March 31, 1996.

              10.3   Credit Agreements of Registrant.

                     10.3.1 Credit Agreement by and among Registrant, the
                            lenders party thereto from time to time and The Bank
                            of New York, as letter of credit issuer, swing line
                            lender and agent for the lenders, dated as of March
                            8, 1996, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
                            10.3.2 to Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended
                            March 31, 1996.

                            10.3.1.a Amendment No. 1, dated as of August 6,
                                     1996, to the Agreement included as Exhibit
                                     10.3.1 above, incorporated herein by
                                     reference to Exhibit 10.3.2.a to 
                                     Registrant's Form 8-K dated August 16, 
                                     1996.

                            10.3.1.b Security Agreement, dated as of August 6,
                                     1996, by and among the Registrant and The
                                     Bank of New York, as Agent, incorporated
                                     herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3.2.b to
                                     Registrant's Form 8-K dated August 16, 
                                     1996.

                                       76
<PAGE>   77

                            10.3.1.c Amendment No. 2, dated as of December 16,
                                     1996, to the Agreement included as Exhibit
                                     10.3.1 above, incorporated herein by
                                     reference to Exhibit 10.3.2.c to 
                                     Registrant's Form 8-K dated December 16,  
                                     1996.

                     10.3.2 Business Purpose Revolving Promissory Note made by
                            Registrant in favor of Bank One, Akron, N.A., dated
                            September 8, 1995, and related Letter Agreement
                            between them of even date, incorporated herein by
                            reference to Exhibit 10.3.2 to Registrant's Form
                            10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1995.

                     10.3.3 Business Purpose Revolving Promissory Note made by
                            Registrant in favor of Bank One, Akron, N.A., dated
                            November 24, 1995, and related Letter Agreement
                            between them dated November 22, 1995, incorporated
                            herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3.3 to
                            Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
                            December 31, 1995.

                     10.3.4 Business Purpose Revolving Promissory Note made by
                            Registrant in favor of Bank One, Akron, N.A., dated
                            January 31, 1996, and related Letter Agreement
                            between them dated of even date, incorporated herein
                            by reference to Exhibit 10.3.4 to Registrant's Form
                            10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 1995.

                     10.3.5 Business Purpose Revolving Promissory Note made by
                            Registrant in favor of Bank One, Akron, N.A., dated
                            February 29, 1996, and related Letter Agreement
                            between them dated of even date, incorporated herein
                            by reference to Exhibit 10.3.6 to Registrant's Form
                            10-K for the year ended March 31, 1996.

                     10.3.6 Business Purpose Revolving Promissory Note (Swing
                            Line) made by Registrant in favor of Bank One,
                            Akron, N.A., dated March 20, 1996, incorporated
                            herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3.7 to
                            Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended March 31,
                            1996.

                     10.3.7 Business Purpose Revolving Promissory Note (Swing
                            Line) made by Registrant in favor of Bank One,
                            Akron, NA, dated August 6, 1996 (in replacement of
                            the Note included as Exhibit 10.3.7 above),
                            incorporated herein by reference to 


                                       77
<PAGE>   78

                            Exhibit 10.3.8 to Registrant's Form 8-K dated August
                            16, 1996.

                            10.3.7.a Bank One Security Agreement, dated as of 
                                     August 6, 1996, by and among Registrant
                                     and Bank One, Akron, NA, incorporated
                                     herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3.8.a to
                                     Registrant's Form 8-K dated August 16,     
                                     1996.

              10.4   Amended and Restated Agreement between Registrant and
                     Symbol Technologies, Inc., dated as of September 30, 1992,
                     incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to
                     Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 1993.

              10.5   Agreement of Purchase and Sale of Assets by and among
                     Vision Newco, Inc., a subsidiary of Registrant, Virtual
                     Vision, Inc., as debtor and debtor in possession, and the
                     Official Unsecured Creditors' Committee, on behalf of the
                     bankruptcy estate of Virtual Vision, dated as of July 13,
                     1995, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to
                     Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1995.

              10.6   Subscription Agreement by and among New Meta Licensing
                     Corporation, a subsidiary of Registrant, and certain
                     officers of Registrant as Purchasers, dated as of September
                     19, 1995, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8
                     to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September
                     30, 1995.

              10.7   Shareholder Agreement by and among New Meta Licensing
                     Corporation, a subsidiary of Registrant, and its
                     Shareholders, including the officers of Registrant party to
                     the Agreement included as Exhibit 10.6 above, dated as of
                     September 29, 1995, incorporated herein by reference to
                     Exhibit 10.9 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter
                     ended September 30, 1995.

                     10.7.1 First Amendment, dated as of September 29, 1995, to
                            the Agreement included as Exhibit 10.7 above,
                            incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9.1
                            to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
                            December 31, 1995.

                     10.7.2 Second Amendment, dated as of January, 1996, to the
                            Agreement included as Exhibit 10.7 above,
                            incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9.2
                            to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
                            December 31, 1995.

                                       78
<PAGE>   79

                            10.7.3 Amended and Restated Shareholder Agreement by
                                   and among Metanetics Corporation (fka New
                                   Meta Licensing Corporation) and its
                                   Shareholders, dated as of March 28, 1996,
                                   superseding the Agreement included as Exhibit
                                   10.7 above, as amended by the First and
                                   Second Amendments thereto included as
                                   Exhibits 10.7.1 and 10.7.2 above,
                                   incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
                                   10.9.3 to Registrant's Form 10-K for the year
                                   ended March 31, 1996.

                            10.7.4 First Amendment, dated as of March 30, 1996,
                                   to the Agreement included as Exhibit 10.7.3
                                   above, incorporated herein by reference to
                                   Exhibit 10.9.4 to Registrant's Form 10-K for
                                   the year ended March 31, 1996.

                     10.8   Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Meta Holding
                            Corporation, a subsidiary of Registrant, and certain
                            officers of Registrant as Purchasers, dated as of
                            March 30, 1996, filed herewith.

                     10.9   Stock Purchase Agreement by and between Metanetics
                            Corporation, a subsidiary of Registrant fka New Meta
                            Licensing Corporation, and Accipiter II, Inc., dated
                            as of September 30, 1996, incorporated herein by
                            reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Registrant's Form 10-Q
                            for the quarter ended September 30, 1996.

                     10.10  Stock Purchase Agreement by and between Registrant
                            and Telantis Capital, Inc., dated as of March 31,
                            1997, filed herewith.

                     11.    Computation of Common Shares outstanding and
                            earnings per share for the fiscal years ended March
                            31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, filed herewith.

                     21.    Subsidiaries of Registrant, filed herewith.

                     23.    Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., filed herewith.

                     24.    Power of Attorney executed by members of the Board
                            of Directors of Registrant, filed herewith.

                     27.    Financial Data Schedule as of March 31, 1997, filed
                            herewith.

         (b)      Reports on Form 8-K

                  During the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 1996 for which
                  this Quarterly Report on Form 10-K is filed, Registrant filed
                  the following Current Reports on Form 8-K: (i) Current Report
                  dated December 16, 1996, reporting an amendment to
                  Registrant's primary credit facility with The Bank of New
                  York, as Agent for an eight-



                                       79

<PAGE>   80

              bank lending group; and (ii) Current Report dated December 31,
              1996, reporting the sale by the Company of substantially all of
              the assets and all the associated business of its wholly owned
              Itronix Corporation subsidiary to IAQ Corporation, a wholly owned
              subsidiary of Dynatech Corporation (the "Buyer"), for
              approximately $65.5 million (included as Appendix A in the Form
              8-K were (1) a pro forma condensed balance sheet as of September
              30, 1996, giving effect to (A) the sale of substantially all of
              the Itronix assets to, and the assumption of certain specified
              Itronix liabilities by, the Buyer, and (B) related pro forma
              adjustments, all as though the transaction occurred at September
              30, 1996; and (2) unaudited pro forma condensed statements of
              operations for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1996, and for the
              six months ended September 30, 1996, giving effect to (A) the
              elimination of the results of operations of the Registrant's
              Itronix subsidiary, as described in Note (A) thereto, and (B)
              related pro forma adjustments, all as though the transaction
              occurred on April 1, 1995).

                                       80
<PAGE>   81



                       TELXON CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                   SCHEDULE II

                 VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES

                              Dollars in Thousands
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          Balance at            Additions                            Balance at
                                         Beginning of          Charged to                              End of
Description                                Period          Costs and Expenses      Deductions          Period
- -----------                                ------          ------------------      ----------          ------

Valuation account for accounts 
         receivable:

<S>                                           <C>               <C>                 <C>               <C>    
         Year ended March 31, 1997:           $ 1,731           $   378             $   513 (a)       $ 1,596
         Year ended March 31, 1996:           $ 1,832           $ 1,538             $ 1,639 (a)       $ 1,731
         Year ended March 31, 1995:           $ 1,635           $ 1,158             $   961 (a)       $ 1,832


Valuation account for inventory:

         Year ended March 31, 1997:          $ 10,063          $ 11,521             $ 5,601 (b)      $ 15,983
         Year ended March 31, 1996:          $ 10,942          $  2,026             $ 2,905 (b)      $ 10,063
         Year ended March 31, 1995:          $  9,850          $  7,407             $ 6,315 (b)      $ 10,942

</TABLE>





(a)      Doubtful accounts charged off, net of recoveries.
(b)      Write off of excess and/or obsolete material.




                                       81
<PAGE>   82



                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
Registrant has duly caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


                                         TELXON CORPORATION

Date:        June 30, 1997               By:     /s/ Frank E. Brick
                                                 ------------------
                                                 Frank E. Brick, President and
                                                 Chief Executive Officer


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual
Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. This report may be
signed in multiple counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute a
single document.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                             <C>                                    <C>
                                                                        President,
/s/    Frank E. Brick                                               Chief Executive Officer            June 30, 1997
- -------------------------------------------------               (principal executive officer)
       Frank E. Brick                                                  and Director

/s/    Kenneth W. Haver                                            Senior Vice President and
- -------------------------------------------------                   Chief Financial Officer            June 30, 1997
       Kenneth W. Haver                                          (principal financial officer) 

/s/    Gary L. Grand                                                  Corporate Controller
- -------------------------------------------------                    (principal accounting             June 30, 1997
       Gary L. Grand                                                       officer)

*      Dr. Raj Reddy                                                 Chairman of the Board             June 30, 1997
- -------------------------------------------------                         and Director
       Dr. Raj Reddy

*      John H. Cribb                                               Vice Chairman of the Board          June 30, 1997
- -------------------------------------------------                         and Director
       John H. Cribb 

*      Robert A. Goodman                                                    Director                   June 30, 1997
- -------------------------------------------------
       Robert A. Goodman

*      Norton W. Rose                                                       Director                   June 30, 1997
- -------------------------------------------------
       Norton W. Rose

*      Richard J. Bogomolny                                                 Director                   June 30, 1997
- -------------------------------------------------
       Richard J. Bogomolny


</TABLE>
         * The undersigned, by signing his name hereto, does sign and execute
this Annual Report on Form 10-K pursuant to the Power of Attorney filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission as Exhibit 24 hereto on behalf of the
Directors named therein unless otherwise indicated by manual signature on this
Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Date:      June 30, 1997               By:   /s/ Kenneth W. Haver
                                            --------------------
                                            Kenneth W. Haver, Attorney-in-fact

                                       82
<PAGE>   83


                               TELXON CORPORATION

                                   EXHIBITS TO

                                    FORM 10-K

                    FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1997



<PAGE>   84



                                INDEX TO EXHIBITS
                                -----------------

Where
Filed

     *        2      Asset Purchase Agreement by and among Dynatech Corporation,
                     IAQ Corporation, the Registrant and Itronix Corporation, a
                     wholly owned subsidiary of the Registrant, dated as of
                     December 28, 1996, incorporated herein by reference to
                     Exhibit 2 to Registrant's Form 8-K dated December 31, 1996.

     *        3.1    Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant,
                     incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 3.1 to
                     Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 1993.

     *        3.2    Amended and Restated By-Laws of Registrant, as amended,
                     incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 2(b) to
                     Registrant's Registration Statement on Form 8-A with
                     respect to its Common Stock filed pursuant to Section 12(g)
                     of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended by Amendment No.
                     1 thereto filed under cover of a Form 8 and Amendment No. 2
                     thereto filed on Form 8-A/A.

     *        4.1    Portions of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
                     Registrant pertaining to the rights of holders of
                     Registrant's Common Stock, par value $.01 per share,
                     incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to
                     Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 1993.

     *        4.2    Text of form of Certificate for Registrant's Common Stock,
                     par value $.01 per share, and description of graphic and
                     image material appearing thereon, incorporated herein by
                     reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the
                     quarter ended June 30, 1995.

     *        4.3    Rights Agreement between Registrant and KeyBank National
                     Association, as Rights Agent, dated as of August 25, 1987,
                     as amended and restated as of July 31, 1996, incorporated
                     herein by reference to Exhibit 4 to Registrant's Form 8-K
                     dated August 5, 1996.

     *               4.3.1  Form of Rights Certificate (included as Exhibit A to
                            the Rights Agreement included as Exhibit 4.3 above).
                            Until the Distribution Date (as defined in the
                            Rights Agreement), the Rights Agreement provides
                            that the common stock purchase rights created
                            thereunder are evidenced by the certificates for
                            Registrant's Common Stock (the text of which and
                            description thereof is included as Exhibit 4.2
                            above, which stock


<PAGE>   85

                            certificates are deemed also to be certificates for
                            such common stock purchase rights) and not by
                            separate Rights Certificates; as soon as practicable
                            after the Distribution Date, Rights Certificates
                            will be mailed to each holder of Registrant's Common
                            Stock as of the close of business on the
                            Distribution Date.

     **                     4.3.2  Letter agreement among Registrant, KeyBank
                                   National Association and Harris Trust and
                                   Savings Bank, dated June 11, 1997, with
                                   respect to the appointment of Harris Trust
                                   and Savings Bank as successor Rights Agent
                                   under the Rights Agreement included as
                                   Exhibit 4.3 above, filed herewith.

     *               4.4    Indenture by and between Registrant and AmeriTrust
                            Company National Association, as Trustee, dated as
                            of June 1, 1987, regarding Registrant's 7-1/2%
                            Convertible Subordinated Debentures Due 2012,
                            incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to
                            Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3,
                            Registration No. 33-14348, filed May 18, 1987.

     *                      4.4.1  Form of Registrant's 7-1/2% Convertible
                                   Subordinated Debentures Due 2012 (set forth
                                   in the Indenture included as Exhibit 4.4
                                   above).

     *               4.5    Indenture by and between Registrant and Bank One
                            Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, dated as of
                            December 1, 1995, regarding Registrant's 5-3/4%
                            Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2003,
                            incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to
                            Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3,
                            Registration No. 333-1189, filed February 23, 1996.

     *                      4.5.1  Form of Registrant's 5-3/4% Convertible
                                   Subordinated Notes due 2003 issued under the
                                   Indenture included as Exhibit 4.5 above,
                                   incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
                                   4.2 to Registrant's Registration Statement on
                                   Form S-3, Registration No. 333-1189, filed
                                   February 23, 1996.

     *                      4.5.2  Registration Rights Agreement by and among
                                   Registrant and Hambrecht & Quist LLC and
                                   Prudential Securities Incorporated, as the
                                   Initial Purchasers of Registrant's 5-3/4%
                                   Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2003, with
                                   respect to the registration of said Notes
                                   under applicable securities laws,
                                   incorporated herein by reference to 



<PAGE>   86

                            Exhibit 4.3 to Registrant's Registration Statement
                            on Form S-3, Registration No. 333-1189, filed
                            February 23, 1996.

 *            10.1   Compensation and Benefits Plans of Registrant.

                     10.1.1 Amended and Restated Retirement and Uniform Matching
                            Profit-Sharing Plan of Registrant, effective July 1,
                            1993, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
                            10.1.1 to Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended
                            March 31, 1994.

                                                                         
 *                          10.1.1.a Amendment, dated January 1, 1994, to the
                                     Plan included as Exhibit 10.1.1 above,
                                     incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
                                     10.1.1.a to Registrant's Form 10-K for the
                                     year ended March 31, 1994.

                                                                        
 *                          10.1.1.b Amendment, dated April 1, 1994, to the Plan
                                     included as Exhibit 10.1.1 above,
                                     incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
                                     10.1.1.b to Registrant's Form 10-K for the
                                     year ended March 31, 1994.

                                                                         
 *                          10.1.1.c Amendment, dated January 1, 1994, to the
                                     Plan included as Exhibit 10.1.1 above,
                                     incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
                                     10.1.1.c to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the
                                     quarter ended December 31, 1994.

 *                   10.1.2 1990 Stock Option Plan for employees of Registrant,
                            as amended, incorporated herein by reference to
                            Exhibit 10.1.3 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the
                            quarter ended September 30, 1995.

 *                   10.1.3 1990 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors of
                            Registrant, as amended, incorporated herein by
                            reference to Exhibit 10.1.4 to Registrant's Form
                            10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1995.

 *                   10.1.4 Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement between
                            Registrant and Raj Reddy, dated as of October 17,
                            1988, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
                            10.1.6 to Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended
                            March 31, 1994.


<PAGE>   87

                                                                         
*                           10.1.4.a Description of amendment extending the term
                                     of the Agreement included as Exhibit 10.1.4
                                     above, incorporated herein by reference to
                                     Exhibit 10.1.6.a to Registrant's Form 10-Q
                                     for the quarter ended September 30, 1994.

*                    10.1.5 1992 Restricted Stock Plan of Registrant,
                            incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1.17
                            to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
                            December 31, 1993.

                                                                         
*                           10.1.5.a Amendment, dated December 7, 1993, to the
                                     Plan included as Exhibit 10.1.5 above,
                                     incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
                                     10.1.17.a to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the
                                     quarter ended December 31, 1993.

                                                                        
*                           10.1.5.b Amendment, dated July 18, 1994, to the Plan
                                     included as Exhibit 10.1.5 above,
                                     incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
                                     10.1.17.b to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the
                                     quarter ended September 30, 1994.

*                    10.1.6 1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of Registrant, as
                            amended, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
                            10.1.7 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter
                            ended September 30, 1995.

**                   10.1.7 1996 Stock Option Plan for employees, directors and
                            advisors of Aironet Wireless Communications, Inc., a
                            subsidiary of Registrant, filed herewith.

**                   10.1.8 Non-Competition Agreement by and between Registrant
                            and Robert F. Meyerson, effective February 27, 1997,
                            filed herewith.

*                    10.1.9 Employment Agreement between Registrant and Frank
                            Brick, effective as of October 15, 1993,
                            incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1.16
                            on Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
                            September 30, 1994.


<PAGE>   88

**                   10.1.10 Employment Agreement between Registrant and Leonard
                             D. Abeita, effective as of April 1, 1997, filed
                             herewith.

**                   10.1.11 Employment Agreement between Registrant and James
                             G. Cleveland, effective as of April 1, 1997, filed
                             herewith.

**                   10.1.12 Employment Agreement between Registrant and Kenneth
                             W. Haver, effective as of April 1, 1997, filed
                             herewith.

**                   10.1.13 Employment Agreement between Registrant and David
                             D. Loadman, effective as of April 1, 1997, filed
                             herewith.

**                   10.1.14 Employment Agreement between Registrant and David
                             W. Porter, effective as of April 1, 1997, filed
                             herewith.

**                   10.1.15 Employment Agreement between Registrant and Dan R.
                             Wipff, effective as of April 1, 1997, filed
                             herewith.

**                   10.1.16 Letter of the Audit Committee of Registrant's Board
                             of Directors, dated July 22, 1996, engaging Norton
                             Rose to act as the Committee's delegate to advise
                             and assist Registrant's management, filed herewith.

              10.2   Material Leases of Registrant.

*                    10.2.1 Lease between Registrant and 3330 W. Market
                            Properties, dated as of December 30, 1986,
                            incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2.1
                            to Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended March
                            31, 1994.

*                    10.2.2 Standard Office Lease (Modified Net Lease) between
                            Registrant and John D. Dellagnese III, dated as of
                            July 19, 1995, including an Addendum thereto,
                            incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2.4
                            to Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended March
                            31, 1996.

                                                                        
*                           10.2.2.a Second Addendum, dated as of October 5,
                                     1995, to the Lease included as Exhibit 
                                     10.2.2 above, incorporated herein by
                                     reference to Exhibit 10.2.4.a to
                                     Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended
                                     March 31, 1996.

*                           10.2.2.b Third Addendum, dated as of March 1, 1996,
                                     to the Lease included as Exhibit 10.2.2
 


<PAGE>   89

                                   above, incorporated herein by reference to
                                   Exhibit 10.2.4.b to Registrant's Form 10-K
                                   for the year ended March 31, 1996.

                     10.3   Credit Agreements of Registrant.

*                           10.3.1 Credit Agreement by and among Registrant, the
                                   lenders party thereto from time to time and
                                   The Bank of New York, as letter of credit
                                   issuer, swing line lender and agent for the
                                   lenders, dated as of March 8, 1996,
                                   incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
                                   10.3.2 to Registrant's Form 10-K for the year
                                   ended March 31, 1996.

                                                                      
 *                                 10.3.1.a Amendment No. 1, dated as of 
                                            August 6, 1996, to the Agreement
                                            included as Exhibit 10.3.1 above,
                                            incorporated herein by reference to
                                            Exhibit 10.3.2.a to  Registrant's
                                            Form 8-K dated August 16, 1996.

 *                                 10.3.1.b Security Agreement, dated as of 
                                            August 6, 1996, by and among the
                                            Registrant and The Bank of New
                                            York, as Agent, incorporated herein
                                            by reference to Exhibit 10.3.2.b to
                                            Registrant's Form 8-K dated August
                                            16, 1996.

 *                                 10.3.1.c Amendment No. 2, dated as of 
                                            December 16, 1996, to the Agreement
                                            included as Exhibit 10.3.1 above,
                                            incorporated herein by reference to
                                            Exhibit 10.3.2.c to  Registrant's
                                            Form 8-K dated December 16, 1996.

 *                   10.3.2 Business Purpose Revolving Promissory Note made by
                            Registrant in favor of Bank One, Akron, N.A., dated
                            September 8, 1995, and related Letter Agreement
                            between them of even date, incorporated herein by
                            reference to Exhibit 10.3.2 to Registrant's Form
                            10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1995.

*                    10.3.3 Business Purpose Revolving Promissory Note made by
                            Registrant in favor of Bank One, Akron, N.A., dated
                            November 24, 1995, and related Letter Agreement
                            between them dated November 22, 1995, incorporated
                            herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3.3 to
                            Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
                            December 31, 1995.


<PAGE>   90
*             10.3.4 Business Purpose Revolving Promissory Note made by
                     Registrant in favor of Bank One, Akron, N.A., dated January
                     31, 1996, and related Letter Agreement between them dated
                     of even date, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
                     10.3.4 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
                     December 31, 1995.

*             10.3.5 Business Purpose Revolving Promissory Note made by
                     Registrant in favor of Bank One, Akron, N.A., dated
                     February 29, 1996, and related Letter Agreement between
                     them dated of even date, incorporated herein by reference
                     to Exhibit 10.3.6 to Registrant's Form 10-K for the year
                     ended March 31, 1996.

*             10.3.6 Business Purpose Revolving Promissory Note (Swing Line)
                     made by Registrant in favor of Bank One, Akron, N.A., dated
                     March 20, 1996, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
                     10.3.7 to Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended March
                     31, 1996.

*             10.3.7 Business Purpose Revolving Promissory Note (Swing Line)
                     made by Registrant in favor of Bank One, Akron, NA, dated
                     August 6, 1996 (in replacement of the Note included as
                     Exhibit 10.3.7 above), incorporated herein by reference to
                     Exhibit 10.3.8 to Registrant's Form 8-K dated August 16,
                     1996.

*                    10.3.7.a Bank One Security Agreement, dated as of August 6,
                              1996, by and among Registrant and Bank One, Akron,
                              NA, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
                              10.3.8.a to Registrant's Form 8-K dated August 16,
                              1996.

*      10.4   Amended and Restated Agreement between Registrant and Symbol
              Technologies, Inc., dated as of September 30, 1992, incorporated
              herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant's Form 10-K for
              the year ended March 31, 1993.

*      10.5   Agreement of Purchase and Sale of Assets by and among Vision
              Newco, Inc., a subsidiary of Registrant, Virtual Vision, Inc., as
              debtor and debtor in possession, and the Official Unsecured
              Creditors' Committee, on behalf of the bankruptcy estate of
              Virtual Vision, dated as of July 13, 1995, incorporated herein by
              reference to Exhibit

<PAGE>   91

              10.8 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30,
              1995.
   
*      10.6   Subscription Agreement by and among New Meta Licensing
              Corporation, a subsidiary of Registrant, and certain officers of
              Registrant as Purchasers, dated as of September 19, 1995,
              incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Registrant's
              Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1995.

*      10.7   Shareholder Agreement by and among New Meta Licensing Corporation,
              a subsidiary of Registrant, and its Shareholders, including the
              officers of Registrant party to the Agreement included as Exhibit
              10.6 above, dated as of September 29, 1995, incorporated herein by
              reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the
              quarter ended September 30, 1995.

*             10.7.1 First Amendment, dated as of September 29, 1995, to the
                     Agreement included as Exhibit 10.7 above, incorporated
                     herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9.1 to Registrant's Form
                     10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 1995.

*             10.7.2 Second Amendment, dated as of January, 1996, to the
                     Agreement included as Exhibit 10.7 above, incorporated
                     herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9.2 to Registrant's Form
                     10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 1995.

*             10.7.3 Amended and Restated Shareholder Agreement by and among
                     Metanetics Corporation (fka New Meta Licensing Corporation)
                     and its Shareholders, dated as of March 28, 1996,
                     superseding the Agreement included as Exhibit 10.7 above,
                     as amended by the First and Second Amendments thereto
                     included as Exhibits 10.7.1 and 10.7.2 above, incorporated
                     herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9.3 to Registrant's Form
                     10-K for the year ended March 31, 1996.

*             10.7.4 First Amendment, dated as of March 30, 1996, to the
                     Agreement included as Exhibit 10.7.3 above, incorporated
                     herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9.4 to Registrant's Form
                     10-K for the year ended March 31, 1996

**     10.8   Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Meta Holding Corporation, a
              subsidiary of Registrant, and certain officers of Registrant as
              Purchasers, dated as of March 30, 1996, filed herewith.


<PAGE>   92

*      10.9   Stock Purchase Agreement by and between Metanetics Corporation, a
              subsidiary of Registrant fka New Meta Licensing Corporation, and
              Accipiter II, Inc., dated as of September 30, 1996, incorporated
              herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for
              the quarter ended September 30, 1996.

**     10.10  Stock Purchase Agreement by and between Registrant and Telantis
              Capital, Inc., dated as of March 31, 1997, filed herewith.

**     11.    Computation of Common Shares outstanding and earnings per share
              for the fiscal years ended March 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, filed
              herewith.

**     21.    Subsidiaries of Registrant, filed herewith.

**     23.    Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., filed herewith.

**     24.    Power of Attorney executed by members of the Board of Directors of
              Registrant, filed herewith.

**     27.    Financial Data Schedule as of March 31, 1997, filed herewith.

- ------------------
*   Previously filed
**  Filed herewith



<PAGE>   1
                                                                   Exhibit 4.3.2



                                [TELXON LOGO (R)]



                                  June 11, 1997




Harris Trust and Savings Bank                 KeyBank National Association
600 Superior Avenue East, Suite 600           127 Public Square
Cleveland, Ohio 44114                         Cleveland, Ohio 44114

Attn: Ms. Laura Kress                         Attn: Mr. James McGuire
                                                    KeyCorp Shareholder Services


         Re:      Appointment of Successor Rights Agent under Rights Agreement
                  between Telxon Corporation and AmeriTrust Company National
                  Association, as Rights Agent, dated August 25, 1987, as
                  amended and restated July 31, 1996 with KeyBank National
                  Association, as successor to AmeriTrust Company National
                  Association (the "Rights Agreement")

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         As you are aware, in connection with the sale and cessation by KeyBank
National Association ("KeyBank") of the stock transfer/corporate trust
operations of its KeyCorp Shareholder Services ("KCSS") affiliate, Telxon has
appointed Harris Trust and Savings Bank ("Harris") to succeed KCSS as the
Company's Stock Transfer Agent and Registrar effective as of the open of
business June 16, 1997 (the "Effective Time"). That Telxon/KeyBank relationship
also included KeyBank serving as Rights Agent under the captioned Rights
Agreement, and it is appropriate that that function also simultaneously
transition to Harris.

         The eligibility requirements for serving as a successor Rights Agent
are set forth in Section 22 of the Rights Agreement. Insofar as Harris is fully
capable of performing and discharging the responsibilities of the Rights Agent
under the Rights Agreement and in order that it may duly qualify to assume those
responsibilities, it is hereby agreed, by the parties' signatures below, that


                               TELXON CORPORATION
          3330 West Market Street/P.O. Box 5582/Akron, Ohio 44334-0852/
                  (330)664-1000/(800)800-8001/Fax (330)664-2220
         Telxon's World Wide Web site address is: http://www.telxon.com


<PAGE>   2


Harris Trust and Savings Bank                          [TELXON LOGO (R)]
KeyBank National Association
June 11, 1997
Page 2




the eligibility requirements of said Section 22 shall be amended to add "State
of Illinois," immediately prior to each reference to "the State of Ohio" in
Section 22.

         Giving effect to the foregoing amendment, this letter shall therefore
serve as the Company's formal appointment of Harris as successor Rights Agent
under the Rights Agreement and, by your respective countersignatures below,
Harris' acceptance of such appointment and KeyBank's consent and agreement to
its removal and replacement as such Rights Agent, which appointment KeyBank
resigns as of the Effective Time.

         By its countersignature below, Harris also confirms that it has
received a copy of the Rights Agreement and has reviewed and hereby confirms
that it meets the qualifications required of a Rights Agent as set forth in the
sentence beginning at the end of the third last line on page 51 of the Rights
Agreement, as hereinabove amended.

         Telxon assumes responsibility for any notification of this change in
the Rights Agent which the Rights Agreement may provide be given to holders of
Rights Certificates. The signatories hereto shall otherwise observe and perform
their respective obligations under Section 22 and any and all other applicable
provisions of the Rights Agreement.

         From and after the Effective Time, any legend or other reference to the
Rights Agreement to appear in any Rights Certificate issuable under the Rights
Agreement or on any stock certificate or other instrument evidencing the same as
contemplated by the Rights Agreement may be amended or supplemented to reflect
Harris' succession of KeyBank as Rights Agent.

         This letter shall become effective upon the execution hereof by Telxon,
KeyBank and Harris. Three counterpart originals of this letter as signed by
Telxon will initially be delivered by Telxon to Harris for its signature and
forwarding of all three copies to KeyBank for its signature. KeyBank should
retain one of the counterparts for its files and return the other two, fully
signed copies to Harris, who will in turn return one of those counterparts to
Telxon and retain the other counterpart for its files. Thank you.

                                      Very truly yours,
                                      TELXON CORPORATION


                                      /s/ Glenn S. Hansen
                                      Glenn S. Hansen
                                      Vice President, Legal Administration
                                      and Corporate Counsel




<PAGE>   3
Harris Trust and Savings Bank                          [TELXON LOGO (R)]
KeyBank National Association
June 11, 1997
Page 3


Acknowledged and Agreed effective as of the Effective Time.

HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK               KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


By /s/ Laura S. Kress                       By /s/ James J. McGuire
- -------------------------------             -------------------------------
   Authorized Signature                        Authorized Signature

Laura S. Kress                              James J. McGuire
- -------------------------------             -------------------------------
Typed or Printed Name of Signer             Typed or Printed Name of Signer

Assistant Vice President                    Executive Vice President
- -------------------------------             -------------------------------
Title of Signer                             Titled of Signer



<PAGE>   1
                                                                  Exhibit 10.1.7



                     AIRONET WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                             1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN


     1.    PURPOSE OF THE PLAN. The purpose of the Plan is to promote the best
interests of the Company and its stockholders by enabling the Company to attract
and retain highly qualified personnel through rewarding valued employees,
directors and advisors with the opportunity, pursuant to Options granted under
the Plan, to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company and thereby encourage
them to put forth their maximum efforts for the continued success and growth of
the Company.

     2.    DEFINITIONS. In addition to such other initially capitalized terms as
are defined elsewhere in this Plan, the following terms when used in this Plan
shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

          (a)   "Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from
     time to time.

          (b)   "Authorized Shares" means the maximum aggregate number of shares
     of Common Stock specified in Section 3(a) as being authorized with respect
     to Options granted pursuant to the Plan, subject to adjustment in
     accordance with Section 12 of the Plan.

          (c)   "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

          (d)   "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from
     time to time.

          (e)   "Commission" means the United States Securities and Exchange
     Commission.

          (f)   "Committee" means (i) if a committee is appointed, the Committee
     appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4(a), or (ii) if no
     Committee has been appointed, the "Board."

          (g)   "Common Stock" means the voting Common Stock, par value $.01 per
     share, of the Company.

          (h)   "Company" means Aironet Wireless Communications, Inc., a
     Delaware corporation.

          (i)   "Continuous Employment" means with respect to any Employee, the
     continued employment of such Employee by the Company or service by such
     Employee to the Company, without interruption or termination after the
     grant of an Option to such
<PAGE>   2

     Employee. Continuous Employment shall not be considered interrupted in
     the case of sick leave, military leave or any other leave of absence
     approved by the Board (provided that such leave is for a period of not
     more than ninety (90) days or re-employment upon the expiration of such
     leave is mandated by contract or statute).

          (j)   "Employee" means any person, including officers, directors and
     advisors who are, at the time of grant, serving the Company.

          (k)   "Fair Market Value" shall have the meaning as defined in 
     Section 7(b).

          (l)   "Option" means a right granted to an Employee pursuant to the 
     Plan to purchase a specified number of shares of Common Stock at a
     specified price during a specified period and on such other terms and
     conditions as may be specified pursuant to the Plan. Options may be granted
     as Tax Qualified Options or as Options which do not qualify as Tax
     Qualified Options.

          (m)   "Option Agreement" means the written agreement evidencing an
     Option by and between the Company and the Optionee as required by Section
     14.

          (n)   "Option Price" shall have the meaning as defined in Section 
     7(a).

          (o)   "Optioned Stock" means the Common Stock subject to an Option.

          (p)   "Optionee" means an Employee who receives an Option.

          (q)   "Plan" means this Aironet Wireless Communications, Inc. 1996 
     Stock Option Plan.

          (r)   "Rule 16b-3" means Rule 16b-3 promulgated by the Commission 
     under the Act or any similar successor regulation exempting certain
     transactions involving stock-based compensation arrangements from the
     "short-swing" liability provisions of Section 16 of the Act, as adopted and
     amended from time to time and as interpreted by formal or informal opinions
     of, and releases published or other interpretive advice provided by, the
     Staff of the Commission.

          (s)   "Section 16 Person" means an Employee who is subject to Section 
     16 of the Act, as interpreted by the rules and regulations promulgated by
     the Commission thereunder, as adopted and amended from time to time, and by
     formal or informal opinions of, and releases published or other
     interpretive advice provided by, the Staff of the Commission.

          (t)   "Securities Law Requirements" means the Act and the rules and
     regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, as adopted and
     amended from time to time, including but not limited to Rule 16b-3, and as
     interpreted by formal or

                                       2
<PAGE>   3

     informal opinions of, and releases published or other interpretive advice
     provided by, the Staff of the Commission, and the requirements of any stock
     exchange, automated inter-dealer quotation system or other recognized
     securities market on which the Common Stock is listed or traded or in which
     the Common Stock is included, as adopted and amended from time to time and
     as interpreted by formal or informal opinions of, and other interpretive
     advice, provided by the representatives of such stock exchange, quotation
     system or other securities market.

          (u)   "Shares" means the Common Stock as adjusted in accordance with
     Section 12 of the Plan.

          (v)   "Successor" means the estate of an Optionee or a person who
     succeeds by will or the laws of descent and distribution to an Optionee's
     right to exercise an Option.

          (w)   "Tax Qualified Option" means an Option which is intended at the
     time of grant to qualify for special tax treatment under Section 422A or
     other particular provisions of the Code and the regulations, rulings and
     procedures promulgated, published or otherwise provided thereunder, as
     adopted and amended from time to time.

     3.       STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

          (a)   NUMBER OF SHARES ISSUABLE. Subject to adjustment in accordance
     with the provisions of Section 12 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number
     of Authorized Shares which may be issued and sold under Options granted
     pursuant to the Plan is 1,617,000 shares of Common Stock. The Shares issued
     and sold upon the exercise of Options may be treasury Shares, Shares of
     original issue or a combination thereof.

          (b)   COMPUTATION OF SHARES AVAILABLE FOR GRANT. For purposes of
     computing the number of Authorized Shares available from time to time under
     the Plan for the grant of Options, the number of Shares subject to each
     Option granted pursuant to the Plan shall be provisionally counted against
     the Authorized Shares from and after the grant of such Option but only for
     so long as and to the extent that such Option shall remain outstanding and
     unexercised. Upon the exercise, in whole or in part, of an Option, the
     number of Shares issued upon such exercise shall be permanently deducted
     from the Authorized Shares, provided that no such permanent deduction shall
     be made, and the provisional deduction against the Authorized Shares shall
     be reversed, to the extent that the exercise price and/or the withholding
     taxes with respect to such exercise are paid through the delivery to the
     Company by the person exercising the option of Shares already owned by such
     person and/or through the withholding by the Company of Shares from the
     total number of Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. The
     provisional deduction against the Authorized Shares shall likewise be
     reversed to the extent of the unexercised portion of an Option upon the
     expiration, lapse, cancellation, surrender, forfeiture or other termination
     of such Option. The Shares covered by any


                                       3
<PAGE>   4

     such reversal of a provisional deduction against the Authorized Shares
     shall immediately become available for the granting of new Options under
     the Plan with respect thereto.

     4.       ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.

          (a)   PROCEDURE. The Plan shall be administered by the Board or the
     Board may, in its discretion, appoint a Committee to administer the Plan
     subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may prescribe; provided
     that the terms upon which, including the time or times at or within which,
     and the price or prices at which Shares may be purchased upon the exercise
     of Options shall be approved or ratified by such action of the Board or a
     committee duly designated by the Board from its members as may be required
     by the Delaware General Corporation Act, as amended from time to time; and
     provided further, that, unless otherwise deemed, under all of the
     circumstances, to be in the best interest of the Company, neither the Board
     nor any such Committee shall make any decision concerning the Plan with
     respect to any Section 16 Person unless the Board or such Committee making
     such decision is constituted so that such decision complies with the
     applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3. Once appointed, the Committee shall
     continue to serve until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time
     the Board may increase the size of the Committee and may appoint additional
     members thereof, remove members (with or without cause), fill vacancies
     however caused and remove all members of the Committee and thereafter
     directly administer the Plan.

          (b) POWERS OF THE COMMITTEE. Subject to the Delaware General
     Corporation Act and the provisions of this Plan, the Committee shall have
     the authority, in its sole discretion:

               (i)   To determine, in accordance with Section 7(b) of the Plan,
          the Fair Market Value of the Shares;

               (ii)  To determine the Employees to whom, and the time or times 
          at which, Options shall be granted and the number of Shares subject to
          purchase upon exercise of each Option (there being no limit on the
          time following the adoption or approval of this Plan within which
          Options may be granted under the Plan so long as it remains in effect,
          on the number of Options which may be granted to any one Employee or
          on the aggregate number of Shares subject to purchase thereunder,
          except such restrictions thereon as may be imposed by applicable tax
          laws which will have to be observed if the Committee intends that a
          particular Option qualify as a Tax Qualified Option);

               (iii) To determine the terms and provisions of each Option (which
          terms and provisions need not be identical), including, but not
          limited to, the following:

                                       4
<PAGE>   5

                    (A)   The Option Price subject to the provisions of Section
               7(a); and

                    (B)   Whether Options shall become exercisable over a period
               of time and when they shall be partially or fully exercisable;

               (iv)   To accelerate the time as of which any Option may be
          exercised;

               (v)    To amend any outstanding Option, subject to the provisions
          of Section 19;

               (vi)   To authorize any person to prepare and execute on behalf 
          of the Company any instrument deemed by the Committee to be necessary
          or advisable to evidence or effectuate the Plan, any Option granted
          thereunder or any amendment to the Plan or any Option Agreement;

               (vii)  To interpret the Plan;

               (viii) To prescribe, amend and rescind, if deemed necessary or
          appropriate, rules and regulations relating to the Plan; and

               (ix)   To make all other determinations the Committee may deem
          necessary or advisable in connection with the administration of the
          Plan.

          (c)   EFFECT OF BOARD AND COMMITTEE DECISIONS. All decisions,
     determinations and actions of the Board and the Committee in connection
     with the construction, interpretation, administration, application,
     operation and implementation of the Plan shall be final, conclusive and
     binding on the Company, its stockholders and Subsidiaries, all Employees,
     Optionees, and Successors and the respective legal representatives, heirs,
     successors and assigns of all of the foregoing and all other persons
     claiming under or through any of them.

          (d)   EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION. No member of the Board or the
     Committee, and no Employee or other agent acting on behalf of the Board or
     the Committee, shall be personally liable for any decision, determination
     or action made or taken, or failed to be made or taken, with respect to
     this Plan or any Option granted hereunder, and the Company shall fully
     protect each such person in respect of any such decision, determination or
     action and shall indemnify each such person against any and all claims,
     losses, damages, expenses and liabilities arising from or in connection
     with any such decision, determination or action.

     5.   ELIGIBILITY. Options may be granted only to Employees who, in the sole
judgment of the Committee, have contributed or will contribute to the success
and growth of the


                                       5
<PAGE>   6

Company. An Employee to whom the Company has previously granted a stock option
pursuant to this Plan or otherwise may, if he is otherwise eligible, be granted
additional Options.

         The existence of this Plan shall not create in any Employee any right
to be granted an Option hereunder, and neither the existence of this Plan nor
the granting of any Options to any Employee hereunder shall confer upon such
Employee any right with respect to continuation of the employment of such
Employee by the Company, or shall in any way interfere with or limit the right
which such Employee or the Company may otherwise have to terminate such
employment at any time with or without cause. Upon the termination of any
Employee's employment with the Company, the Company shall not have any liability
or obligation to such Employee under this Plan any Option Agreement or any
Options granted to such Employee hereunder except to issue the appropriate
number of Shares to such Employee upon the exercise of any Option granted to
such Employee under this Plan prior to such termination of employment, provided
that such exercise is duly and timely made in accordance with the provisions of
this Plan and such Option.

     6.   TERM OF OPTIONS. Except as may otherwise be specified by the
Committee in its sole discretion at the time of grant thereof and reflected in
the Option Agreement evidencing such Option, the term of each Option shall be
ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof, provided that the Committee, if
it intends that a particular Option qualify as a Tax Qualified Option, will have
to observe such restrictions on the term of such Option as may be imposed by the
applicable tax laws in order for such Option so to qualify. Each Option shall
continue in effect in accordance with its terms notwithstanding that the Plan
may be terminated prior to the expiration of the term of such Option.

     7.   EXERCISE PRICE.

          (a)   MINIMUM PRICE REQUIRED. The per Share exercise price for the
     Optioned Stock shall be such price as is determined by the Committee at the
     time of grant of an Option and reflected in the Option Agreement evidencing
     the same. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Tax Qualified
     Option, in no event shall such exercise price per Share be less than the
     Fair Market Value per Share as of the day prior to the date of grant of
     such Tax Qualified Option.

          (b)   DEFINITION OF "FAIR MARKET VALUE". For all purposes under the
     Plan, "Fair Market Value" per Share shall be determined by the Board in its
     sole discretion taking into consideration such data as the Board shall in
     its sole discretion deem appropriate; provided that if the Shares are
     included in the NASDAQ National Market System or listed on a stock exchange
     on the date as of which the same is to be determined, the Fair Market Value
     per Share shall be the closing price on such quotation system or exchange
     which is the principal trading market for the Shares on the date of
     determination or, if no sale price was reported for the Shares on the date
     of determination, the closing price on such principal trading market for
     the last trading day prior to the date of determination for which a sale
     price was reported; provided further,


                                       6
<PAGE>   7

     however, that if the foregoing method of determining Fair Market Value is
     inconsistent with the then existing tax law requirements with respect to
     any Option which the Committee intends to qualify as a Tax Qualified
     Option, then the Fair Market Value per Share shall be determined by the
     Committee in such manner as is required for such Tax Qualified Option to
     qualify as such.

     8.   WITHHOLDING TAXES. Before a stock certificate evidencing the Shares
being acquired through exercise of an Option will be issued to the Optionee, the
Optionee must pay, or make arrangements acceptable to the Company for the
payment of, any and all federal, state and local withholding taxes, whether
domestic or foreign, required to be withheld in connection with the exercise of
an Option.

     9.   FORM OF PAYMENT.

          (a)   ACCEPTABLE FORMS OF CONSIDERATION. Except as may otherwise be
     specified by the Committee in its sole discretion at the time of grant
     thereof and reflected in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option, the
     following forms of consideration will be accepted in payment of the
     exercise price for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option and
     of the taxes required to be withheld in connection with such exercise: (i)
     cash, (ii) personal check, (iii) bank cashier's check, (iv) already owned
     Shares (duly endorsed for transfer with signature guaranteed), or (v) any
     combination of the foregoing. Except as may otherwise be specified by the
     Committee in its sole discretion at the time of grant thereof and reflected
     in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option, Shares withheld from the
     Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Option, either alone or in any
     combination with any of the other acceptable forms of consideration recited
     in this Paragraph (a), will also be an accepted form of consideration for
     payment of the taxes required to be withheld in connection with the
     exercise of an Option. In addition to the acceptable forms of consideration
     hereinabove recited in this Paragraph (a), the Committee may determine in
     its sole discretion at the time of grant of an Option, and if the Committee
     so determines, shall provide in the Option Agreement evidencing such
     Option, that one or both of the following additional forms of consideration
     will be accepted, either alone or in any combination with any of the other
     acceptable forms of consideration recited in this Paragraph (a), in payment
     of the items specified: (vi) in payment of the exercise price for the
     Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, Shares withheld from the
     Shares to be issued upon such exercise, and/or (vii) in payment of the
     exercise price for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option and
     the taxes required to be withheld in connection with such exercise, a
     commitment for the delivery to the Company of proceeds from the sale,
     pursuant to a brokerage or similar arrangement approved in advance by the
     Committee in its sole discretion, of Shares to be issued upon exercise of
     the Option. The forms of consideration which will be accepted in payment of
     the exercise price for an Option and related withholding taxes shall be
     specified in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option, and the person or
     persons entitled to exercise the Option shall be entitled to elect from
     those so specified form(s) to be used in effecting payment with respect to
     a

                                       7
<PAGE>   8

     particular exercise; provided that any election by a Section 16 Person to
     use already owned Shares or have Shares withheld from those issuable upon
     such exercise shall be effective only if made in accordance with the
     applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3; and provided further that a
     commitment for the delivery to the Company of proceeds from the sale,
     pursuant to a brokerage or similar arrangement, of Shares to be issued upon
     exercise of an Option will not be accepted from a Section 16 Person if
     under Securities Law Requirements such a sale would be matched with such
     exercise to result in "short-swing" profit liability under Section 16(b) of
     the Act on the part of such Section 16 Person with respect to such
     transaction.

          (b)   WITHHOLDING TAX LOANS. In addition to any one or more of the
     acceptable forms of consideration recited in Paragraph (a) of this Section
     9 which the Committee may permit in the Option Agreement to be used for the
     payment of withholding taxes, the Committee may determine in its discretion
     at the time of grant of an Option to permit the Optionee (but not any
     Successor) to, and if the Committee so determines, shall provide in the
     Option Agreement evidencing such Option that such Optionee may, borrow from
     the Company an amount sufficient to pay the taxes required to be withheld
     in connection with the exercise of such an Option, with each such borrowing
     to be evidenced by a promissory note of the Optionee payable to the order
     of the Company. Except as may otherwise be specified by the Committee in
     its sole discretion at the time of grant thereof and reflected in the
     Option Agreement evidencing an Option, each such loan shall be for a term
     of five (5) years at a rate of interest equal to the Company's then primary
     domestic commercial lender's prime or base rate as in effect from time to
     time, with payments of interest on such loan due quarterly and payments
     toward the principal of such loan due, to the extent of the net proceeds
     therefrom, within fifteen (15) days after any disposition by the Optionee
     of any Shares acquired upon exercise of any stock option granted by the
     Company to the Optionee pursuant to this Plan or otherwise (excluding any
     disposition of such Shares by gift or to the Company in payment of the
     exercise price of a stock option granted by the Company to the Optionee
     pursuant to this Plan or otherwise and/or any related withholding taxes),
     provided that the entire unpaid principal balance shall be due at the
     earlier of (i) the expiration of the five (5) year term, or (ii) the
     termination of the Optionee's Continuous Employment (other than by reason
     of Optionee's "disability" (as defined in Section 10(d)) or "retirement"
     (as defined in Section 10(e))).

          (c)   COMPANY WITHHOLDING OF TAXES. If, upon being notified by the
     Company of the amount of the taxes required to be withheld in connection
     with an exercise of an Option, the Optionee fails promptly to pay, or to
     make arrangements acceptable to the Company for the payment of, such taxes,
     the Company shall have the right to elect (but shall be under no
     obligation) to cover such taxes through:

               (i)   withholding Shares from those issuable upon such exercise,
          provided that any such election so to withhold Shares with respect to
          the exercise


                                       8
<PAGE>   9

          of an Option by a Section 16 Person shall be effective only if made in
          accordance with the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3; and/or

               (ii)   deducting such taxes from any amounts payable in cash to 
          the Optionee by the Company for any reason as of the time of such
          exercise or any time thereafter.

          (d)   VALUATION OF SHARES DELIVERED OR WITHHELD. Where already owned
     Shares, or Shares withheld from those issuable upon such exercise, are used
     in payment of the exercise price and/or related withholding taxes, such
     Shares shall be valued (i) with respect to the payment of the exercise
     price, at Fair Market Value as of the day immediately preceding the date of
     exercise and (ii) with respect to the payment of withholding taxes, at Fair
     Market Value as of the day immediately preceding the date tax withholding
     is required to be made.

          (e)   OPTIONEE CERTIFICATION OF ALREADY OWNED SHARES. Already owned
     Shares which were acquired through a previous exercise of a stock option
     granted to an Optionee by the Company pursuant to this Plan or otherwise
     may be used in payment of the exercise price of an Option and/or related
     withholding taxes only if the previous exercise through which such Shares
     were acquired was made as of a date not less than six (6) months prior to
     the date of the exercise of the Option in connection with which such Shares
     are being tendered as payment. A tender of already owned Shares in payment
     of the exercise price of an Option and/or related withholding taxes will
     not be accepted by the Company unless accompanied by a written statement
     signed by the person or persons entitled to exercise such Option certifying
     that either (i) the Shares tendered in payment were acquired other than
     through the exercise of a stock option granted by the Company or (ii) the
     Shares tendered in payment were acquired through the exercise, on such
     date(s) as shall be recited in such statement (which date(s) shall be not
     less than six (6) months prior to the date of tender), of stock option(s)
     granted by the Company.

          (f)   DELIVERY OF ALREADY OWNED SHARES. Where the person exercising an
     Option elects to use already owned Shares in full or partial payment of the
     exercise price and/or related withholding taxes, the Committee may, in its
     sole discretion, accept, in lieu of physical delivery of the stock
     certificates evidencing such Shares, such constructive delivery of such
     Shares as may be satisfactory to the Committee.

     10.      METHOD OF EXERCISE.

          (a)   PROCEDURE FOR EXERCISE; RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER. Any Option
     granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such
     conditions as determined by the Committee and as permitted under the Plan.
     An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. In order to
     exercise an Option, the person or persons entitled to exercise it shall
     deliver to the Company written notice of the number of Shares with

                                       9
<PAGE>   10

     respect to which the Option is being exercised, accompanied by payment in
     full of the aggregate exercise price for the Shares so to be acquired. To
     constitute an effective exercise of an Option, such notice and payment
     shall be addressed to the attention of the Treasurer of the Company and
     must be received at the principal executive office of the Company (i) with
     respect to an Option that is terminated for "Misconduct" (as defined below)
     pursuant to Paragraph (b) of this Section 10 or for "Prohibited Conduct"
     (as defined in Section 16(a)) pursuant to Section 16(a), prior to the time
     of the occurrence of the event constituting such Misconduct or Prohibited
     Conduct or (ii) with respect to any other Option, by 5:00 p.m., local time,
     on the date of expiration or termination of the Option. Until the issuance
     (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a
     duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the stock certificate
     evidencing such Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends nor any other
     rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock
     notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for
     a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date
     the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 12.

          Exercise of an Option shall result in a decrease in the number of
     Shares which thereafter shall be available for sale under such Option by
     the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised, including any
     Shares withheld from the Shares to be issued pursuant to such exercise to
     cover the exercise price and/or related withholding taxes.

          (b)   TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. Except as may otherwise be specified 
     by the Committee in its sole discretion at the time of grant thereof and
     reflected in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option, upon the
     termination of an Optionee's Continuous Employment (other than by reason of
     the Optionee's death, disability or retirement), he may exercise his Option
     (to the extent, if any, that he was entitled to exercise it at the time of
     such termination of employment) until the earlier of (i) the date thirty
     (30) days (or such longer period of time as is determined by the Committee
     in its sole discretion at the time of such termination of employment,
     provided that if the Committee intends that a particular Option continue to
     qualify as a Tax Qualified Option, the Committee will observe such
     restrictions as may be imposed by applicable tax laws on the
     post-termination period within which a Tax Qualified Option may be
     exercised if it wishes to ensure that any post-termination exercise of such
     Option is made only within the period permitted by such laws) after the
     effective date of the termination of his employment or (ii) the expiration
     date of such Option, and the Option shall terminate on the earlier of such
     dates; provided, however, that if the Optionee is terminated by the Company
     for Misconduct, then such Option shall terminate effective as of the time
     of the conduct constituting such Misconduct. As used in this Plan,
     "Misconduct" means that the Optionee has engaged in Prohibited Conduct,
     committed an act of embezzlement, fraud or theft with respect to the
     property or business of the Company or any of its affiliates, or
     deliberately disregarded the rules of the Company in such a manner as to
     cause material loss, damage or injury to or otherwise endanger the
     property, reputation,


                                       10
<PAGE>   11

     employees or business prospects of the Company. The Committee shall
     determine whether an Optionee's employment was terminated by reason of
     Misconduct. In making such determination, the Committee may, but shall not
     be required to, give the Optionee an opportunity to be heard and to
     present evidence on his behalf.

          (c)   DEATH OF OPTIONEE. Except as may otherwise be specified by the
     Committee in its sole discretion at the time of grant thereof and reflected
     in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option, upon the death of an
     Optionee who is at the time of his death in the employ of the Company and
     who shall have been in Continuous Employment since the date of grant of the
     Option, the Option may be exercised (to the extent, if any, the Optionee
     was entitled to do so as of the date of his death) by his Successor until
     the earlier of (i) the date six (6) months following the date of death (or,
     if the Committee intends that a particular Option qualify as a Tax
     Qualified Option, such lesser period of time following the date of the
     Optionee's death within which the applicable tax laws may require that the
     Option be exercised in order for such Option so to qualify) and (ii) the
     expiration date of such Option, and the Option shall terminate on the
     earlier of such dates; or

          (d)   DISABILITY OF OPTIONEE. Except as may otherwise be specified by
     the Committee in its sole discretion and reflected in the Option Agreement
     evidencing such Option, if an Optionee's Continuous Employment terminates
     due to his having become permanently and totally disabled within the
     meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code ("disability"), the Option may be
     exercised (to the extent, if any, the Optionee was entitled to do so as of
     the effective date of the termination of his employment by reason of such
     disability) until the earlier of (i) the later of June 1, 1998 or the date
     one (1) year after the effective date of such termination of employment and
     (ii) the expiration date of such Option, and the Option shall terminate on
     the earlier of such dates.

          (e)   RETIREMENT OF OPTIONEE. Except as may otherwise be specified by
     the Committee in its sole discretion and reflected in the Option Agreement
     evidencing such Option, if an Optionee's Continuous Employment terminates
     by reason of (i) his retirement at any age entitling him to benefits under
     the provisions of any retirement plan of the Company in which such Optionee
     participates; or (ii) retirement at any time after attaining age 65
     (whichever circumstance is applicable constituting "retirement"), the
     Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionee shall be entitled, if
     any, to do so as of the effective date of the termination of his employment
     by reason of such retirement) until the earlier of (A) the date three (3)
     months after the effective date of the termination of his employment and
     (B) the expiration date of such Option, and the Option shall terminate on
     the earlier of such dates.

     11.  NONTRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS. Options may not be sold, pledged,
assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner by the Optionee
except at death by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and may be
exercised during the life of the Optionee only by the Optionee. No lien,
obligation or liability of an Optionee or a Successor


                                       11
<PAGE>   12

shall attach to or otherwise encumber the right and interest of such Optionee or
Successor in and to any Options outstanding under the Plan.

     12.  ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION OR MERGER.

          (a)   ADJUSTMENTS, IN GENERAL. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph
     (b) of this Section 12 and to any required action by the stockholders of
     the Company, the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option, and
     the number of Shares which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan
     but as to which no Options have yet been granted or which due to the
     expiration, lapse, cancellation, surrender, forfeiture or other termination
     of a stock option under this Plan are again available for grant, as well as
     the price per Share covered by each such outstanding Option, shall be
     proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of
     issued and outstanding Shares resulting from a stock split, reverse stock
     split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of Shares or any
     other similar increase or decrease in the aggregate number of issued and
     outstanding Shares effected without receipt of consideration by the
     Company; provided, however, that neither the issuance of Shares pursuant to
     the conversion or exchange of any securities of the Company convertible
     into or exchangeable for Shares nor the issuance of Shares pursuant to any
     antidilution agreement shall be deemed to have been "effected without
     receipt of consideration." Any fractional Shares which would otherwise
     result from any such adjustments shall be eliminated either by deleting all
     fractional Shares or by appropriate rounding to the next higher (fractions
     of one-half or more) or lower (fractions of less than one-half) whole
     Share. All such adjustments shall be made by the Board in its sole
     discretion. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company
     of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into or
     exchangeable for shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no
     adjustment by reason thereof shall be made to, the number of or exercise
     price for Shares subject to an Option.

          Subject to the provisions of Paragraph (b) of this Section 12, in the
     event of a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company,
     or the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another
     corporation, each outstanding Option shall be assumed or an equivalent
     option shall be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or
     subsidiary of such successor corporation, unless the Board, in the exercise
     of its sole discretion, determines that, in lieu of such assumption or
     substitution, the Optionee shall have the right to exercise the Option as
     to all or any part of the Optioned Stock, including Shares as to which the
     Option would not otherwise then be exercisable. If in the event of a
     merger, consolidation or sale of assets the Board makes an Option fully
     exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution, the Company shall notify
     the Optionee that the Option shall be fully exercisable for a period of
     thirty (30) days from the date of such notice, and the Option will
     terminate upon the expiration of such period.

          (b)   SPECIAL ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL. In the event of a
     "Change in Control" of the Company (as defined in Paragraph (c) of this
     Section 12),


                                       12
<PAGE>   13

unless otherwise determined by the Board in its sole discretion prior to the
occurrence of such Change in Control, the following acceleration and valuation
provisions shall apply:

               (i)  Any Options outstanding as of the date of such Change in
          Control that are not yet fully vested on such date shall become fully
          vested; and

               (ii) The value of all outstanding Options, measured by the excess
          of the "Change in Control Price" (as defined in Paragraph (d) of this
          Section 12) over the exercise price, shall be cashed out. The cash out
          proceeds shall be paid to the Optionee or, in the event of death of an
          Optionee prior to payment, to his Successor.

          (c)   DEFINITION OF "CHANGE IN CONTROL". For purposes of this Section
     12, a "Change in Control" means the happening of any of the following:

               (i)   When any "person," as such term is used in Sections 13(d) 
          and 14(d) of the Act becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in
          Rule 13d-3 promulgated by the Commission under the Act, as adopted and
          amended from time to time and as interpreted by formal or informal
          opinions of, and releases published or other interpretive advice
          provided by, the Staff of the Commission), directly or indirectly, of
          securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of
          the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding
          securities;

               (ii)  When any "person," as such term is used in Sections 13(d)
          and 14(d) of the Act becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in
          Rule 13d-3 promulgated by the Commission under the Act, as adopted and
          amended from time to time and as interpreted by formal or informal
          opinions of, and releases published or other interpretive advice
          provided by, the Staff of the Commission), directly or indirectly, of
          securities of Telxon Corporation representing fifteen percent (15%) or
          more of the combined voting power of Telxon Corporation's then
          outstanding securities; or

               (iii) The consummation of a transaction requiring stockholder
          approval and involving the sale of all or substantially all of the
          assets of the Company or the merger or consolidation of the Company
          with or into another corporation.

          For purposes of determining whether there has been a Change
          In Control under Section 12(c)(i), neither: (A) the Company; (B) any
          affiliates of the Company; (C) a Company or affiliate employee benefit
          plan, including any trustee of such a plan acting as trustee; nor (D)
          any trustee of a voting trust for the benefit of one or more
          stockholders of the Company (who himself is not a beneficial owner,
          directly or indirectly (other than the securities in such voting


                                       13
<PAGE>   14

          trust), of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%)
          or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding
          securities), acting as trustee; shall be considered to be a person who
          has become the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities
          of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the
          combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities.

          (d)   DEFINITION OF "CHANGE IN CONTROL PRICE". For purposes of this
     Section 12, "Change in Control Price" shall be: (i) the highest price paid
     or offered, as determined by the Board, in any bona fide transaction or
     bona fide offer related to the Change in Control at any time within the
     sixty (60) day period immediately preceding the date of the Change in
     Control (the "Sixty-Day Period") or if the Shares are then traded on the
     NASDAQ National Market System, a stock exchange or other recognized
     securities market, then, at the election of the Board, (ii) the highest
     closing sale price of a Share, as reported by the NASDAQ National Market
     System, any stock exchange on which the Shares are listed or any other
     recognized securities market on which the Shares are traded, at any time
     within the Sixty-Day Period.

     13.  TIME OF GRANTING OPTIONS. The date of grant of an Option shall, for 
all purposes, be the date on which the Committee makes the determination
granting such Option; provided, that the Committee may approve an earlier grant
date if required to ratify a prior promise by the Corporation to an Employee to
grant the Option. Notice of such determination shall be given to each Employee
to whom an Option is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such
grant.

     14. OPTION AGREEMENTS. As a condition to the effectiveness of each grant 
of an Option under this Plan, the Optionee shall enter into a written Option
Agreement in such form as may be authorized by the Committee from time to time.
Subject to the provisions of Section 20(a), each such Option Agreement shall
contain such provisions as are required by the terms of this Plan and may
contain such additional provisions not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan
as the Committee in its sole discretion may from time to time authorize. Each
Option Agreement evidencing an Option granted to a Section 16 Person shall also
provide for such minimum waiting period from the date of grant before the Option
may be exercised, and such minimum holding period from the date of the
acquisition of Shares upon exercise of an Option for which such Shares must be
held before making any disposition of such Shares, as may be required by Rule
16b-3.

     15.  CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES. Shares shall not be issued with
respect to an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and
delivery of such Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all applicable
Securities Law Requirements and all other applicable provisions of law,
including, without limitation, any applicable state "blue sky" laws and foreign
(national and provincial) securities laws and the rules and regulations
promulgated under any of such laws, and shall be further subject to the approval
of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

                                       14
<PAGE>   15

     As a condition to the exercise of an Option or the issuance of Shares upon
exercise of an Option, the Company may require the person exercising such Option
to make such representations and warranties to the Company as may be required,
in the opinion of counsel for the Company, by any of the aforementioned
Securities Law Requirements and other laws, which may include, without
limitation, representations and warranties that the Shares are being purchased
only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such
Shares.

     The Company shall not have any liability to any Optionee in respect of any
delay in the sale or issuance of Shares hereunder until the Company is able to
obtain authority from any governmental authority (domestic or foreign) or
self-regulatory organization having jurisdiction thereover, which authority is
deemed by the Company's counsel to be necessary to the lawful sale and issuance
of such Shares, or any failure to sell or issue such Shares as to which such
requisite authority the Company is unable to obtain. In no event shall the
Company be required to take any action to make it possible to issue Shares
hereunder.

     16.  FORFEITURE OF OPTIONS AND REALIZED BENEFITS.

          (a)   LOSS OF UNEXERCISED OPTIONS. If an Optionee holding an 
     outstanding Option, without the written consent of the Company as
     authorized by the Committee in its sole discretion, engages in any of the
     following (any such conduct being referred to as "Prohibited Conduct") at
     any time during the period beginning on the date the Optionee first entered
     the employ of the Company and continuing for so long as any portion of such
     Option remains outstanding and unexercised (the "Grant Period"):

               (i)   rendering services for any organization or engaging 
          directly or indirectly in any business which, in the sole judgment of
          the Committee, is or becomes competitive with the Company, or where
          such rendering of services or engaging in business, in the sole
          judgment of the Committee, is or becomes otherwise prejudicial to or
          in conflict with the interests of the Company; provided that the
          ownership of a not more than ten percent (10%) equity interest in any
          organization or business whose equity is listed on a recognized
          securities exchange or traded over-the-counter shall not constitute
          Prohibited Conduct within the meaning of this Subparagraph (i);

               (ii)  disclosing to anyone outside the Company, or use in other
          than the business of the Company, any confidential or proprietary
          information relating to the business of the Company, acquired by the
          Optionee either during or after employment with the Company;

               (iii) except as may otherwise be permitted by any agreement
          otherwise made by the Company with the Optionee, failing to disclose
          fully and promptly in writing and assign to the Company by which the
          Optionee is or was employed all right, title and interest in any
          discovery, invention, process, method, improvement or idea, whether or
          not patentable or subject to copyright protection



                                       15
<PAGE>   16

          and whether or not reduced to tangible form or reduced to practice,
          made or conceived by such person during employment by the Company,
          relating in any manner to the actual or contemplated business,
          research or development work of the Company or to do anything
          reasonably necessary to enable the Company to secure a patent,
          copyright or similar protection in the United States of America and/or
          in foreign countries as the Company may elect; or

               (iv) inducing or attempting to induce any customer or supplier of
          the Company or any of its affiliates to breach any contract with the
          Company or any of its affiliates or otherwise terminate its
          relationship with the Company or any of its affiliates;

     then the Committee shall have the right, upon determining that the Optionee
     has engaged in any Prohibited Conduct at any time during the Grant Period
     (in making such determination, the Committee may, but shall not be required
     to, give the Optionee an opportunity to be heard and to present evidence on
     his behalf), to declare the Option forfeited and cancelled effective as of
     the time of the conduct constituting such Prohibited Conduct.

          (b)   OPTIONEE CERTIFICATION UPON EXERCISE. Each time an Optionee
     exercises an Option, the Optionee shall be deemed to certify to the Company
     that such Optionee did not, without the written consent of the Company as
     authorized by the Committee in its sole discretion, engage in any
     Prohibited Conduct at any time during the period beginning on the date the
     Optionee first entered the employ of the Company and ending on the date of
     such exercise (the "Pre-Exercise Period").

          (c)   LOSS OF REALIZED BENEFITS. In the event that the Committee
     determines with respect to a particular exercise of an Option that the
     Optionee engaged in any Prohibited Conduct at any time during the
     Pre-Exercise Period or within one (1) year after such exercise (in making
     such determination, the Committee may, but shall not be required to, give
     the Optionee an opportunity to be heard and to present evidence on his
     behalf), such Optionee shall be liable to the Company (i) to the extent
     such Optionee has, prior to his receipt of the "Forfeiture Notice" (as
     defined below), disposed of the Shares acquired through such exercise, for
     payment to the Company of an amount in cash equal to the excess of (A) the
     net cash proceeds from such disposition (or if such Shares were disposed of
     other than for cash, the aggregate Fair Market Value of such Shares as of
     the date of disposition) over (B) that portion of the sum of the cash and
     the aggregate Fair Market Value as of the exercise date of any already
     owned Shares used by the Optionee to pay the exercise price for such Shares
     (such sum being referred to as the "Exercise Payment") which is allocable
     to the Shares disposed of in the proportion that such number of Shares
     bears to the total number of Shares issued pursuant to such Option exercise
     and (ii) to the extent such Optionee still owns at the time he receives the
     Forfeiture Notice the Shares acquired through such exercise, at the option
     of the Committee, either (A) for the return of such Shares to the Company
     in exchange for a


                                       16
<PAGE>   17

     cash refund from the Company to such Optionee in an amount equal to that
     portion of the Exercise Payment which is allocable to the Shares still
     owned in the proportion that such number of Shares bears to the total
     number of Shares issued pursuant to such Option exercise (such portion
     being referred to as the "Retained Shares Exercise Payment") or (B) for
     payment to the Company of an amount in cash equal to the excess of the
     aggregate Fair Market Value as of the exercise date of the Shares still
     owned over the Retained Shares Exercise Payment. To enforce such liability
     against such Optionee, the Committee shall notify the Optionee thereof in
     writing within three (3) years of the date of the affected Option exercise,
     which notice (the "Forfeiture Notice") shall include a statement of the
     form of payment which the Committee has elected to receive from the
     Optionee with respect to Shares still owned by the Optionee. Within ten
     (10) days after receiving the Forfeiture Notice, the Optionee shall make
     full payment of such liability to the Company in cash, or to the extent
     such Optionee still owns Shares acquired through the affected exercise and
     the Committee elects in the Forfeiture Notice to receive such Shares, stock
     certificates evidencing such Shares still owned by the Optionee (duly
     endorsed for transfer with signature guaranteed). In the event that the
     Committee elects to receive, and the Optionee returns, Shares, the Company
     shall make the refund payment required to be made to the Optionee with
     respect to such Shares upon the Company's receipt of such Shares as
     hereinabove required.

          (d)   CUMULATIVE RIGHTS. The obligation of an Optionee under this
     Section 16 to refrain from Prohibited Conduct is in addition to, and does
     not in any way supersede or diminish, any other obligation of such Optionee
     with respect to such matters which such Optionee may owe to the Company or
     any other person under any agreement, applicable law or otherwise (a
     "Similar Obligation"). Any action taken by the Company or the Committee to
     enforce, compromise, settle or waive the provisions of this Section 16 with
     respect to any particular event constituting Prohibited Conduct shall not
     in any way affect the rights of the Company, the Committee, or any other
     person against an Optionee with respect to any other event constituting
     Prohibited Conduct or any Similar Obligation, nor shall any action taken or
     failed to be taken by the Company or any other person against an Optionee
     to enforce, compromise, settle or waive any Similar Obligation have any
     effect on the rights of the Company and the Committee under this Section
     16.

     17.  NO AUTHORIZATION OR RESERVATION OF SHARES. As of the date of adoption
of the Plan, the Company may not have sufficient authorized Shares, and has not
reserved any Shares, to satisfy the requirements of the Plan. Prior to any
Options becoming exercisable for Shares, the Company shall cause sufficient
Shares to be authorized and shall reserve and thereafter keep available such
number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

     18.  EFFECTIVENESS OF PLAN. This Plan was duly adopted by the Board on July
3, 1996, and on August 30, 1996, was duly approved by the unanimous written
consent of the Stockholders, as required by the Delaware General Corporation
Act. The Plan shall continue



                                       17
<PAGE>   18

in full force and effect until (i) terminated by resolution of the Board or (ii)
both (A) all Options granted under the Plan have been exercised in full and (B)
no Authorized Shares remain available for the granting of additional Options.
The termination of the Plan shall not affect Options already granted, which
Options shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their
respective terms and the terms hereof as if this Plan had not been terminated.

     19.  AMENDMENT OF PLAN AND OUTSTANDING OPTIONS. The Board may, in its sole
discretion, amend the Plan from time to time, provided that any amendment which
Rule 16b-3 or any other Securities Law Requirement requires be approved by the
stockholders of the Company shall be made only with the approval of such
stockholders. Amendments to the Plan shall apply prospectively to all Options
then outstanding under the Plan, except in the case of any amendment which is
adverse to an Optionee, in which case the amendment shall apply with respect to
the outstanding Options held by the adversely affected Optionee only upon the
consent of such Optionee to such amendment. In exercising its authority under
Section 4(b)(v) to amend outstanding Options, the Committee likewise may make an
amendment which adversely affects the Optionee only upon the consent of such
Optionee to such amendment. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 19,
the consent of the Optionee shall not be required with respect to an amendment
to the Plan or to any outstanding Option which is made in order to comply with
Securities Law Requirements or which causes a Tax Qualified Option no longer to
qualify as such.

     20.  GENERAL PROVISIONS.

          (a)   GRANTS TO FOREIGN EMPLOYEES. Notwithstanding any other provision
     of this Plan to the contrary but subject to applicable Securities Law
     Requirements and tax laws, to the extent deemed necessary or appropriate by
     the Committee in its sole discretion in order to further the purposes of
     the Plan with respect to Employees who are foreign nationals and/or
     employed outside the United States of America, an Option granted to any
     such Employee may be on terms and conditions different from those specified
     in this Plan in recognition of the differences in the laws, tax policies
     and customs applicable to such an Employee, without the necessity of the
     Plan being amended to provide for such different terms and conditions.

          (b)   NATURE OF BENEFITS. Benefits realized by an Optionee under this
     Plan or any Option granted hereunder shall not be deemed a part of such
     Optionee's regular, recurring compensation for purposes of the termination,
     indemnity or severance pay law of any country and shall not be included in,
     nor have any effect on, the determination of benefits under any other
     employee benefit plan or similar arrangement provided to such Optionee by
     the Company unless expressly so provided by such other plan or arrangement,
     or except where the Committee expressly determines in its sole discretion
     that an Option or portion thereof should be so included in order accurately
     to reflect competitive compensation practices or to recognize that an
     Option has been granted in lieu of a portion of competitive annual cash
     compensation.

                                       18
<PAGE>   19

          (c)   DETERMINATION OF DEADLINES. If any day on or before which action
     under this Plan or any Option granted hereunder must be taken falls on a
     Saturday, Sunday or Company-recognized holiday, such action may be taken on
     the next succeeding day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or
     Company-recognized holiday; provided, however, that the provisions of this
     Paragraph (c) shall not apply to, and shall not extend the time for
     exercise of, any Option which is terminated for Misconduct pursuant to
     Section 10(b) or for Prohibited Conduct pursuant to Section 16(a).

          (d)   GOVERNING LAW. To the extent that federal laws (such as the Act 
     or the Code) or the Delaware General Corporation Act do not otherwise
     control, this Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant
     hereto shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio and construed
     accordingly.

          (e)   GENDER AND NUMBER. Whenever the context may require, any 
     pronouns used herein shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or
     neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns and pronouns shall include the
     plural and vice versa.

          (f)   CAPTIONS. The captions contained in this Plan are for 
     convenience of reference only and do not affect the meaning of any term or
     provision hereof.

                                       19

<PAGE>   1
                                                                Exhibit 10.1.8



                            NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

         THIS NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made effective
February 27, 1997 (the "Effective Date") by and between TELXON CORPORATION
("Telxon"), a Delaware corporation having its principal offices at 3330 West
Market Street, Akron, Ohio 44333, and ROBERT F. MEYERSON ("RFM"), a resident of
Florida.
                                      
                                  RECITALS:

         A. RFM has served Telxon in various capacities since its founding, and
most recently as its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.

         B. During his tenure with Telxon, certain consulting services for which
Telxon had contracted with Accipiter Corporation ("Accipiter"), most recently
under a Services and Non-Competition Agreement dated as of January 18, 1993 (the
"Prior Agreement"), were performed principally by RFM.

         C. The Prior Agreement expired by its terms as of March 31, 1996, and
included a covenant by RFM and Accipiter restricting them from competing with
Telxon in certain limited respects, which covenant continues in effect following
such expiration for a period of time which is subject to various
interpretations.

         D. As of February 26, 1997, RFM retired from Telxon.

         E. In connection with such retirement, Telxon and RFM are desirous of
redefining the extent of the competitive restriction and of extending the period
thereof.

         NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

         1.  TERM. This Agreement and the provisions thereof shall be effective
as of February 26, 1997, and extend to and ending on December 31, 2000, subject
to earlier termination as provided below.

         2.  NON-COMPETITION RESTRICTION.

                  a.  During the term of this Agreement, RFM shall not directly
         or indirectly, acting alone or through or with others by means of
         partnership, corporation, joint venture or other arrangement, own more
         than five percent (5%) of the stock of any company or entity which is a
         direct competitor of the businesses of Telxon as of the Effective Date.

                  b.  During the term of this Agreement, RFM shall not directly 
         or




<PAGE>   2



         indirectly, acting alone or through or with others by means of
         partnership, corporation, joint venture or other arrangement, be an
         officer, director or employee, consultant or advisor to any business
         entity competitive to Telxon which by definition shall include the
         commercial wireless and portable teletransaction solution business
         which itself includes Pen-Based and Hand-Held portable computers
         including wireless networks and systems, services, and solutions that
         Telxon sells to its core markets, including, as example, Retail,
         Industrial, Transportation and others; but excluding consumer markets
         and home and industrial security systems. For illustrative purposes,
         RFM will additionally be prohibited from any dealings with Telxon's
         main direct competitors (i.e., Symbol, Intermec, Norand, Teklogix,
         Electromagnetic Services, Hand-Held Products, or other companies that
         have similar product profiles that compete with Telxon). To further
         facilitate the intent of this Agreement, RFM shall notify Telxon in
         writing of any investment or service he provides to a company that
         makes peripheral products, systems or services, that may become
         involved in Telxon's marketplace. Telxon shall have thirty (30) days to
         respond to such notification. If, in its opinion, it determines that
         such transaction is a threat to Telxon's best interests, it will inform
         RFM in writing to desist. If a transaction does not seem to pose a
         threat to Telxon's business or best interests, Telxon shall not
         unreasonably withhold approval from RFM entering into such a
         transaction. As example, RFM currently has investments with Aironet,
         Metanetics and plans to enter into a joint venture with a Chinese
         company that could manufacture and distribute Metanetics products in
         Asia.

                  c. During the term of this Agreement, RFM shall not directly
         or indirectly, acting alone or through or with others by means of
         partnership, corporation, joint venture or other arrangement, induce
         any person who is an employee, officer, customer or supplier of Telxon
         to terminate or reduce their relationship with Telxon.

                  d. During the term of this Agreement, RFM shall not directly
         or indirectly, acting alone or through or with others by means of
         partnership, corporation, joint venture or other arrangement, disclose,
         divulge, discuss or otherwise use, cause or suffer to be used in any
         manner any trade secret or other confidential or proprietary
         information of Telxon, other than in a capacity in which he is directly
         acting for or on behalf of Telxon, and as expressly approved in writing
         by the Chief Executive Officer of Telxon.

         3. REMEDIES. RFM acknowledges and agrees that the remedy at law for any
breach of Sections 2(a), (b), (c) and (d) above will be inadequate and that
damages as a result thereof are not readily susceptible to being measured in
monetary terms. Therefore, upon any violation of such Section(s), Telxon shall
be entitled to immediate injunctive relief and to a temporary restraining order
prohibiting any threatened or future breach, notwithstanding which Telxon shall
not in any manner be limited in entitlement to other equitable or legal
remedies.


                                      3
<PAGE>   3



         4. CONSIDERATION. As good and sufficient agreed-upon consideration for
the covenants made by RFM in this Agreement, Telxon shall, contemporaneously
with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, advance to RFM or his
designee in immediately available funds the sum of Three Million Dollars
($3,000,000).

         This Agreement shall automatically terminate if there shall at any time
occur an event which constitutes a "change in control" of Telxon which would be
required to be reported in response to Item 1(a) of a Current Report on Form 8-K
under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, each as in effect on the date of
the execution and delivery of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any
event as the result of which (i) any Person (for purposes hereof, defined as any
individual, corporation, partnership, group, association of other "person", as
such term is used in Section 14 (d) of the Exchange Act, other than Telxon or
any employee benefit plan sponsored by Telxon) is or becomes the beneficial
owner , directly or indirectly, of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined
voting power of Telxon's then outstanding securities having the right to vote
for the election of directors, or (ii) individuals who constitute the Board of
Directors of Telxon as of the date of the execution and delivery of this
Agreement (the "Continuing Directors", which term shall also include the
person(s) subsequently becoming directors of Telxon as hereinbelow provided),
and any person(s) becoming director(s) of Telxon subsequent to such date whose
election, or nomination for election by Telxon's stockholders, was approved by a
vote of at least a majority of the then Continuing Directors (either by a
specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of Telxon in which such
person is named as a director nominee, without the objection by any member of
such approving majority of the then Continuing Directors to the nomination of
such nominee in said proxy statement), cease for any reason to constitute at
least a majority of such Board.

         5. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENTS. This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement between the parties and supersedes any prior agreements between the
parties and their respective affiliates, with respect to the subject matter
hereof. The parties are not relying on any other representations or
understandings, express or implied, oral or written. This Agreement shall not be
modified or discharged, in whole or in part, except by an agreement in writing
signed by the parties hereto and, in the case of Telxon, approved by its Board
of Directors.

         6. BINDING EFFECT. The rights and obligations of the parties under this
Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, Telxon and
RFM and their respective successors and assigns, provided that no assignment may
be made by either party without the prior written consent of the other, which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

         7. CAPTIONS. The captions contained in this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning of any term or
provision hereof.

         8. SEVERABLE PROVISIONS. The provisions of this Agreement are
severable, and


                                      2
<PAGE>   4


if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise
unenforceable in any jurisdiction, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions
and any partially unenforceable provision shall be binding and enforceable to
the extent enforceable in such jurisdiction.

         9. GOVERNING LAW AND VENUE. The validity, construction and performance
of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio without
regard to principles of conflict of laws. All actions brought by any party in
connection with this Agreement shall be brought in the courts, state or federal,
sitting in Cuyahoga or Summit Counties in the State of Ohio, and the parties
hereby consent to the jurisdiction of such courts.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have made and delivered this Agreement
as of the Effective Date.

TELXON CORPORATION

By:/s/ Frank E. Brick                  /s/ Robert F. Meyerson
Frank E. Brick, President and         Robert F. Meyerson     
Chief Executive Officer



                                      4

<PAGE>   1
                                                                 Exhibit 10.1.10

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

      THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made as of April 1, 1997
(the "Effective Date") at Akron, Ohio between TELXON CORPORATION ("Employer"), a
Delaware corporation with offices at 3330 West Market Street, Akron, Ohio 44333,
and LEONARD D. ABEITA ("Employee").

                                   WITNESSETH:

      WHEREAS, Employer desires to employ Employee initially as Senior Vice
President, Global Professional Services of Employer, and thereafter, in such
capacity as the Board of Directors of Employer shall direct, and Employee
desires to be so employed, upon the terms and conditions herein contained; and

      WHEREAS, Employer and Employee desire to have this Agreement supersede any
and all prior agreements, oral or written, relating to the employment of
Employee by Employer.

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and in consideration of
the mutual promises and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as
follows:

         1.       EMPLOYMENT PERIOD. Employer agrees to employ Employee, and
                  Employee agrees to serve Employer, for the period beginning on
                  the Effective Date and ending March 31, 2000, subject to
                  earlier termination pursuant to paragraph 4 hereof (the
                  "Employment Period").

         2.       NATURE OF DUTIES.

                  a.       Employee's duties and responsibilities shall be to
                           serve as Senior Vice President, Global Professional
                           Services of Employer or in such other capacity as the
                           Board of Directors of Employer may at any time and
                           from time to time in its discretion direct, in
                           conformity with management policies, guidelines and
                           directions issued by Employer. Employee shall report
                           directly to Frank E. Brick, President and Chief
                           Executive Officer of Employer, or such other officer
                           of Employer as the Board of Directors shall direct
                           (the "Supervisor"), and shall have general charge and
                           supervision of those functions and such other
                           responsibilities as the Supervisor shall from time to
                           time determine in his discretion.

                  b.       Employee shall work exclusively for Employer on a
                           full-time basis in such capacity as he is to serve
                           pursuant to paragraph 2(a), devoting all of his time
                           and attention during normal business hours to
                           Employer's business.

                  c.       Employee shall perform his duties and
                           responsibilities hereunder diligently, faithfully and
                           loyally in order to cause the proper, efficient and
                           successful operation of Employer's business.

       3.     COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.

                  a.       BASE SALARY AND EXPENSES. As compensation for
                           Employee's services, Employer shall pay to Employee
                           during the Employment Period a salary (the "Base
                           Salary") at the annual rate of $250,000 for FY `98.
                           Any salary increases for future fiscal years will be
                           determined by the Board of Directors of Employer or
                           an appropriate committee thereof (the "Board") in its
                           discretion based upon the recommendation of
                           Employer's chief executive officer (the "Chief
                           Executive Officer"). Base salary will be payable in
                           arrears, in equal bi-weekly installments or at such
                           other interval as the Board or applicable Employer
                           policies shall direct. Employer shall reimburse
                           Employee for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses
                           incurred by Employee on


<PAGE>   2

                           Employer's behalf during the Employment Period and
                           approved by the Supervisor or such other officer as
                           the Supervisor or applicable Employer policies shall
                           direct.

                  b.       BONUS COMPENSATION. In addition to the Base Salary,
                           Employee shall, at the discretion of the Board, be
                           eligible to receive bonus compensation ("Bonus
                           Compensation") with respect to the Employment Period
                           on such basis as shall be approved by the Board. For
                           FY `98, Employee shall be eligible for a potential
                           bonus of up to $150,000 based upon achieving goals
                           and achievements agreed upon by Employee and
                           Employer's Chief Executive Officer, subject to such
                           approval thereof as may be required by the Board.
                           Bonus compensation for subsequent fiscal years will
                           be determined by the Board in its discretion based
                           upon the recommendation of the Chief Executive
                           Officer. The Bonus Compensation, if any, in respect
                           to each fiscal year during the Employment Period
                           shall be earned and shall accrue at, and Employee
                           shall have no entitlement thereto (on a pro rata or
                           any other basis) prior to, the end of the fiscal year
                           to which such Bonus Compensation relates.

                  c.       STOCK OPTIONS. During the Employment Period, Employee
                           shall be eligible to receive grants of stock
                           option(s) and other awards and benefits pursuant to
                           such employee stock option and other stock-based
                           employee benefit plans as Employer may maintain from
                           time to time during the Employment Period with
                           respect to Employer executives of like stature and
                           compensation, in such amounts as may be determined by
                           the Board in its discretion based upon the
                           recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer. In the
                           event that, during the Employment Period or at any
                           time thereafter, Employee is re-assigned by Employer
                           to a position carrying duties and responsibilities of
                           lesser stature than the position in which Employee
                           serves as of the time during the Employment Period
                           that any such options or other rights or benefits are
                           granted or awarded to or otherwise received by
                           Employee (other than a re-assignment occurring as the
                           result of or in connection with any change in control
                           of Employer, in which case the provisions of the
                           governing benefit plan applicable in such a
                           circumstance shall control), such options, rights and
                           benefits shall, to the extent unvested, unexercised
                           or otherwise unrealized as of the time of such
                           re-assignment, be subject to such reduction,
                           cancellation and/or forfeiture as may then be
                           determined to be appropriate by the Board in its
                           discretion.

                  d.       VACATION. During the Employment Period, Employee
                           shall be entitled to vacation in accordance with
                           Employer's policies.

                  e.       HEALTH, DISABILITY, RETIREMENT AND DEATH BENEFITS.
                           Employer shall provide Employee with the same health,
                           disability, retirement and death and other fringe
                           benefits as are generally provided to the executive
                           employees of Employer in accordance with such terms,
                           conditions and eligibility requirements as may from
                           time to time be established by Employer.

       4.     TERMINATION.

                  a.       This Agreement shall terminate automatically upon
                           Employee's death.

                  b.       Employer may terminate Employee's employment under
                           this Agreement at any time, upon five (5) days
                           written notice to Employee, if Employee becomes
                           permanently disabled. Permanent disability shall be
                           determined by Employer according to the same
                           standards applicable to the employees of Employer
                           generally under the disability benefits referred to
                           in paragraph 3(e) hereof.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3

              c.  Employer shall have the right to terminate Employee's
                  employment under this Agreement at any time (i) immediately
                  for "cause" (which shall mean for any action or inaction of
                  Employee which is adverse to Employer's interests, including,
                  without limitation, Employee's dishonesty, grossly negligent
                  misconduct, willful misconduct, disloyalty, act of bad faith,
                  neglect of duty or material breach of this Agreement or of any
                  Employer policy applicable to its employees generally), or
                  (ii) without cause upon five (5) days written notice to
                  Employee.

       5.     EFFECTS OF TERMINATION AND EXPIRATION.

              a.  In the event of automatic termination by reason of Employee's
                  death pursuant to paragraph 4(a), or by Employer by reason of
                  Employee's permanent disability pursuant to paragraph 4(b),
                  all of Employer's obligations under this Agreement shall end
                  except for Employer's obligations to pay Employee's Base
                  Salary and Bonus Compensation, if any, in each case earned and
                  accrued but unpaid to the date of death or permanent
                  disability. Employee shall also have the right to receive any
                  payments under the death or disability benefits, as the case
                  may be, provided to Employee pursuant to paragraph 3(e), if
                  any.

         b.       In the event Employer exercises its right of termination other
                  than for cause pursuant to paragraph 4(c)(ii), or upon the
                  expiration of the Employment Period, all of Employer's
                  obligations under this Agreement shall end except for its
                  obligations to pay Employee's Base Salary and Bonus
                  Compensation, if any, in each case earned and accrued but
                  unpaid to the date of termination (which, for purposes of this
                  paragraph 5(b) and paragraph 5(c) below, shall be five (5)
                  days after the date on which notification is provided by
                  Employer to Employee pursuant to paragraph 4(c)(ii)) or at the
                  expiration of the Employment Period, whichever the case may be
                  and, in the case of termination pursuant to paragraph
                  4(c)(ii), Employer's obligations under paragraph 5(c) of this
                  Agreement.

              c.  In the event Employer exercises its right of termination other
                  than for cause pursuant to paragraph 4(c)(ii), Employer shall
                  be obligated to pay Employee as severance pay, for the twelve
                  (12) month period following the date of such termination,
                  annualized compensation at a rate which shall be equal to the
                  Base Salary at such termination date. Such payments shall be
                  made in equal bi-weekly installments or at such other interval
                  as the Board or Employer's corresponding payroll policies
                  shall direct.

              d.  In the event Employer exercises its right of termination
                  pursuant to paragraph 4(c)(i) for cause, or Employee otherwise
                  leaves the employ of Employer prior to the expiration of the
                  Employment Period, all of Employer's obligations under this
                  Agreement shall end except for Employer's obligations to pay
                  Employee's Base Salary, if any, earned and accrued but unpaid
                  to the date of such termination or of the Employee otherwise
                  leaving Employer's employ.

       6.     COVENANT NOT TO COMPETE.

         a.       RESTRICTED ACTIVITIES--DURATION. Except as otherwise consented
                  to or approved by Employer's Board of Directors in writing,
                  Employee agrees that, in addition to being operative during
                  the Employment Period, the provisions of paragraphs 6(a)(i)
                  through (iii) hereof, inclusive, shall be operative for a
                  period of twelve (12) months after the later of (1) the date
                  Employee's employment with Employer (pursuant to this
                  Agreement or otherwise) is terminated or otherwise ceases, or
                  (2) the end of all severance payments, if any, which Employer
                  is obligated to make to Employee under paragraph 5(c) of this
                  Agreement or any other subsequent written agreement between
                  them, regardless of the time, manner or reason for the
                  termination or other cessation of such employment. During such
                  periods, Employee will not, directly or indirectly, 


                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4

                  acting alone or as a member of a partnership or as an owner,
                  director, officer, employee, manager, representative or
                  consultant of any corporation or other business entity:

                  i.  Engage in any business which manufactures, sells,
                      distributes, services or supports products or services of
                      a type manufactured, sold, marketed, serviced or
                      supported, or in any other business in competition with or
                      adverse to the business that is conducted by Employer, or
                      which Employer is in the process of developing and in or
                      of which Employee participated or has knowledge, at the
                      time of the cessation of Employee's employment with the
                      Employer, in the United States, Canada or any European,
                      Asian, Pacific Rim or other foreign country in which
                      Employer then or thereafter transacts business or is
                      making a bona fide attempt to do so;

                 ii.  induce,  request or attempt to  influence  any  customer
                      or  supplier  of Employer to curtail or cancel  their  
                      business  or  prospective  business  with  Employer or in
                      any way  interfere  with Employer's business 
                      relationships; or

                iii.  induce, solicit or assist or facilitate the inducement or
                      solicitation by any third person of any employee, officer,
                      agent or representative of Employer to terminate his
                      respective relationship with Employer or in any way
                      interfere with the Employer's employee, officer, agent or
                      representative relationships.

              b.  TOLLING; RELIEF OF OBLIGATIONS. In the event that Employee
                  breaches any provision of this paragraph 6, such violation (i)
                  shall toll the running of the twelve (12) month period set
                  forth in paragraph 6(a) from the date of commencement of such
                  violation until such violation ceases, and (ii) shall relieve
                  Employer of any obligations to Employee under this Agreement.

              c.  "BLUE PENCILING" OR MODIFICATION. If either the length of
                  time, geographic area or scope of restricted business activity
                  set forth in paragraph 6(a) is deemed unreasonably restrictive
                  or unreasonable in any other respect in any proceeding before
                  a court of competent jurisdiction, Employee and Employer agree
                  and consent to such court's modifying or reducing such
                  restriction(s) with respect, but only with respect, to that
                  jurisdiction to the extent deemed reasonable under the
                  circumstances then presented.

       7.     NONDISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

             a.   For purposes of this Agreement, "Confidential Information"
                  means all information or trade secrets of any type or
                  description belonging to Employer which are proprietary and
                  confidential to Employer and which are not publicly disclosed
                  or are only disclosed with restrictions. Without limiting the
                  generality of the foregoing, Confidential Information
                  includes: strategic and other plans for carrying on business;
                  cost data and other financial information; lists of customers,
                  employees, vendors and business partners and alliances;
                  manufacturing methods and processes; product research and
                  engineering data, drawings, designs and schematics; computer
                  programs, flow charts, routines, subroutines, translators,
                  compilers, operating systems and object and source codes;
                  specifications, inventions, know-how, calculations and
                  discoveries; any letters, papers, documents and instruments
                  disclosing or reflecting any of the foregoing; and all
                  information revealed to or acquired or created by Employee
                  during Employee's employment by Employer relating to any of
                  the foregoing or otherwise to Employer's past, current or
                  future business.

             b.   Employee acknowledges that the discharge of Employee's duties
                  under this Agreement will necessarily involve his access to
                  Confidential Information. Employee acknowledges that the

                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5

                  unauthorized use by him or disclosure by him of such
                  Confidential Information to third parties might cause
                  irreparable damage to Employer and Employer's business.
                  Accordingly, Employee agrees that at all times after the date
                  hereof he will not, without the prior written consent of
                  Employer's Board of Directors, copy, publish, disclose,
                  divulge to or discuss with any third party, nor use for his
                  own benefit or that of others any Confidential Information,
                  except in the normal conduct of his duties under this
                  Agreement, it being understood and acknowledged by Employee
                  that all Confidential Information created, compiled or
                  obtained by Employee or Employer, or furnished to Employee by
                  any person while Employee is associated with Employer, is and
                  shall be and remain Employer's exclusive property.

              c.  Promptly upon termination of his employment, irrespective of
                  the time or manner thereof or reason therefor, Employee agrees
                  to return and surrender to Employer all Confidential
                  Information copies thereof in any form which is in any manner
                  in his control or possession, as well as all other Employer
                  property.

         8.       RIGHTS. Employee acknowledges and agrees that any procedure,
                  design feature, schematic, invention, improvement,
                  development, discovery, know-how, concept, idea or the like
                  (whether or not patentable, registrable under copyright or
                  trademark laws, or otherwise protectable under similar laws)
                  that Employee (whether individually or jointly with any other
                  person or persons) has since the inception of his employment
                  with Employer conceived of, suggested, made, invented,
                  developed or implemented, or may hereafter conceive of,
                  suggest, make, invent, develop or implement, during the course
                  of his service to Employer which relates in any way to the
                  business of Employer or to the general industry of which
                  Employer is a part, all physical embodiments and
                  manifestations thereof, and all patent rights, copyrights and
                  trademarks (and applications therefor) and similar protections
                  thereof (all of the foregoing referred to as "Work Product")
                  are and shall be the sole, exclusive and absolute property of
                  Employer. All Work Product shall be deemed to be works for
                  hire for the benefit of Employer, and to the extent that any
                  Work Product may not constitute a work for hire, Employee
                  hereby assigns to Employer all right, title and interest in,
                  to and under such Work Product, including, without limitation,
                  the right to obtain such patents, copyright registrations,
                  trademark registrations or similar protections as Employer may
                  desire to obtain. Employee will immediately disclose all Work
                  Product to Employer and agrees, at anytime, upon Employer's
                  request and without additional compensation, to execute any
                  documents and otherwise to cooperate with Employer (including,
                  without limitation, all lawful testimony and sworn statements
                  or other certifications as may be appropriate) respecting the
                  perfection of its right, title and interest in, to and under
                  such Work Product and in any litigation or administrative or
                  other proceeding or controversy in connection therewith, all
                  expenses incident thereto be borne by Employer.

       9.     INDUCEMENT; REMEDIES INADEQUATE.

              a.  The covenants made by Employee in favor of Employer under
                  paragraphs 6, 7 and 8 of this Agreement are being executed and
                  delivered by Employee in consideration of Employee's
                  employment with Employer and Employer's obligations hereunder
                  (including, without limitation, the Base Salary, the Bonus
                  Compensation and other benefits and payments provided for
                  herein). Employee further acknowledges that such covenants
                  were and have been conditions of his employment since the
                  inception of Employee's employment with Employer.

              b.  Employee has carefully considered, and has had adequate time
                  and opportunity to consult with his own counsel or other
                  advisors regarding the nature and extent of the restrictions
                  upon him, and the rights and remedies conferred upon Employer,
                  under paragraphs 6, 7 and 8 hereof, and hereby acknowledges
                  and agrees that such restrictions are reasonable in time,
                  territory and


                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6

                  scope, are designed to eliminate competition which otherwise
                  would be unfair to Employer, do not stifle the inherent skill
                  and experience of Employee, would not operate as a bar to
                  Employee's sole means of support, are fully required to
                  protect the legitimate interests of Employer and do not confer
                  a benefit upon Employer disproportionate to the detriment to
                  Employee.

              c.  Employee acknowledges that the services to be rendered by him
                  to Employer as contemplated by this Agreement are special,
                  unique and of extraordinary character. Employee expressly
                  agrees and understand that the remedy at law for any breach by
                  him of paragraph 6, 7 or 8 of this Agreement will be
                  inadequate and that the damages flowing from such breach are
                  not readily susceptible to being measured in monetary terms.
                  Accordingly, upon adequate proof of Employee's violation of
                  any legally enforceable provision of paragraph 6, 7 or 8
                  hereof, Employer shall be entitled to immediate injunctive
                  relief, including, without limitation, a temporary order
                  restraining any threatened or further breach. In the event any
                  equitable proceedings are brought to enforce any provision of
                  paragraphs 6, 7 and 8 hereof, Employee agrees that he will not
                  raise in such proceedings any defense that Employer has an
                  adequate remedy at law, and Employee hereby waives any such
                  defense. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to limit
                  Employer's remedies at law or in equity for any breach by
                  Employee of any of the provisions of paragraphs 6, 7 and 8
                  hereof which may be pursued or availed of by Employer. Without
                  limiting the generality of the immediately preceding sentence,
                  any covenant on Employee's part contained in paragraph 6, 7 or
                  8 hereof which may not be specifically enforceable shall
                  nevertheless, if breached, give rise to a cause of action for
                  monetary damages.

              d.  As used in paragraphs 6, 7 and 8 hereof and in this paragraph
                  9, the term "Employer" (other than with respect to the Board
                  of Directors) shall include, in addition to Employer, all
                  subsidiaries and other affiliates of Employer, whether so
                  related to Employer during Employee's employment with Employer
                  or at any time thereafter.

              e.  Subject only to such time limitations as may be expressly set
                  forth therein, the covenants and agreements made by Employee
                  in paragraphs 6, 7 and 8 hereof and this paragraph 9 shall
                  survive full payment by Employer to Employee of the amounts to
                  which Employee is entitled under this Agreement, the
                  expiration of the Employment Period and the expiration or
                  termination of this Agreement.

      10.     ASSIGNMENT OF EMPLOYEE'S RIGHTS. In no event shall Employer be
              obligated to make any payment under this Agreement to any assignee
              or creditor of Employee. Prior to the time provided for the making
              of any payment under this Agreement, neither Employee nor his
              legal representative shall have any right by way of anticipation
              or otherwise to assign or otherwise dispose of any interest under
              this Agreement.

      11.     RIGHT OF SET-OFF.  Any payments to be made to Employee under this
              Agreement  shall be subject to offset by Employer for any claims 
              for damages, liabilities or expenses which it may have against 
              Employee.

      12.     EMPLOYER'S OBLIGATIONS UNFUNDED. Except as to any benefits that
              may be required to be funded under any benefit plan of Employer
              pursuant to law or under any other written agreement, the
              obligations of Employer under this Agreement are not funded, and
              Employer shall be not required to deposit in escrow or otherwise
              set aside any moneys in advance of the due date for payment
              thereof to Employee.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7

      13.         NOTICES. Any notice to be given hereunder by Employer to
                  Employee shall be deemed to be given if delivered to Employee
                  in person, or if mailed to Employee, by certified mail,
                  postage prepaid, return receipt requested, at his address last
                  shown on the records of Employer, and any notice to be given
                  by Employee to Employer shall be deemed to be given if
                  delivered in person or by mail, postage prepaid, return
                  receipt requested to the President and Chief Executive Officer
                  of Employer at Employer's principle executive office, unless
                  Employee or Employer shall have duly notified the other
                  parties in writing of a change of address. If mailed, notice
                  shall be deemed to have been given when deposited in the mail
                  as set forth above.

      14.         AMENDMENTS. This Agreement shall not be modified or
                  discharged, in whole or in part, except by an agreement in
                  writing signed by the parties hereto.

      15.         ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement constitutes the entire
                  agreement between the parties with respect to Employee's
                  employment by Employer from and after the Effective Date. The
                  parties are not relying on any other representation or
                  understanding with respect thereto, express or implied, oral
                  or written. This Agreement supersedes any prior employment
                  agreement, written or oral, between Employee and Employer.

      16.         CAPTIONS. The captions contained in this Agreement are for
                  convenience of reference only and do not affect the meaning of
                  any terms or provisions hereof.

      17.         GENDER AND NUMBER. Whenever the context may permit, any
                  pronouns used herein shall include the corresponding
                  masculine, feminine and neuter forms, and the singular form of
                  any noun or pronoun, including any terms defined herein, shall
                  include the plural and vice versa.

      18.         BINDING EFFECT. The rights and obligations of Employer
                  hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding
                  upon, Employer and its respective successors and assigns, and
                  the rights and obligations of Employee hereunder shall inure
                  to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, Employee and his
                  heirs, personal representatives and estate.

      19.         SEVERABLE PROVISIONS. The provisions of this Agreement are
                  severable, and if any one or more provisions may be determined
                  to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable in any jurisdiction,
                  in whole or in part, the remaining provisions and any
                  partially enforceable provision shall be binding and
                  enforceable to the extent enforceable in such jurisdiction.

      20.         GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be interpreted, construed,
                  and enforced in all respects in accordance with the laws of
                  the State of Ohio.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the
Effective Date.

  TELXON CORPORATION                         EMPLOYEE

  By:  /s/ Frank E. Brick                    /s/ Leonard D. Abeita
     ------------------------------------    --------------------------------
       Frank E. Brick                        Leonard D. Abeita
       President & Chief Executive Officer   Senior Vice President,
                                                 Global Professional Services
                                      -7-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                 Exhibit 10.1.11


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

      THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made as of April 1, 1997
(the "Effective Date") at Akron, Ohio between TELXON CORPORATION ("Employer"), a
Delaware corporation with offices at 3330 West Market Street, Akron, Ohio 44333,
and JAMES G. CLEVELAND ("Employee").

                                   WITNESSETH:

      WHEREAS, Employer desires to employ Employee initially as President,
North America of Employer, and thereafter, in such capacity as the Board of
Directors of Employer shall direct, and Employee desires to be so employed, upon
the terms and conditions herein contained; and

      WHEREAS, Employer and Employee desire to have this Agreement supersede any
and all prior agreements, oral or written, relating to the employment of
Employee by Employer.

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and in consideration of
the mutual promises and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as
follows:

      1.    EMPLOYMENT PERIOD. Employer agrees to employ Employee, and Employee
            agrees to serve Employer, for the period beginning on the Effective
            Date and ending March 31, 2000, subject to earlier termination
            pursuant to paragraph 4 hereof (the "Employment Period"). 

      2.    NATURE OF DUTIES.

            a.    Employee's duties and responsibilities shall be to serve as
                  President, North America of Employer or in such other capacity
                  as the Board of Directors of Employer may at any time and from
                  time to time in its discretion direct, in conformity with
                  management policies, guidelines and directions issued by
                  Employer. Employee shall report directly to Frank E. Brick,
                  President and Chief Executive Officer of Employer, or such
                  other officer of Employer as the Board of Directors shall
                  direct (the "Supervisor"), and shall have general charge and
                  supervision of those functions and such other responsibilities
                  as the Supervisor shall from time to time determine in his
                  discretion.

              b.  Employee shall work exclusively for Employer on a full-time
                  basis in such capacity as he is to serve pursuant to paragraph
                  2(a), devoting all of his time and attention during normal
                  business hours to Employer's business.

              c.  Employee shall perform his duties and responsibilities
                  hereunder diligently, faithfully and loyally in order to cause
                  the proper, efficient and successful operation of Employer's
                  business.

       3.     COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.

            a.    BASE SALARY AND EXPENSES. As compensation for Employee's
                  services, Employer shall pay to Employee during the Employment
                  Period a salary (the "Base Salary") at the annual rate of
                  $275,000 for FY `98. Any salary increases for future fiscal
                  years will be determined by the Board of Directors of Employer
                  or an appropriate committee thereof (the "Board") in its
                  discretion based upon the recommendation of Employer's chief
                  executive officer (the "Chief Executive Officer"). Base salary
                  will be payable in arrears, in equal bi-weekly installments or
                  at such other interval as the Board or applicable Employer
                  policies shall direct. Employer shall reimburse Employee for
                  all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Employee on


<PAGE>   2

                  Employer's behalf during the Employment Period and approved by
                  the Supervisor or such other officer as the Supervisor or
                  applicable Employer policies shall direct.

            b.    BONUS COMPENSATION. In addition to the Base Salary, Employee
                  shall, at the discretion of the Board, be eligible to receive
                  bonus compensation ("Bonus Compensation") with respect to the
                  Employment Period on such basis as shall be approved by the
                  Board. For FY `98, Employee shall be eligible for a potential
                  bonus of up to $200,000 based upon achieving goals and
                  achievements agreed upon by Employee and Employer's Chief
                  Executive Officer, subject to such approval thereof as may be
                  required by the Board. Bonus compensation for subsequent
                  fiscal years will be determined by the Board in its discretion
                  based upon the recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer.
                  The Bonus Compensation, if any, in respect to each fiscal year
                  during the Employment Period shall be earned and shall accrue
                  at, and Employee shall have no entitlement thereto (on a pro
                  rata or any other basis) prior to, the end of the fiscal year
                  to which such Bonus Compensation relates.

            c.    STOCK OPTIONS. During the Employment Period, Employee shall be
                  eligible to receive grants of stock option(s) and other awards
                  and benefits pursuant to such employee stock option and other
                  stock-based employee benefit plans as Employer may maintain
                  from time to time during the Employment Period with respect to
                  Employer executives of like stature and compensation, in such
                  amounts as may be determined by the Board in its discretion
                  based upon the recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer.
                  In the event that, during the Employment Period or at any time
                  thereafter, Employee is re-assigned by Employer to a position
                  carrying duties and responsibilities of lesser stature than
                  the position in which Employee serves as of the time during
                  the Employment Period that any such options or other rights or
                  benefits are granted or awarded to or otherwise received by
                  Employee (other than a re-assignment occurring as the result
                  of or in connection with any change in control of Employer, in
                  which case the provisions of the governing benefit plan
                  applicable in such a circumstance shall control), such
                  options, rights and benefits shall, to the extent unvested,
                  unexercised or otherwise unrealized as of the time of such
                  re-assignment, be subject to such reduction, cancellation
                  and/or forfeiture as may then be determined to be appropriate
                  by the Board in its discretion.

            d.    VACATION. During the Employment Period, Employee shall be
                  entitled to vacation in accordance with Employer's policies.

            e.    HEALTH, DISABILITY, RETIREMENT AND DEATH BENEFITS. Employer
                  shall provide Employee with the same health, disability,
                  retirement and death and other fringe benefits as are
                  generally provided to the executive employees of Employer in
                  accordance with such terms, conditions and eligibility
                  requirements as may from time to time be established by
                  Employer.

       4.     TERMINATION.

            a.    This Agreement shall terminate automatically upon Employee's
                  death.

            b.    Employer may terminate Employee's employment under this
                  Agreement at any time, upon five (5) days written notice to
                  Employee, if Employee becomes permanently disabled. Permanent
                  disability shall be determined by Employer according to the
                  same standards applicable to the employees of Employer
                  generally under the disability benefits referred to in
                  paragraph 3(e) hereof.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3

              c.  Employer shall have the right to terminate Employee's
                  employment under this Agreement at any time (i) immediately
                  for "cause" (which shall mean for any action or inaction of
                  Employee which is adverse to Employer's interests, including,
                  without limitation, Employee's dishonesty, grossly negligent
                  misconduct, willful misconduct, disloyalty, act of bad faith,
                  neglect of duty or material breach of this Agreement or of any
                  Employer policy applicable to its employees generally), or
                  (ii) without cause upon five (5) days written notice to
                  Employee.



       5.     EFFECTS OF TERMINATION AND EXPIRATION.

              a.  In the event of automatic termination by reason of Employee's
                  death pursuant to paragraph 4(a), or by Employer by reason of
                  Employee's permanent disability pursuant to paragraph 4(b),
                  all of Employer's obligations under this Agreement shall end
                  except for Employer's obligations to pay Employee's Base
                  Salary and Bonus Compensation, if any, in each case earned and
                  accrued but unpaid to the date of death or permanent
                  disability. Employee shall also have the right to receive any
                  payments under the death or disability benefits, as the case
                  may be, provided to Employee pursuant to paragraph 3(e), if
                  any.

              b.  In the event Employer exercises its right of termination other
                  than for cause pursuant to paragraph 4(c)(ii), or upon the
                  expiration of the Employment Period, all of Employer's
                  obligations under this Agreement shall end except for its
                  obligations to pay Employee's Base Salary and Bonus
                  Compensation, if any, in each case earned and accrued but
                  unpaid to the date of termination (which, for purposes of this
                  paragraph 5(b) and paragraph 5(c) below, shall be five (5)
                  days after the date on which notification is provided by
                  Employer to Employee pursuant to paragraph 4(c)(ii)) or at the
                  expiration of the Employment Period, whichever the case may be
                  and, in the case of termination pursuant to paragraph
                  4(c)(ii), Employer's obligations under paragraph 5(c) of this
                  Agreement.

              c.  In the event Employer exercises its right of termination other
                  than for cause pursuant to paragraph 4(c)(ii), Employer shall
                  be obligated to pay Employee as severance pay, for the twelve
                  (12) month period following the date of such termination,
                  annualized compensation at a rate which shall be equal to the
                  Base Salary at such termination date. Such payments shall be
                  made in equal bi-weekly installments or at such other interval
                  as the Board or Employer's corresponding payroll policies
                  shall direct.

              d.  In the event Employer exercises its right of termination
                  pursuant to paragraph 4(c)(i) for cause, or Employee otherwise
                  leaves the employ of Employer prior to the expiration of the
                  Employment Period, all of Employer's obligations under this
                  Agreement shall end except for Employer's obligations to pay
                  Employee's Base Salary, if any, earned and accrued but unpaid
                  to the date of such termination or of the Employee otherwise
                  leaving Employer's employ.

       6.     COVENANT NOT TO COMPETE.

            a.    RESTRICTED ACTIVITIES--DURATION. Except as otherwise consented
                  to or approved by Employer's Board of Directors in writing,
                  Employee agrees that, in addition to being operative during
                  the Employment Period, the provisions of paragraphs 6(a)(i)
                  through (iii) hereof, inclusive, shall be operative for a
                  period of twelve (12) months after the later of (1) the date
                  Employee's employment with Employer (pursuant to this
                  Agreement or otherwise) is terminated or otherwise ceases, or
                  (2) the end of all severance payments, if any, which Employer
                  is obligated to make to Employee under paragraph 5(c) of this
                  Agreement or any other subsequent written agreement between
                  them, regardless of the time, manner or reason for the
                  termination or other cessation of such employment. During such
                  periods, Employee will not, directly or indirectly, 



<PAGE>   4

                  acting alone or as a member of a partnership or as an owner,
                  director, officer, employee, manager, representative or
                  consultant of any corporation or other business entity:

                  i.  Engage in any business which manufactures, sells,
                      distributes, services or supports products or services of
                      a type manufactured, sold, marketed, serviced or
                      supported, or in any other business in competition with or
                      adverse to the business that is conducted by Employer, or
                      which Employer is in the process of developing and in or
                      of which Employee participated or has knowledge, at the
                      time of the cessation of Employee's employment with the
                      Employer, in the United States, Canada or any European,
                      Asian, Pacific Rim or other foreign country in which
                      Employer then or thereafter transacts business or is
                      making a bona fide attempt to do so;

                  ii. induce,  request or attempt to  influence  any  customer
                      or  supplier  of Employer to curtail or cancel  their  
                      business  or  prospective  business  with  Employer or 
                      in any way  interfere  with Employer's business 
                      relationships; or

                  iii.induce, solicit or assist or facilitate the inducement or
                      solicitation by any third person of any employee, officer,
                      agent or representative of Employer to terminate his
                      respective relationship with Employer or in any way
                      interfere with the Employer's employee, officer, agent or
                      representative relationships.

              b.  TOLLING; RELIEF OF OBLIGATIONS. In the event that Employee
                  breaches any provision of this paragraph 6, such violation (i)
                  shall toll the running of the twelve (12) month period set
                  forth in paragraph 6(a) from the date of commencement of such
                  violation until such violation ceases, and (ii) shall relieve
                  Employer of any obligations to Employee under this Agreement.

              c.  "BLUE PENCILING" OR MODIFICATION. If either the length of
                  time, geographic area or scope of restricted business activity
                  set forth in paragraph 6(a) is deemed unreasonably restrictive
                  or unreasonable in any other respect in any proceeding before
                  a court of competent jurisdiction, Employee and Employer agree
                  and consent to such court's modifying or reducing such
                  restriction(s) with respect, but only with respect, to that
                  jurisdiction to the extent deemed reasonable under the
                  circumstances then presented.

       7.     NONDISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

            a.    For purposes of this Agreement, "Confidential Information"
                  means all information or trade secrets of any type or
                  description belonging to Employer which are proprietary and
                  confidential to Employer and which are not publicly disclosed
                  or are only disclosed with restrictions. Without limiting the
                  generality of the foregoing, Confidential Information
                  includes: strategic and other plans for carrying on business;
                  cost data and other financial information; lists of customers,
                  employees, vendors and business partners and alliances;
                  manufacturing methods and processes; product research and
                  engineering data, drawings, designs and schematics; computer
                  programs, flow charts, routines, subroutines, translators,
                  compilers, operating systems and object and source codes;
                  specifications, inventions, know-how, calculations and
                  discoveries; any letters, papers, documents and instruments
                  disclosing or reflecting any of the foregoing; and all
                  information revealed to or acquired or created by Employee
                  during Employee's employment by Employer relating to any of
                  the foregoing or otherwise to Employer's past, current or
                  future business.

            b.    Employee acknowledges that the discharge of Employee's duties
                  under this Agreement will necessarily involve his access to
                  Confidential Information. Employee acknowledges that the


                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5

                  unauthorized use by him or disclosure by him of such
                  Confidential Information to third parties might cause
                  irreparable damage to Employer and Employer's business.
                  Accordingly, Employee agrees that at all times after the date
                  hereof he will not, without the prior written consent of
                  Employer's Board of Directors, copy, publish, disclose,
                  divulge to or discuss with any third party, nor use for his
                  own benefit or that of others any Confidential Information,
                  except in the normal conduct of his duties under this
                  Agreement, it being understood and acknowledged by Employee
                  that all Confidential Information created, compiled or
                  obtained by Employee or Employer, or furnished to Employee by
                  any person while Employee is associated with Employer, is and
                  shall be and remain Employer's exclusive property.

              c.  Promptly upon termination of his employment, irrespective of
                  the time or manner thereof or reason therefor, Employee agrees
                  to return and surrender to Employer all Confidential
                  Information copies thereof in any form which is in any manner
                  in his control or possession, as well as all other Employer
                  property.

      8.    RIGHTS. Employee acknowledges and agrees that any procedure, design
            feature, schematic, invention, improvement, development, discovery,
            know-how, concept, idea or the like (whether or not patentable,
            registrable under copyright or trademark laws, or otherwise
            protectable under similar laws) that Employee (whether individually
            or jointly with any other person or persons) has since the inception
            of his employment with Employer conceived of, suggested, made,
            invented, developed or implemented, or may hereafter conceive of,
            suggest, make, invent, develop or implement, during the course of
            his service to Employer which relates in any way to the business of
            Employer or to the general industry of which Employer is a part, all
            physical embodiments and manifestations thereof, and all patent
            rights, copyrights and trademarks (and applications therefor) and
            similar protections thereof (all of the foregoing referred to as
            "Work Product") are and shall be the sole, exclusive and absolute
            property of Employer. All Work Product shall be deemed to be works
            for hire for the benefit of Employer, and to the extent that any
            Work Product may not constitute a work for hire, Employee hereby
            assigns to Employer all right, title and interest in, to and under
            such Work Product, including, without limitation, the right to
            obtain such patents, copyright registrations, trademark
            registrations or similar protections as Employer may desire to
            obtain. Employee will immediately disclose all Work Product to
            Employer and agrees, at anytime, upon Employer's request and without
            additional compensation, to execute any documents and otherwise to
            cooperate with Employer (including, without limitation, all lawful
            testimony and sworn statements or other certifications as may be
            appropriate) respecting the perfection of its right, title and
            interest in, to and under such Work Product and in any litigation or
            administrative or other proceeding or controversy in connection
            therewith, all expenses incident thereto be borne by Employer.

       9.     INDUCEMENT; REMEDIES INADEQUATE.

              a.  The covenants made by Employee in favor of Employer under
                  paragraphs 6, 7 and 8 of this Agreement are being executed and
                  delivered by Employee in consideration of Employee's
                  employment with Employer and Employer's obligations hereunder
                  (including, without limitation, the Base Salary, the Bonus
                  Compensation and other benefits and payments provided for
                  herein). Employee further acknowledges that such covenants
                  were and have been conditions of his employment since the
                  inception of Employee's employment with Employer.

            b.    Employee has carefully considered, and has had adequate time
                  and opportunity to consult with his own counsel or other
                  advisors regarding the nature and extent of the restrictions
                  upon him, and the rights and remedies conferred upon Employer,
                  under paragraphs 6, 7 and 8 hereof, and hereby acknowledges
                  and agrees that such restrictions are reasonable in time,
                  territory and


                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6

                  scope, are designed to eliminate competition which otherwise
                  would be unfair to Employer, do not stifle the inherent skill
                  and experience of Employee, would not operate as a bar to
                  Employee's sole means of support, are fully required to
                  protect the legitimate interests of Employer and do not confer
                  a benefit upon Employer disproportionate to the detriment to
                  Employee.

              c. Employee acknowledges that the services to be rendered by him
                  to Employer as contemplated by this Agreement are special,
                  unique and of extraordinary character. Employee expressly
                  agrees and understand that the remedy at law for any breach by
                  him of paragraph 6, 7 or 8 of this Agreement will be
                  inadequate and that the damages flowing from such breach are
                  not readily susceptible to being measured in monetary terms.
                  Accordingly, upon adequate proof of Employee's violation of
                  any legally enforceable provision of paragraph 6, 7 or 8
                  hereof, Employer shall be entitled to immediate injunctive
                  relief, including, without limitation, a temporary order
                  restraining any threatened or further breach. In the event any
                  equitable proceedings are brought to enforce any provision of
                  paragraphs 6, 7 and 8 hereof, Employee agrees that he will not
                  raise in such proceedings any defense that Employer has an
                  adequate remedy at law, and Employee hereby waives any such
                  defense. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to limit
                  Employer's remedies at law or in equity for any breach by
                  Employee of any of the provisions of paragraphs 6, 7 and 8
                  hereof which may be pursued or availed of by Employer. Without
                  limiting the generality of the immediately preceding sentence,
                  any covenant on Employee's part contained in paragraph 6, 7 or
                  8 hereof which may not be specifically enforceable shall
                  nevertheless, if breached, give rise to a cause of action for
                  monetary damages.

              d.  As used in paragraphs 6, 7 and 8 hereof and in this paragraph
                  9, the term "Employer" (other than with respect to the Board
                  of Directors) shall include, in addition to Employer, all
                  subsidiaries and other affiliates of Employer, whether so
                  related to Employer during Employee's employment with Employer
                  or at any time thereafter.

              e.  Subject only to such time limitations as may be expressly set
                  forth therein, the covenants and agreements made by Employee
                  in paragraphs 6, 7 and 8 hereof and this paragraph 9 shall
                  survive full payment by Employer to Employee of the amounts to
                  which Employee is entitled under this Agreement, the
                  expiration of the Employment Period and the expiration or
                  termination of this Agreement.

      10.     ASSIGNMENT OF EMPLOYEE'S RIGHTS. In no event shall Employer be
              obligated to make any payment under this Agreement to any assignee
              or creditor of Employee. Prior to the time provided for the making
              of any payment under this Agreement, neither Employee nor his
              legal representative shall have any right by way of anticipation
              or otherwise to assign or otherwise dispose of any interest under
              this Agreement.

      11.   RIGHT OF SET-OFF. Any payments to be made to Employee under this
            Agreement shall be subject to offset by Employer for any claims for
            damages, liabilities or expenses which it may have against Employee.

      12.   EMPLOYER'S OBLIGATIONS UNFUNDED. Except as to any benefits that may
            be required to be funded under any benefit plan of Employer pursuant
            to law or under any other written agreement, the obligations of
            Employer under this Agreement are not funded, and Employer shall be
            not required to deposit in escrow or otherwise set aside any moneys
            in advance of the due date for payment thereof to Employee.
<PAGE>   7

      13.   NOTICES. Any notice to be given hereunder by Employer to Employee
            shall be deemed to be given if delivered to Employee in person, or
            if mailed to Employee, by certified mail, postage prepaid, return
            receipt requested, at his address last shown on the records of
            Employer, and any notice to be given by Employee to Employer shall
            be deemed to be given if delivered in person or by mail, postage
            prepaid, return receipt requested to the President and Chief
            Executive Officer of Employer at Employer's principle executive
            office, unless Employee or Employer shall have duly notified the
            other parties in writing of a change of address. If mailed, notice
            shall be deemed to have been given when deposited in the mail as set
            forth above.

      14.   AMENDMENTS. This Agreement shall not be modified or discharged, in
            whole or in part, except by an agreement in writing signed by the
            parties hereto.

      15.   ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
            between the parties with respect to Employee's employment by
            Employer from and after the Effective Date. The parties are not
            relying on any other representation or understanding with respect
            thereto, express or implied, oral or written. This Agreement
            supersedes any prior employment agreement, written or oral, between
            Employee and Employer.

      16.   CAPTIONS. The captions contained in this Agreement are for
            convenience of reference only and do not affect the meaning of any
            terms or provisions hereof.

      17.   GENDER AND NUMBER. Whenever the context may permit, any pronouns
            used herein shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and
            neuter forms, and the singular form of any noun or pronoun,
            including any terms defined herein, shall include the plural and
            vice versa.

      18.   BINDING EFFECT. The rights and obligations of Employer hereunder
            shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, Employer
            and its respective successors and assigns, and the rights and
            obligations of Employee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and
            shall be binding upon, Employee and his heirs, personal
            representatives and estate.

      19.   SEVERABLE PROVISIONS. The provisions of this Agreement are
            severable, and if any one or more provisions may be determined to be
            illegal or otherwise unenforceable in any jurisdiction, in whole or
            in part, the remaining provisions and any partially enforceable
            provision shall be binding and enforceable to the extent enforceable
            in such jurisdiction.

      20.   GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be interpreted, construed, and
            enforced in all respects in accordance with the laws of the State of
            Ohio.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the
Effective Date.

  TELXON CORPORATION                               EMPLOYEE

  By:  /S/ Frank E. Brick                          /S/ James G. Cleveland
     -------------------------------------         --------------------------
       Frank E. Brick                              James G. Cleveland
       President & Chief Executive Officer         President, North America


                                      -7-

<PAGE>   1

                                                                Exhibit 10.1.12
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made as of April 1, 1997
(the "Effective Date") at Akron, Ohio between TELXON CORPORATION ("Employer"), a
Delaware corporation with offices at 3330 West Market Street, Akron, Ohio 44333,
and KENNETH W. HAVER ("Employee").

                                   WITNESSETH:

     WHEREAS, Employer desires to employ Employee initially as Senior Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer of Employer, and thereafter, in such
capacity as the Board of Directors of Employer shall direct, and Employee
desires to be so employed, upon the terms and conditions herein contained; and

     WHEREAS, Employer and Employee desire to have this Agreement supersede any
and all prior agreements, oral or written, relating to the employment of
Employee by Employer.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and in consideration of
the mutual promises and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as
follows:

     1.   EMPLOYMENT PERIOD. Employer agrees to employ Employee, and Employee
          agrees to serve Employer, for the period beginning on the Effective
          Date and ending March 31, 2000, subject to earlier termination
          pursuant to paragraph 4 hereof (the "Employment Period").

     2.   NATURE OF DUTIES.

          a.   Employee's duties and responsibilities shall be to serve as
               Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Employer or
               in such other capacity as the Board of Directors of Employer may
               at any time and from time to time in its discretion direct, in
               conformity with management policies, guidelines and directions
               issued by Employer. Employee shall report directly to Frank E.
               Brick, President and Chief Executive Officer of Employer, or such
               other officer of Employer as the Board of Directors shall direct
               (the "Supervisor"), and shall have general charge and supervision
               of those functions and such other responsibilities as the
               Supervisor shall from time to time determine in his discretion.

          b.   Employee shall work exclusively for Employer on a full-time basis
               in such capacity as he is to serve pursuant to paragraph 2(a),
               devoting all of his time and attention during normal business
               hours to Employer's business.

          c.   Employee shall perform his duties and responsibilities hereunder
               diligently, faithfully and loyally in order to cause the proper,
               efficient and successful operation of Employer's business.

       3.     COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.

               a.   BASE SALARY AND EXPENSES. As compensation for Employee's
                    services, Employer shall pay to Employee during the
                    Employment Period a salary (the "Base Salary") at the annual
                    rate of $200,000 for FY `98. Any salary increases for future
                    fiscal years will be determined by the Board of Directors of
                    Employer or an appropriate committee thereof (the "Board")
                    in its discretion based upon the recommendation of
                    Employer's chief executive officer (the "Chief Executive
                    Officer"). Base salary will be payable in arrears, in equal
                    bi-weekly installments or at such other interval as the
                    Board or applicable Employer policies shall direct. Employer
                    shall reimburse Employee for all reasonable out-of-pocket
                    expenses incurred by Employee on 

<PAGE>   2

                    Employer's behalf during the Employment Period and approved
                    by the Supervisor or such other officer as the Supervisor or
                    applicable Employer policies shall direct.

               b.   BONUS COMPENSATION. In addition to the Base Salary, Employee
                    shall, at the discretion of the Board, be eligible to
                    receive bonus compensation ("Bonus Compensation") with
                    respect to the Employment Period on such basis as shall be
                    approved by the Board. For FY `98, Employee shall be
                    eligible for a potential bonus of up to $150,000 based upon
                    achieving goals and achievements agreed upon by Employee and
                    Employer's Chief Executive Officer, subject to such approval
                    thereof as may be required by the Board. Bonus compensation
                    for subsequent fiscal years will be determined by the Board
                    in its discretion based upon the recommendation of the Chief
                    Executive Officer. The Bonus Compensation, if any, in
                    respect to each fiscal year during the Employment Period
                    shall be earned and shall accrue at, and Employee shall have
                    no entitlement thereto (on a pro rata or any other basis)
                    prior to, the end of the fiscal year to which such Bonus
                    Compensation relates.

               c.   STOCK OPTIONS. During the Employment Period, Employee shall
                    be eligible to receive grants of stock option(s) and other
                    awards and benefits pursuant to such employee stock option
                    and other stock-based employee benefit plans as Employer may
                    maintain from time to time during the Employment Period with
                    respect to Employer executives of like stature and
                    compensation, in such amounts as may be determined by the
                    Board in its discretion based upon the recommendation of the
                    Chief Executive Officer. In the event that, during the
                    Employment Period or at any time thereafter, Employee is
                    re-assigned by Employer to a position carrying duties and
                    responsibilities of lesser stature than the position in
                    which Employee serves as of the time during the Employment
                    Period that any such options or other rights or benefits are
                    granted or awarded to or otherwise received by Employee
                    (other than a re-assignment occurring as the result of or in
                    connection with any change in control of Employer, in which
                    case the provisions of the governing benefit plan applicable
                    in such a circumstance shall control), such options, rights
                    and benefits shall, to the extent unvested, unexercised or
                    otherwise unrealized as of the time of such re-assignment,
                    be subject to such reduction, cancellation and/or forfeiture
                    as may then be determined to be appropriate by the Board in
                    its discretion.

               d.   VACATION. During the Employment Period, Employee shall be
                    entitled to vacation in accordance with Employer's policies.

               e.   HEALTH, DISABILITY, RETIREMENT AND DEATH BENEFITS. Employer
                    shall provide Employee with the same health, disability,
                    retirement and death and other fringe benefits as are
                    generally provided to the executive employees of Employer in
                    accordance with such terms, conditions and eligibility
                    requirements as may from time to time be established by
                    Employer.

          4.   TERMINATION.

               a.   This Agreement shall terminate automatically upon Employee's
                    death.

               b.   Employer may terminate Employee's employment under this
                    Agreement at any time, upon five (5) days written notice to
                    Employee, if Employee becomes permanently disabled.
                    Permanent disability shall be determined by Employer
                    according to the same standards applicable to the employees
                    of Employer generally under the disability benefits referred
                    to in paragraph 3(e) hereof.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3

               c.   Employer shall have the right to terminate Employee's
                    employment under this Agreement at any time (i) immediately
                    for "cause" (which shall mean for any action or inaction of
                    Employee which is adverse to Employer's interests,
                    including, without limitation, Employee's dishonesty,
                    grossly negligent misconduct, willful misconduct,
                    disloyalty, act of bad faith, neglect of duty or material
                    breach of this Agreement or of any Employer policy
                    applicable to its employees generally), or (ii) without
                    cause upon five (5) days written notice to Employee.

          5.   EFFECTS OF TERMINATION AND EXPIRATION.

               a.   In the event of automatic termination by reason of
                    Employee's death pursuant to paragraph 4(a), or by Employer
                    by reason of Employee's permanent disability pursuant to
                    paragraph 4(b), all of Employer's obligations under this
                    Agreement shall end except for Employer's obligations to pay
                    Employee's Base Salary and Bonus Compensation, if any, in
                    each case earned and accrued but unpaid to the date of death
                    or permanent disability. Employee shall also have the right
                    to receive any payments under the death or disability
                    benefits, as the case may be, provided to Employee pursuant
                    to paragraph 3(e), if any.

               b.   In the event Employer exercises its right of termination
                    other than for cause pursuant to paragraph 4(c)(ii), or upon
                    the expiration of the Employment Period, all of Employer's
                    obligations under this Agreement shall end except for its
                    obligations to pay Employee's Base Salary and Bonus
                    Compensation, if any, in each case earned and accrued but
                    unpaid to the date of termination (which, for purposes of
                    this paragraph 5(b) and paragraph 5(c) below, shall be five
                    (5) days after the date on which notification is provided by
                    Employer to Employee pursuant to paragraph 4(c)(ii)) or at
                    the expiration of the Employment Period, whichever the case
                    may be and, in the case of termination pursuant to paragraph
                    4(c)(ii), Employer's obligations under paragraph 5(c) of
                    this Agreement.

               c.   In the event Employer exercises its right of termination
                    other than for cause pursuant to paragraph 4(c)(ii),
                    Employer shall be obligated to pay Employee as severance
                    pay, for the twelve (12) month period following the date of
                    such termination, annualized compensation at a rate which
                    shall be equal to the Base Salary at such termination date.
                    Such payments shall be made in equal bi-weekly installments
                    or at such other interval as the Board or Employer's
                    corresponding payroll policies shall direct.

               d.   In the event Employer exercises its right of termination
                    pursuant to paragraph 4(c)(i) for cause, or Employee
                    otherwise leaves the employ of Employer prior to the
                    expiration of the Employment Period, all of Employer's
                    obligations under this Agreement shall end except for
                    Employer's obligations to pay Employee's Base Salary, if
                    any, earned and accrued but unpaid to the date of such
                    termination or of the Employee otherwise leaving Employer's
                    employ.

          6.   COVENANT NOT TO COMPETE.

               a.   RESTRICTED ACTIVITIES--DURATION. Except as otherwise
                    consented to or approved by Employer's Board of Directors in
                    writing, Employee agrees that, in addition to being
                    operative during the Employment Period, the provisions of
                    paragraphs 6(a)(i) through (iii) hereof, inclusive, shall be
                    operative for a period of twelve (12) months after the later
                    of (1) the date Employee's employment with Employer
                    (pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise) is terminated or
                    otherwise ceases, or (2) the end of all severance payments,
                    if any, which Employer is obligated to make to Employee
                    under paragraph 5(c) of this Agreement or any other
                    subsequent written agreement between them, regardless of the
                    time, manner or reason for the termination or other
                    cessation of such employment. During such periods, Employee
                    will not, directly or indirectly, 

                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4

                    acting alone or as a member of a partnership or as an owner,
                    director, officer, employee, manager, representative or
                    consultant of any corporation or other business entity:

                    i.   Engage in any business which manufactures, sells,
                         distributes, services or supports products or services
                         of a type manufactured, sold, marketed, serviced or
                         supported, or in any other business in competition with
                         or adverse to the business that is conducted by
                         Employer, or which Employer is in the process of
                         developing and in or of which Employee participated or
                         has knowledge, at the time of the cessation of
                         Employee's employment with the Employer, in the United
                         States, Canada or any European, Asian, Pacific Rim or
                         other foreign country in which Employer then or
                         thereafter transacts business or is making a bona fide
                         attempt to do so;

                    ii.  induce, request or attempt to influence any customer or
                         supplier of Employer to curtail or cancel their
                         business or prospective business with Employer or in
                         any way interfere with Employer's business
                         relationships; or

                    iii.induce, solicit or assist or facilitate the inducement
                         or solicitation by any third person of any employee,
                         officer, agent or representative of Employer to
                         terminate his respective relationship with Employer or
                         in any way interfere with the Employer's employee,
                         officer, agent or representative relationships.

               b.   TOLLING; RELIEF OF OBLIGATIONS. In the event that Employee
                    breaches any provision of this paragraph 6, such violation
                    (i) shall toll the running of the twelve (12) month period
                    set forth in paragraph 6(a) from the date of commencement of
                    such violation until such violation ceases, and (ii) shall
                    relieve Employer of any obligations to Employee under this
                    Agreement.

               c.   "BLUE PENCILING" OR MODIFICATION. If either the length of
                    time, geographic area or scope of restricted business
                    activity set forth in paragraph 6(a) is deemed unreasonably
                    restrictive or unreasonable in any other respect in any
                    proceeding before a court of competent jurisdiction,
                    Employee and Employer agree and consent to such court's
                    modifying or reducing such restriction(s) with respect, but
                    only with respect, to that jurisdiction to the extent deemed
                    reasonable under the circumstances then presented.

          7.   NONDISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

               a.   For purposes of this Agreement, "Confidential Information"
                    means all information or trade secrets of any type or
                    description belonging to Employer which are proprietary and
                    confidential to Employer and which are not publicly
                    disclosed or are only disclosed with restrictions. Without
                    limiting the generality of the foregoing, Confidential
                    Information includes: strategic and other plans for carrying
                    on business; cost data and other financial information;
                    lists of customers, employees, vendors and business partners
                    and alliances; manufacturing methods and processes; product
                    research and engineering data, drawings, designs and
                    schematics; computer programs, flow charts, routines,
                    subroutines, translators, compilers, operating systems and
                    object and source codes; specifications, inventions,
                    know-how, calculations and discoveries; any letters, papers,
                    documents and instruments disclosing or reflecting any of
                    the foregoing; and all information revealed to or acquired
                    or created by Employee during Employee's employment by
                    Employer relating to any of the foregoing or otherwise to
                    Employer's past, current or future business.

               b.   Employee acknowledges that the discharge of Employee's
                    duties under this Agreement will necessarily involve his
                    access to Confidential Information. Employee acknowledges
                    that the 

                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5

                    unauthorized use by him or disclosure by him of such
                    Confidential Information to third parties might cause
                    irreparable damage to Employer and Employer's business.
                    Accordingly, Employee agrees that at all times after the
                    date hereof he will not, without the prior written consent
                    of Employer's Board of Directors, copy, publish, disclose,
                    divulge to or discuss with any third party, nor use for his
                    own benefit or that of others any Confidential Information,
                    except in the normal conduct of his duties under this
                    Agreement, it being understood and acknowledged by Employee
                    that all Confidential Information created, compiled or
                    obtained by Employee or Employer, or furnished to Employee
                    by any person while Employee is associated with Employer, is
                    and shall be and remain Employer's exclusive property.

               c.   Promptly upon termination of his employment, irrespective of
                    the time or manner thereof or reason therefor, Employee
                    agrees to return and surrender to Employer all Confidential
                    Information copies thereof in any form which is in any
                    manner in his control or possession, as well as all other
                    Employer property.

          8.   RIGHTS. Employee acknowledges and agrees that any procedure,
               design feature, schematic, invention, improvement, development,
               discovery, know-how, concept, idea or the like (whether or not
               patentable, registrable under copyright or trademark laws, or
               otherwise protectable under similar laws) that Employee (whether
               individually or jointly with any other person or persons) has
               since the inception of his employment with Employer conceived of,
               suggested, made, invented, developed or implemented, or may
               hereafter conceive of, suggest, make, invent, develop or
               implement, during the course of his service to Employer which
               relates in any way to the business of Employer or to the general
               industry of which Employer is a part, all physical embodiments
               and manifestations thereof, and all patent rights, copyrights and
               trademarks (and applications therefor) and similar protections
               thereof (all of the foregoing referred to as "Work Product") are
               and shall be the sole, exclusive and absolute property of
               Employer. All Work Product shall be deemed to be works for hire
               for the benefit of Employer, and to the extent that any Work
               Product may not constitute a work for hire, Employee hereby
               assigns to Employer all right, title and interest in, to and
               under such Work Product, including, without limitation, the right
               to obtain such patents, copyright registrations, trademark
               registrations or similar protections as Employer may desire to
               obtain. Employee will immediately disclose all Work Product to
               Employer and agrees, at anytime, upon Employer's request and
               without additional compensation, to execute any documents and
               otherwise to cooperate with Employer (including, without
               limitation, all lawful testimony and sworn statements or other
               certifications as may be appropriate) respecting the perfection
               of its right, title and interest in, to and under such Work
               Product and in any litigation or administrative or other
               proceeding or controversy in connection therewith, all expenses
               incident thereto be borne by Employer.

          9.   INDUCEMENT; REMEDIES INADEQUATE.

               a.   The covenants made by Employee in favor of Employer under
                    paragraphs 6, 7 and 8 of this Agreement are being executed
                    and delivered by Employee in consideration of Employee's
                    employment with Employer and Employer's obligations
                    hereunder (including, without limitation, the Base Salary,
                    the Bonus Compensation and other benefits and payments
                    provided for herein). Employee further acknowledges that
                    such covenants were and have been conditions of his
                    employment since the inception of Employee's employment with
                    Employer.

               b.   Employee has carefully considered, and has had adequate time
                    and opportunity to consult with his own counsel or other
                    advisors regarding the nature and extent of the restrictions
                    upon him, and the rights and remedies conferred upon
                    Employer, under paragraphs 6, 7 and 8 hereof, and hereby
                    acknowledges and agrees that such restrictions are
                    reasonable in time, territory and 

                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6

                    scope, are designed to eliminate competition which otherwise
                    would be unfair to Employer, do not stifle the inherent
                    skill and experience of Employee, would not operate as a bar
                    to Employee's sole means of support, are fully required to
                    protect the legitimate interests of Employer and do not
                    confer a benefit upon Employer disproportionate to the
                    detriment to Employee.

               c.   Employee acknowledges that the services to be rendered by
                    him to Employer as contemplated by this Agreement are
                    special, unique and of extraordinary character. Employee
                    expressly agrees and understand that the remedy at law for
                    any breach by him of paragraph 6, 7 or 8 of this Agreement
                    will be inadequate and that the damages flowing from such
                    breach are not readily susceptible to being measured in
                    monetary terms. Accordingly, upon adequate proof of
                    Employee's violation of any legally enforceable provision of
                    paragraph 6, 7 or 8 hereof, Employer shall be entitled to
                    immediate injunctive relief, including, without limitation,
                    a temporary order restraining any threatened or further
                    breach. In the event any equitable proceedings are brought
                    to enforce any provision of paragraphs 6, 7 and 8 hereof,
                    Employee agrees that he will not raise in such proceedings
                    any defense that Employer has an adequate remedy at law, and
                    Employee hereby waives any such defense. Nothing in this
                    Agreement shall be deemed to limit Employer's remedies at
                    law or in equity for any breach by Employee of any of the
                    provisions of paragraphs 6, 7 and 8 hereof which may be
                    pursued or availed of by Employer. Without limiting the
                    generality of the immediately preceding sentence, any
                    covenant on Employee's part contained in paragraph 6, 7 or 8
                    hereof which may not be specifically enforceable shall
                    nevertheless, if breached, give rise to a cause of action
                    for monetary damages.

               d.   As used in paragraphs 6, 7 and 8 hereof and in this
                    paragraph 9, the term "Employer" (other than with respect to
                    the Board of Directors) shall include, in addition to
                    Employer, all subsidiaries and other affiliates of Employer,
                    whether so related to Employer during Employee's employment
                    with Employer or at any time thereafter.

               e.   Subject only to such time limitations as may be expressly
                    set forth therein, the covenants and agreements made by
                    Employee in paragraphs 6, 7 and 8 hereof and this paragraph
                    9 shall survive full payment by Employer to Employee of the
                    amounts to which Employee is entitled under this Agreement,
                    the expiration of the Employment Period and the expiration
                    or termination of this Agreement.

          10.  ASSIGNMENT OF EMPLOYEE'S RIGHTS. In no event shall Employer be
               obligated to make any payment under this Agreement to any
               assignee or creditor of Employee. Prior to the time provided for
               the making of any payment under this Agreement, neither Employee
               nor his legal representative shall have any right by way of
               anticipation or otherwise to assign or otherwise dispose of any
               interest under this Agreement.

          11.  RIGHT OF SET-OFF. Any payments to be made to Employee under this
               Agreement shall be subject to offset by Employer for any claims
               for damages, liabilities or expenses which it may have against
               Employee.

          12.  EMPLOYER'S OBLIGATIONS UNFUNDED. Except as to any benefits that
               may be required to be funded under any benefit plan of Employer
               pursuant to law or under any other written agreement, the
               obligations of Employer under this Agreement are not funded, and
               Employer shall be not required to deposit in escrow or otherwise
               set aside any moneys in advance of the due date for payment
               thereof to Employee.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7

          13.  NOTICES. Any notice to be given hereunder by Employer to Employee
               shall be deemed to be given if delivered to Employee in person,
               or if mailed to Employee, by certified mail, postage prepaid,
               return receipt requested, at his address last shown on the
               records of Employer, and any notice to be given by Employee to
               Employer shall be deemed to be given if delivered in person or by
               mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested to the President
               and Chief Executive Officer of Employer at Employer's principle
               executive office, unless Employee or Employer shall have duly
               notified the other parties in writing of a change of address. If
               mailed, notice shall be deemed to have been given when deposited
               in the mail as set forth above.

          14.  AMENDMENTS. This Agreement shall not be modified or discharged,
               in whole or in part, except by an agreement in writing signed by
               the parties hereto.

          15.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
               between the parties with respect to Employee's employment by
               Employer from and after the Effective Date. The parties are not
               relying on any other representation or understanding with respect
               thereto, express or implied, oral or written. This Agreement
               supersedes any prior employment agreement, written or oral,
               between Employee and Employer.

          16.  CAPTIONS. The captions contained in this Agreement are for
               convenience of reference only and do not affect the meaning of
               any terms or provisions hereof.

          17.  GENDER AND NUMBER. Whenever the context may permit, any pronouns
               used herein shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine
               and neuter forms, and the singular form of any noun or pronoun,
               including any terms defined herein, shall include the plural and
               vice versa.

          18.  BINDING EFFECT. The rights and obligations of Employer hereunder
               shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon,
               Employer and its respective successors and assigns, and the
               rights and obligations of Employee hereunder shall inure to the
               benefit of, and shall be binding upon, Employee and his heirs,
               personal representatives and estate.

          19.  SEVERABLE PROVISIONS. The provisions of this Agreement are
               severable, and if any one or more provisions may be determined to
               be illegal or otherwise unenforceable in any jurisdiction, in
               whole or in part, the remaining provisions and any partially
               enforceable provision shall be binding and enforceable to the
               extent enforceable in such jurisdiction.

          20.  GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be interpreted, construed,
               and enforced in all respects in accordance with the laws of the
               State of Ohio.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of
the Effective Date.

          TELXON CORPORATION                           EMPLOYEE


          By:  /s/ Frank E. Brick                      /s/ Kenneth W. Haver
               ------------------                      --------------------
               Frank E. Brick                          Kenneth W. Haver
               President & Chief Executive Officer     Senior Vice President &
                                                         Chief Financial Officer

                                      -7-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                Exhibit 10.1.13
                                                               
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

      THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made as of April 1, 1997
(the "Effective Date") at Akron, Ohio between TELXON CORPORATION ("Employer"), a
Delaware corporation with offices at 3330 West Market Street, Akron, Ohio 44333,
and DAVID D. LOADMAN ("Employee").

                                   WITNESSETH:

      WHEREAS, Employer desires to employ Employee initially as Senior Vice
President, Global Products & Systems Development of Employer, and thereafter, in
such capacity as the Board of Directors of Employer shall direct, and Employee
desires to be so employed, upon the terms and conditions herein contained; and

      WHEREAS, Employer and Employee desire to have this Agreement supersede any
and all prior agreements, oral or written, relating to the employment of
Employee by Employer.

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and in consideration of
the mutual promises and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as
follows:

     1.   EMPLOYMENT PERIOD. Employer agrees to employ Employee, and Employee
          agrees to serve Employer, for the period beginning on the Effective
          Date and ending March 31, 2000, subject to earlier termination
          pursuant to paragraph 4 hereof (the "Employment Period").

     2.   NATURE OF DUTIES.

          a.   Employee's duties and responsibilities shall be to serve as
               Senior Vice President, Global Products & Systems Development of
               Employer or in such other capacity as the Board of Directors of
               Employer may at any time and from time to time in its discretion
               direct, in conformity with management policies, guidelines and
               directions issued by Employer. Employee shall report directly to
               Frank E. Brick, President and Chief Executive Officer of
               Employer, or such other officer of Employer as the Board of
               Directors shall direct (the "Supervisor"), and shall have general
               charge and supervision of those functions and such other
               responsibilities as the Supervisor shall from time to time
               determine in his discretion.

          b.   Employee shall work exclusively for Employer on a full-time basis
               in such capacity as he is to serve pursuant to paragraph 2(a),
               devoting all of his time and attention during normal business
               hours to Employer's business.

          c.   Employee shall perform his duties and responsibilities hereunder
               diligently, faithfully and loyally in order to cause the proper,
               efficient and successful operation of Employer's business.

     3.   COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.
 
          a.   Base Salary and Expenses. As compensation for Employee's
               services, Employer shall pay to Employee during the Employment
               Period a salary (the "Base Salary") at the annual rate of
               $225,000 for FY `98. Any salary increases for future fiscal years
               will be determined by the Board of Directors of Employer or an
               appropriate committee thereof (the "Board") in its discretion
               based upon the recommendation of Employer's chief executive
               officer (the "Chief Executive Officer"). Base salary will be
               payable in arrears, in equal bi-weekly installments or at such
               other interval as the Board or applicable Employer policies shall
               direct. Employer shall reimburse Employee for all reasonable
               out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Employee on 



<PAGE>   2


               Employer's behalf during the Employment Period and approved by
               the Supervisor or such other officer as the Supervisor or
               applicable Employer policies shall direct.

          b.   BONUS COMPENSATION. In addition to the Base Salary, Employee
               shall, at the discretion of the Board, be eligible to receive
               bonus compensation ("Bonus Compensation") with respect to the
               Employment Period on such basis as shall be approved by the
               Board. For FY `98, Employee shall be eligible for a potential
               bonus of up to $125,000 based upon achieving goals and
               achievements agreed upon by Employee and Employer's Chief
               Executive Officer, subject to such approval thereof as may be
               required by the Board. Bonus compensation for subsequent fiscal
               years will be determined by the Board in its discretion based
               upon the recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer. The Bonus
               Compensation, if any, in respect to each fiscal year during the
               Employment Period shall be earned and shall accrue at, and
               Employee shall have no entitlement thereto (on a pro rata or any
               other basis) prior to, the end of the fiscal year to which such
               Bonus Compensation relates.

          c.   STOCK OPTIONS. During the Employment Period, Employee shall be
               eligible to receive grants of stock option(s) and other awards
               and benefits pursuant to such employee stock option and other
               stock-based employee benefit plans as Employer may maintain from
               time to time during the Employment Period with respect to
               Employer executives of like stature and compensation, in such
               amounts as may be determined by the Board in its discretion based
               upon the recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer. In the
               event that, during the Employment Period or at any time
               thereafter, Employee is re-assigned by Employer to a position
               carrying duties and responsibilities of lesser stature than the
               position in which Employee serves as of the time during the
               Employment Period that any such options or other rights or
               benefits are granted or awarded to or otherwise received by
               Employee (other than a re-assignment occurring as the result of
               or in connection with any change in control of Employer, in which
               case the provisions of the governing benefit plan applicable in
               such a circumstance shall control), such options, rights and
               benefits shall, to the extent unvested, unexercised or otherwise
               unrealized as of the time of such re-assignment, be subject to
               such reduction, cancellation and/or forfeiture as may then be
               determined to be appropriate by the Board in its discretion.

          d.   VACATION. During the Employment Period, Employee shall be
               entitled to vacation in accordance with Employer's policies.

          e.   HEALTH, DISABILITY, RETIREMENT AND DEATH BENEFITS. Employer shall
               provide Employee with the same health, disability, retirement and
               death and other fringe benefits as are generally provided to the
               executive employees of Employer in accordance with such terms,
               conditions and eligibility requirements as may from time to time
               be established by Employer.

     4.   TERMINATION.

          a.   This Agreement shall terminate automatically upon Employee's
               death.

          b.   Employer may terminate Employee's employment under this Agreement
               at any time, upon five (5) days written notice to Employee, if
               Employee becomes permanently disabled. Permanent disability shall
               be determined by Employer according to the same standards
               applicable to the employees of Employer generally under the
               disability benefits referred to in paragraph 3(e) hereof.


                                       2

<PAGE>   3


          c.   Employer shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment
               under this Agreement at any time (i) immediately for "cause"
               (which shall mean for any action or inaction of Employee which is
               adverse to Employer's interests, including, without limitation,
               Employee's dishonesty, grossly negligent misconduct, willful
               misconduct, disloyalty, act of bad faith, neglect of duty or
               material breach of this Agreement or of any Employer policy
               applicable to its employees generally), or (ii) without cause
               upon five (5) days written notice to Employee.

     5.   EFFECTS OF TERMINATION AND EXPIRATION.

          a.   In the event of automatic termination by reason of Employee's
               death pursuant to paragraph 4(a), or by Employer by reason of
               Employee's permanent disability pursuant to paragraph 4(b), all
               of Employer's obligations under this Agreement shall end except
               for Employer's obligations to pay Employee's Base Salary and
               Bonus Compensation, if any, in each case earned and accrued but
               unpaid to the date of death or permanent disability. Employee
               shall also have the right to receive any payments under the death
               or disability benefits, as the case may be, provided to Employee
               pursuant to paragraph 3(e), if any.

          b.   In the event Employer exercises its right of termination other
               than for cause pursuant to paragraph 4(c)(ii), or upon the
               expiration of the Employment Period, all of Employer's
               obligations under this Agreement shall end except for its
               obligations to pay Employee's Base Salary and Bonus Compensation,
               if any, in each case earned and accrued but unpaid to the date of
               termination (which, for purposes of this paragraph 5(b) and
               paragraph 5(c) below, shall be five (5) days after the date on
               which notification is provided by Employer to Employee pursuant
               to paragraph 4(c)(ii)) or at the expiration of the Employment
               Period, whichever the case may be and, in the case of termination
               pursuant to paragraph 4(c)(ii), Employer's obligations under
               paragraph 5(c) of this Agreement.

          c.   In the event Employer exercises its right of termination other
               than for cause pursuant to paragraph 4(c)(ii), Employer shall be
               obligated to pay Employee as severance pay, for the twelve (12)
               month period following the date of such termination, annualized
               compensation at a rate which shall be equal to the Base Salary at
               such termination date. Such payments shall be made in equal
               bi-weekly installments or at such other interval as the Board or
               Employer's corresponding payroll policies shall direct.

          d.   In the event Employer exercises its right of termination pursuant
               to paragraph 4(c)(i) for cause, or Employee otherwise leaves the
               employ of Employer prior to the expiration of the Employment
               Period, all of Employer's obligations under this Agreement shall
               end except for Employer's obligations to pay Employee's Base
               Salary, if any, earned and accrued but unpaid to the date of such
               termination or of the Employee otherwise leaving Employer's
               employ.

     6.   COVENANT NOT TO COMPETE.

          a.   Restricted Activities--Duration. Except as otherwise consented to
               or approved by Employer's Board of Directors in writing, Employee
               agrees that, in addition to being operative during the Employment
               Period, the provisions of paragraphs 6(a)(i) through (iii)
               hereof, inclusive, shall be operative for a period of twelve (12)
               months after the later of (1) the date Employee's employment with
               Employer (pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise) is terminated
               or otherwise ceases, or (2) the end of all severance payments, if
               any, which Employer is obligated to make to Employee under
               paragraph 5(c) of this Agreement or any other subsequent written
               agreement between them, regardless of the time, manner or reason
               for the termination or other cessation of such employment. During
               such periods, Employee will not, directly or indirectly, 

                                       3

<PAGE>   4


               acting alone or as a member of a partnership or as an owner,
               director, officer, employee, manager, representative or
               consultant of any corporation or other business entity:

               i.   Engage in any business which manufactures, sells,
                    distributes, services or supports products or services of a
                    type manufactured, sold, marketed, serviced or supported, or
                    in any other business in competition with or adverse to the
                    business that is conducted by Employer, or which Employer is
                    in the process of developing and in or of which Employee
                    participated or has knowledge, at the time of the cessation
                    of Employee's employment with the Employer, in the United
                    States, Canada or any European, Asian, Pacific Rim or other
                    foreign country in which Employer then or thereafter
                    transacts business or is making a bona fide attempt to do
                    so;

               ii.  induce, request or attempt to influence any customer or
                    supplier of Employer to curtail or cancel their business or
                    prospective business with Employer or in any way interfere
                    with Employer's business relationships; or

               iii. induce, solicit or assist or facilitate the inducement or
                    solicitation by any third person of any employee, officer,
                    agent or representative of Employer to terminate his
                    respective relationship with Employer or in any way
                    interfere with the Employer's employee, officer, agent or
                    representative relationships.

          b.   Tolling; Relief of Obligations. In the event that Employee
               breaches any provision of this paragraph 6, such violation (i)
               shall toll the running of the twelve (12) month period set forth
               in paragraph 6(a) from the date of commencement of such violation
               until such violation ceases, and (ii) shall relieve Employer of
               any obligations to Employee under this Agreement.

          c.   "Blue Penciling" or Modification. If either the length of time,
               geographic area or scope of restricted business activity set
               forth in paragraph 6(a) is deemed unreasonably restrictive or
               unreasonable in any other respect in any proceeding before a
               court of competent jurisdiction, Employee and Employer agree and
               consent to such court's modifying or reducing such restriction(s)
               with respect, but only with respect, to that jurisdiction to the
               extent deemed reasonable under the circumstances then presented.

     7.   NONDISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

          a.   For purposes of this Agreement, "Confidential Information" means
               all information or trade secrets of any type or description
               belonging to Employer which are proprietary and confidential to
               Employer and which are not publicly disclosed or are only
               disclosed with restrictions. Without limiting the generality of
               the foregoing, Confidential Information includes: strategic and
               other plans for carrying on business; cost data and other
               financial information; lists of customers, employees, vendors and
               business partners and alliances; manufacturing methods and
               processes; product research and engineering data, drawings,
               designs and schematics; computer programs, flow charts, routines,
               subroutines, translators, compilers, operating systems and object
               and source codes; specifications, inventions, know-how,
               calculations and discoveries; any letters, papers, documents and
               instruments disclosing or reflecting any of the foregoing; and
               all information revealed to or acquired or created by Employee
               during Employee's employment by Employer relating to any of the
               foregoing or otherwise to Employer's past, current or future
               business.

          b.   Employee acknowledges that the discharge of Employee's duties
               under this Agreement will necessarily involve his access to
               Confidential Information. Employee acknowledges that the


                                       4

<PAGE>   5


               unauthorized use by him or disclosure by him of such Confidential
               Information to third parties might cause irreparable damage to
               Employer and Employer's business. Accordingly, Employee agrees
               that at all times after the date hereof he will not, without the
               prior written consent of Employer's Board of Directors, copy,
               publish, disclose, divulge to or discuss with any third party,
               nor use for his own benefit or that of others any Confidential
               Information, except in the normal conduct of his duties under
               this Agreement, it being understood and acknowledged by Employee
               that all Confidential Information created, compiled or obtained
               by Employee or Employer, or furnished to Employee by any person
               while Employee is associated with Employer, is and shall be and
               remain Employer's exclusive property.

          c.   Promptly upon termination of his employment, irrespective of the
               time or manner thereof or reason therefor, Employee agrees to
               return and surrender to Employer all Confidential Information
               copies thereof in any form which is in any manner in his control
               or possession, as well as all other Employer property.

     8.   RIGHTS. Employee acknowledges and agrees that any procedure, design
          feature, schematic, invention, improvement, development, discovery,
          know-how, concept, idea or the like (whether or not patentable,
          registrable under copyright or trademark laws, or otherwise
          protectable under similar laws) that Employee (whether individually or
          jointly with any other person or persons) has since the inception of
          his employment with Employer conceived of, suggested, made, invented,
          developed or implemented, or may hereafter conceive of, suggest, make,
          invent, develop or implement, during the course of his service to
          Employer which relates in any way to the business of Employer or to
          the general industry of which Employer is a part, all physical
          embodiments and manifestations thereof, and all patent rights,
          copyrights and trademarks (and applications therefor) and similar
          protections thereof (all of the foregoing referred to as "Work
          Product") are and shall be the sole, exclusive and absolute property
          of Employer. All Work Product shall be deemed to be works for hire for
          the benefit of Employer, and to the extent that any Work Product may
          not constitute a work for hire, Employee hereby assigns to Employer
          all right, title and interest in, to and under such Work Product,
          including, without limitation, the right to obtain such patents,
          copyright registrations, trademark registrations or similar
          protections as Employer may desire to obtain. Employee will
          immediately disclose all Work Product to Employer and agrees, at
          anytime, upon Employer's request and without additional compensation,
          to execute any documents and otherwise to cooperate with Employer
          (including, without limitation, all lawful testimony and sworn
          statements or other certifications as may be appropriate) respecting
          the perfection of its right, title and interest in, to and under such
          Work Product and in any litigation or administrative or other
          proceeding or controversy in connection therewith, all expenses
          incident thereto be borne by Employer.

     9.   INDUCEMENT; REMEDIES INADEQUATE.

          a.   The covenants made by Employee in favor of Employer under
               paragraphs 6, 7 and 8 of this Agreement are being executed and
               delivered by Employee in consideration of Employee's employment
               with Employer and Employer's obligations hereunder (including,
               without limitation, the Base Salary, the Bonus Compensation and
               other benefits and payments provided for herein). Employee
               further acknowledges that such covenants were and have been
               conditions of his employment since the inception of Employee's
               employment with Employer.

          b.   Employee has carefully considered, and has had adequate time and
               opportunity to consult with his own counsel or other advisors
               regarding the nature and extent of the restrictions upon him, and
               the rights and remedies conferred upon Employer, under paragraphs
               6, 7 and 8 hereof, and hereby acknowledges and agrees that such
               restrictions are reasonable in time, territory and 

                                       5

<PAGE>   6


               scope, are designed to eliminate competition which otherwise
               would be unfair to Employer, do not stifle the inherent skill and
               experience of Employee, would not operate as a bar to Employee's
               sole means of support, are fully required to protect the
               legitimate interests of Employer and do not confer a benefit upon
               Employer disproportionate to the detriment to Employee.

          c.   Employee acknowledges that the services to be rendered by him to
               Employer as contemplated by this Agreement are special, unique
               and of extraordinary character. Employee expressly agrees and
               understand that the remedy at law for any breach by him of
               paragraph 6, 7 or 8 of this Agreement will be inadequate and that
               the damages flowing from such breach are not readily susceptible
               to being measured in monetary terms. Accordingly, upon adequate
               proof of Employee's violation of any legally enforceable
               provision of paragraph 6, 7 or 8 hereof, Employer shall be
               entitled to immediate injunctive relief, including, without
               limitation, a temporary order restraining any threatened or
               further breach. In the event any equitable proceedings are
               brought to enforce any provision of paragraphs 6, 7 and 8 hereof,
               Employee agrees that he will not raise in such proceedings any
               defense that Employer has an adequate remedy at law, and Employee
               hereby waives any such defense. Nothing in this Agreement shall
               be deemed to limit Employer's remedies at law or in equity for
               any breach by Employee of any of the provisions of paragraphs 6,
               7 and 8 hereof which may be pursued or availed of by Employer.
               Without limiting the generality of the immediately preceding
               sentence, any covenant on Employee's part contained in paragraph
               6, 7 or 8 hereof which may not be specifically enforceable shall
               nevertheless, if breached, give rise to a cause of action for
               monetary damages.

          d.   As used in paragraphs 6, 7 and 8 hereof and in this paragraph 9,
               the term "Employer" (other than with respect to the Board of
               Directors) shall include, in addition to Employer, all
               subsidiaries and other affiliates of Employer, whether so related
               to Employer during Employee's employment with Employer or at any
               time thereafter.

          e.   Subject only to such time limitations as may be expressly set
               forth therein, the covenants and agreements made by Employee in
               paragraphs 6, 7 and 8 hereof and this paragraph 9 shall survive
               full payment by Employer to Employee of the amounts to which
               Employee is entitled under this Agreement, the expiration of the
               Employment Period and the expiration or termination of this
               Agreement.

     10.  ASSIGNMENT OF EMPLOYEE'S RIGHTS. In no event shall Employer be
          obligated to make any payment under this Agreement to any assignee or
          creditor of Employee. Prior to the time provided for the making of any
          payment under this Agreement, neither Employee nor his legal
          representative shall have any right by way of anticipation or
          otherwise to assign or otherwise dispose of any interest under this
          Agreement.

     11.  RIGHT OF SET-OFF. Any payments to be made to Employee under this
          Agreement shall be subject to offset by Employer for any claims for
          damages, liabilities or expenses which it may have against Employee.

     12.  EMPLOYER'S OBLIGATIONS UNFUNDED. Except as to any benefits that may be
          required to be funded under any benefit plan of Employer pursuant to
          law or under any other written agreement, the obligations of Employer
          under this Agreement are not funded, and Employer shall be not
          required to deposit in escrow or otherwise set aside any moneys in
          advance of the due date for payment thereof to Employee.

                                       6

<PAGE>   7


     13.  NOTICES. Any notice to be given hereunder by Employer to Employee
          shall be deemed to be given if delivered to Employee in person, or if
          mailed to Employee, by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt
          requested, at his address last shown on the records of Employer, and
          any notice to be given by Employee to Employer shall be deemed to be
          given if delivered in person or by mail, postage prepaid, return
          receipt requested to the President and Chief Executive Officer of
          Employer at Employer's principle executive office, unless Employee or
          Employer shall have duly notified the other parties in writing of a
          change of address. If mailed, notice shall be deemed to have been
          given when deposited in the mail as set forth above.

     14.  AMENDMENTS. This Agreement shall not be modified or discharged, in
          whole or in part, except by an agreement in writing signed by the
          parties hereto.

     15.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
          between the parties with respect to Employee's employment by Employer
          from and after the Effective Date. The parties are not relying on any
          other representation or understanding with respect thereto, express or
          implied, oral or written. This Agreement supersedes any prior
          employment agreement, written or oral, between Employee and Employer.

     16.  CAPTIONS. The captions contained in this Agreement are for convenience
          of reference only and do not affect the meaning of any terms or
          provisions hereof.

     17.  GENDER AND NUMBER. Whenever the context may permit, any pronouns used
          herein shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter
          forms, and the singular form of any noun or pronoun, including any
          terms defined herein, shall include the plural and vice versa.

     18.  BINDING EFFECT. The rights and obligations of Employer hereunder shall
          inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, Employer and its
          respective successors and assigns, and the rights and obligations of
          Employee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding
          upon, Employee and his heirs, personal representatives and estate.

     19.  SEVERABLE PROVISIONS. The provisions of this Agreement are severable,
          and if any one or more provisions may be determined to be illegal or
          otherwise unenforceable in any jurisdiction, in whole or in part, the
          remaining provisions and any partially enforceable provision shall be
          binding and enforceable to the extent enforceable in such
          jurisdiction.

     20.  GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be interpreted, construed, and
          enforced in all respects in accordance with the laws of the State of
          Ohio.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the
     Effective Date.

          TELXON CORPORATION                         EMPLOYEE

          By:  /s/ Frank E. Brick                    /s/ David D. Loadman
               ------------------------------        --------------------------
               Frank E. Brick                        David D. Loadman
               President & Chief Executive Officer   Senior Vice President, 
                                                     Global Products & 
                                                     Systems Development

<PAGE>   1
                                                                 Exhibit 10.1.14
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

      THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made as of April 1, 1997
(the "Effective Date") at Akron, Ohio between TELXON CORPORATION ("Employer"), a
Delaware corporation with offices at 3330 West Market Street, Akron, Ohio 44333,
and DAVID W. PORTER ("Employee").

                                   WITNESSETH:

      WHEREAS, Employer desires to employ Employee initially as Senior Vice
President, Global Operations of Employer, and thereafter, in such capacity as
the Board of Directors of Employer shall direct, and Employee desires to be so
employed, upon the terms and conditions herein contained; and

      WHEREAS, Employer and Employee desire to have this Agreement supersede any
and all prior agreements, oral or written, relating to the employment of
Employee by Employer.

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and in consideration of
the mutual promises and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as
follows:

      1.    EMPLOYMENT PERIOD. Employer agrees to employ Employee, and Employee
            agrees to serve Employer, for the period beginning on the Effective
            Date and ending March 31, 2000, subject to earlier termination
            pursuant to paragraph 4 hereof (the "Employment Period").

      2.    NATURE OF DUTIES.

            a.    Employee's duties and responsibilities shall be to serve as
                  Senior Vice President, Global Operations of Employer or in
                  such other capacity as the Board of Directors of Employer may
                  at any time and from time to time in its discretion direct, in
                  conformity with management policies, guidelines and directions
                  issued by Employer. Employee shall report directly to Frank E.
                  Brick, President and Chief Executive Officer of Employer, or
                  such other officer of Employer as the Board of Directors shall
                  direct (the "Supervisor"), and shall have general charge and
                  supervision of those functions and such other responsibilities
                  as the Supervisor shall from time to time determine in his
                  discretion.

            b.    Employee shall work exclusively for Employer on a full-time
                  basis in such capacity as he is to serve pursuant to paragraph
                  2(a), devoting all of his time and attention during normal
                  business hours to Employer's business.

            c.    Employee shall perform his duties and responsibilities
                  hereunder diligently, faithfully and loyally in order to cause
                  the proper, efficient and successful operation of Employer's
                  business.

       3.     COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.

            a.    BASE SALARY AND EXPENSES. As compensation for Employee's
                  services, Employer shall pay to Employee during the Employment
                  Period a salary (the "Base Salary") at the annual rate of
                  $200,000 for FY `98. Any salary increases for future fiscal
                  years will be determined by the Board of Directors of Employer
                  or an appropriate committee thereof (the "Board") in its
                  discretion based upon the recommendation of Employer's chief
                  executive officer (the "Chief Executive Officer"). Base salary
                  will be payable in arrears, in equal bi-weekly installments or
                  at such other interval as the Board or applicable Employer
                  policies shall direct. Employer shall reimburse Employee for
                  all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Employee on

<PAGE>   2

                  Employer's behalf during the Employment Period and approved by
                  the Supervisor or such other officer as the Supervisor or
                  applicable Employer policies shall direct.

            b.    BONUS COMPENSATION. In addition to the Base Salary, Employee
                  shall, at the discretion of the Board, be eligible to receive
                  bonus compensation ("Bonus Compensation") with respect to the
                  Employment Period on such basis as shall be approved by the
                  Board. For FY `98, Employee shall be eligible for a potential
                  bonus of up to $85,000 based upon achieving goals and
                  achievements agreed upon by Employee and Employer's Chief
                  Executive Officer, subject to such approval thereof as may be
                  required by the Board. Bonus compensation for subsequent
                  fiscal years will be determined by the Board in its discretion
                  based upon the recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer.
                  The Bonus Compensation, if any, in respect to each fiscal year
                  during the Employment Period shall be earned and shall accrue
                  at, and Employee shall have no entitlement thereto (on a pro
                  rata or any other basis) prior to, the end of the fiscal year
                  to which such Bonus Compensation relates.

            c.    STOCK OPTIONS. During the Employment Period, Employee shall be
                  eligible to receive grants of stock option(s) and other awards
                  and benefits pursuant to such employee stock option and other
                  stock-based employee benefit plans as Employer may maintain
                  from time to time during the Employment Period with respect to
                  Employer executives of like stature and compensation, in such
                  amounts as may be determined by the Board in its discretion
                  based upon the recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer.
                  In the event that, during the Employment Period or at any time
                  thereafter, Employee is re-assigned by Employer to a position
                  carrying duties and responsibilities of lesser stature than
                  the position in which Employee serves as of the time during
                  the Employment Period that any such options or other rights or
                  benefits are granted or awarded to or otherwise received by
                  Employee (other than a re-assignment occurring as the result
                  of or in connection with any change in control of Employer, in
                  which case the provisions of the governing benefit plan
                  applicable in such a circumstance shall control), such
                  options, rights and benefits shall, to the extent unvested,
                  unexercised or otherwise unrealized as of the time of such
                  re-assignment, be subject to such reduction, cancellation
                  and/or forfeiture as may then be determined to be appropriate
                  by the Board in its discretion.

            d.    VACATION. During the Employment Period, Employee shall be
                  entitled to vacation in accordance with Employer's policies.

            e.    HEALTH, DISABILITY, RETIREMENT AND DEATH BENEFITS. Employer
                  shall provide Employee with the same health, disability,
                  retirement and death and other fringe benefits as are
                  generally provided to the executive employees of Employer in
                  accordance with such terms, conditions and eligibility
                  requirements as may from time to time be established by
                  Employer.

      4.    TERMINATION.

            a.    This Agreement shall terminate automatically upon Employee's
                  death.

            b.    Employer may terminate Employee's employment under this
                  Agreement at any time, upon five (5) days written notice to
                  Employee, if Employee becomes permanently disabled. Permanent
                  disability shall be determined by Employer according to the
                  same standards applicable to the employees of Employer
                  generally under the disability benefits referred to in
                  paragraph 3(e) hereof.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3

            c.    Employer shall have the right to terminate Employee's
                  employment under this Agreement at any time (i) immediately
                  for "cause" (which shall mean for any action or inaction of
                  Employee which is adverse to Employer's interests, including,
                  without limitation, Employee's dishonesty, grossly negligent
                  misconduct, willful misconduct, disloyalty, act of bad faith,
                  neglect of duty or material breach of this Agreement or of any
                  Employer policy applicable to its employees generally), or
                  (ii) without cause upon five (5) days written notice to
                  Employee.

      5.    EFFECTS OF TERMINATION AND EXPIRATION.

            a.    In the event of automatic termination by reason of Employee's
                  death pursuant to paragraph 4(a), or by Employer by reason of
                  Employee's permanent disability pursuant to paragraph 4(b),
                  all of Employer's obligations under this Agreement shall end
                  except for Employer's obligations to pay Employee's Base
                  Salary and Bonus Compensation, if any, in each case earned and
                  accrued but unpaid to the date of death or permanent
                  disability. Employee shall also have the right to receive any
                  payments under the death or disability benefits, as the case
                  may be, provided to Employee pursuant to paragraph 3(e), if
                  any.

            b.    In the event Employer exercises its right of termination other
                  than for cause pursuant to paragraph 4(c)(ii), or upon the
                  expiration of the Employment Period, all of Employer's
                  obligations under this Agreement shall end except for its
                  obligations to pay Employee's Base Salary and Bonus
                  Compensation, if any, in each case earned and accrued but
                  unpaid to the date of termination (which, for purposes of this
                  paragraph 5(b) and paragraph 5(c) below, shall be five (5)
                  days after the date on which notification is provided by
                  Employer to Employee pursuant to paragraph 4(c)(ii)) or at the
                  expiration of the Employment Period, whichever the case may be
                  and, in the case of termination pursuant to paragraph
                  4(c)(ii), Employer's obligations under paragraph 5(c) of this
                  Agreement.

            c.    In the event Employer exercises its right of termination other
                  than for cause pursuant to paragraph 4(c)(ii), Employer shall
                  be obligated to pay Employee as severance pay, for the twelve
                  (12) month period following the date of such termination,
                  annualized compensation at a rate which shall be equal to the
                  Base Salary at such termination date. Such payments shall be
                  made in equal bi-weekly installments or at such other interval
                  as the Board or Employer's corresponding payroll policies
                  shall direct.

            d.    In the event Employer exercises its right of termination
                  pursuant to paragraph 4(c)(i) for cause, or Employee otherwise
                  leaves the employ of Employer prior to the expiration of the
                  Employment Period, all of Employer's obligations under this
                  Agreement shall end except for Employer's obligations to pay
                  Employee's Base Salary, if any, earned and accrued but unpaid
                  to the date of such termination or of the Employee otherwise
                  leaving Employer's employ.

      6.    COVENANT NOT TO COMPETE.

            a.    RESTRICTED ACTIVITIES--DURATION. Except as otherwise consented
                  to or approved by Employer's Board of Directors in writing,
                  Employee agrees that, in addition to being operative during
                  the Employment Period, the provisions of paragraphs 6(a)(i)
                  through (iii) hereof, inclusive, shall be operative for a
                  period of twelve (12) months after the later of (1) the date
                  Employee's employment with Employer (pursuant to this
                  Agreement or otherwise) is terminated or otherwise ceases, or
                  (2) the end of all severance payments, if any, which Employer
                  is obligated to make to Employee under paragraph 5(c) of this
                  Agreement or any other subsequent written agreement between
                  them, regardless of the time, manner or reason for the
                  termination or other cessation of such employment. During such
                  periods, Employee will not, directly or indirectly, 


                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4

                  acting alone or as a member of a partnership or as an owner,
                  director, officer, employee, manager, representative or
                  consultant of any corporation or other business entity:

                  i.    Engage in any business which manufactures, sells,
                        distributes, services or supports products or services
                        of a type manufactured, sold, marketed, serviced or
                        supported, or in any other business in competition with
                        or adverse to the business that is conducted by
                        Employer, or which Employer is in the process of
                        developing and in or of which Employee participated or
                        has knowledge, at the time of the cessation of
                        Employee's employment with the Employer, in the United
                        States, Canada or any European, Asian, Pacific Rim or
                        other foreign country in which Employer then or
                        thereafter transacts business or is making a bona fide
                        attempt to do so;

                  ii.   induce, request or attempt to influence any customer or
                        supplier of Employer to curtail or cancel their business
                        or prospective business with Employer or in any way
                        interfere with Employer's business relationships; or

                  iii.  induce, solicit or assist or facilitate the inducement
                        or solicitation by any third person of any employee,
                        officer, agent or representative of Employer to
                        terminate his respective relationship with Employer or
                        in any way interfere with the Employer's employee,
                        officer, agent or representative relationships.

            b.    TOLLING; RELIEF OF OBLIGATIONS. In the event that Employee
                  breaches any provision of this paragraph 6, such violation (i)
                  shall toll the running of the twelve (12) month period set
                  forth in paragraph 6(a) from the date of commencement of such
                  violation until such violation ceases, and (ii) shall relieve
                  Employer of any obligations to Employee under this Agreement.

            c.    "BLUE PENCILING" OR MODIFICATION. If either the length of
                  time, geographic area or scope of restricted business activity
                  set forth in paragraph 6(a) is deemed unreasonably restrictive
                  or unreasonable in any other respect in any proceeding before
                  a court of competent jurisdiction, Employee and Employer agree
                  and consent to such court's modifying or reducing such
                  restriction(s) with respect, but only with respect, to that
                  jurisdiction to the extent deemed reasonable under the
                  circumstances then presented.

       7.     NONDISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

            a.    For purposes of this Agreement, "Confidential Information"
                  means all information or trade secrets of any type or
                  description belonging to Employer which are proprietary and
                  confidential to Employer and which are not publicly disclosed
                  or are only disclosed with restrictions. Without limiting the
                  generality of the foregoing, Confidential Information
                  includes: strategic and other plans for carrying on business;
                  cost data and other financial information; lists of customers,
                  employees, vendors and business partners and alliances;
                  manufacturing methods and processes; product research and
                  engineering data, drawings, designs and schematics; computer
                  programs, flow charts, routines, subroutines, translators,
                  compilers, operating systems and object and source codes;
                  specifications, inventions, know-how, calculations and
                  discoveries; any letters, papers, documents and instruments
                  disclosing or reflecting any of the foregoing; and all
                  information revealed to or acquired or created by Employee
                  during Employee's employment by Employer relating to any of
                  the foregoing or otherwise to Employer's past, current or
                  future business.

            b.    Employee acknowledges that the discharge of Employee's duties
                  under this Agreement will necessarily involve his access to
                  Confidential Information. Employee acknowledges that the


                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5

                  unauthorized use by him or disclosure by him of such
                  Confidential Information to third parties might cause
                  irreparable damage to Employer and Employer's business.
                  Accordingly, Employee agrees that at all times after the date
                  hereof he will not, without the prior written consent of
                  Employer's Board of Directors, copy, publish, disclose,
                  divulge to or discuss with any third party, nor use for his
                  own benefit or that of others any Confidential Information,
                  except in the normal conduct of his duties under this
                  Agreement, it being understood and acknowledged by Employee
                  that all Confidential Information created, compiled or
                  obtained by Employee or Employer, or furnished to Employee by
                  any person while Employee is associated with Employer, is and
                  shall be and remain Employer's exclusive property.

            c.    Promptly upon termination of his employment, irrespective of
                  the time or manner thereof or reason therefor, Employee agrees
                  to return and surrender to Employer all Confidential
                  Information copies thereof in any form which is in any manner
                  in his control or possession, as well as all other Employer
                  property.

      8.    RIGHTS. Employee acknowledges and agrees that any procedure, design
            feature, schematic, invention, improvement, development, discovery,
            know-how, concept, idea or the like (whether or not patentable,
            registrable under copyright or trademark laws, or otherwise
            protectable under similar laws) that Employee (whether individually
            or jointly with any other person or persons) has since the inception
            of his employment with Employer conceived of, suggested, made,
            invented, developed or implemented, or may hereafter conceive of,
            suggest, make, invent, develop or implement, during the course of
            his service to Employer which relates in any way to the business of
            Employer or to the general industry of which Employer is a part, all
            physical embodiments and manifestations thereof, and all patent
            rights, copyrights and trademarks (and applications therefor) and
            similar protections thereof (all of the foregoing referred to as
            "Work Product") are and shall be the sole, exclusive and absolute
            property of Employer. All Work Product shall be deemed to be works
            for hire for the benefit of Employer, and to the extent that any
            Work Product may not constitute a work for hire, Employee hereby
            assigns to Employer all right, title and interest in, to and under
            such Work Product, including, without limitation, the right to
            obtain such patents, copyright registrations, trademark
            registrations or similar protections as Employer may desire to
            obtain. Employee will immediately disclose all Work Product to
            Employer and agrees, at anytime, upon Employer's request and without
            additional compensation, to execute any documents and otherwise to
            cooperate with Employer (including, without limitation, all lawful
            testimony and sworn statements or other certifications as may be
            appropriate) respecting the perfection of its right, title and
            interest in, to and under such Work Product and in any litigation or
            administrative or other proceeding or controversy in connection
            therewith, all expenses incident thereto be borne by Employer.

      9.    INDUCEMENT; REMEDIES INADEQUATE.

            a.    The covenants made by Employee in favor of Employer under
                  paragraphs 6, 7 and 8 of this Agreement are being executed and
                  delivered by Employee in consideration of Employee's
                  employment with Employer and Employer's obligations hereunder
                  (including, without limitation, the Base Salary, the Bonus
                  Compensation and other benefits and payments provided for
                  herein). Employee further acknowledges that such covenants
                  were and have been conditions of his employment since the
                  inception of Employee's employment with Employer.

            b.    Employee has carefully considered, and has had adequate time
                  and opportunity to consult with his own counsel or other
                  advisors regarding the nature and extent of the restrictions
                  upon him, and the rights and remedies conferred upon Employer,
                  under paragraphs 6, 7 and 8 hereof, and hereby acknowledges
                  and agrees that such restrictions are reasonable in time,
                  territory and 


                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6

                  scope, are designed to eliminate competition which otherwise
                  would be unfair to Employer, do not stifle the inherent skill
                  and experience of Employee, would not operate as a bar to
                  Employee's sole means of support, are fully required to
                  protect the legitimate interests of Employer and do not confer
                  a benefit upon Employer disproportionate to the detriment to
                  Employee.

            c.    Employee acknowledges that the services to be rendered by him
                  to Employer as contemplated by this Agreement are special,
                  unique and of extraordinary character. Employee expressly
                  agrees and understand that the remedy at law for any breach by
                  him of paragraph 6, 7 or 8 of this Agreement will be
                  inadequate and that the damages flowing from such breach are
                  not readily susceptible to being measured in monetary terms.
                  Accordingly, upon adequate proof of Employee's violation of
                  any legally enforceable provision of paragraph 6, 7 or 8
                  hereof, Employer shall be entitled to immediate injunctive
                  relief, including, without limitation, a temporary order
                  restraining any threatened or further breach. In the event any
                  equitable proceedings are brought to enforce any provision of
                  paragraphs 6, 7 and 8 hereof, Employee agrees that he will not
                  raise in such proceedings any defense that Employer has an
                  adequate remedy at law, and Employee hereby waives any such
                  defense. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to limit
                  Employer's remedies at law or in equity for any breach by
                  Employee of any of the provisions of paragraphs 6, 7 and 8
                  hereof which may be pursued or availed of by Employer. Without
                  limiting the generality of the immediately preceding sentence,
                  any covenant on Employee's part contained in paragraph 6, 7 or
                  8 hereof which may not be specifically enforceable shall
                  nevertheless, if breached, give rise to a cause of action for
                  monetary damages.

            d.    As used in paragraphs 6, 7 and 8 hereof and in this paragraph
                  9, the term "Employer" (other than with respect to the Board
                  of Directors) shall include, in addition to Employer, all
                  subsidiaries and other affiliates of Employer, whether so
                  related to Employer during Employee's employment with Employer
                  or at any time thereafter.

            e.    Subject only to such time limitations as may be expressly set
                  forth therein, the covenants and agreements made by Employee
                  in paragraphs 6, 7 and 8 hereof and this paragraph 9 shall
                  survive full payment by Employer to Employee of the amounts to
                  which Employee is entitled under this Agreement, the
                  expiration of the Employment Period and the expiration or
                  termination of this Agreement.

      10.   ASSIGNMENT OF EMPLOYEE'S RIGHTS. In no event shall Employer be
            obligated to make any payment under this Agreement to any assignee
            or creditor of Employee. Prior to the time provided for the making
            of any payment under this Agreement, neither Employee nor his legal
            representative shall have any right by way of anticipation or
            otherwise to assign or otherwise dispose of any interest under this
            Agreement.

      11.   RIGHT OF SET-OFF. Any payments to be made to Employee under this
            Agreement shall be subject to offset by Employer for any claims for
            damages, liabilities or expenses which it may have against Employee.

      12.   EMPLOYER'S OBLIGATIONS UNFUNDED. Except as to any benefits that may
            be required to be funded under any benefit plan of Employer pursuant
            to law or under any other written agreement, the obligations of
            Employer under this Agreement are not funded, and Employer shall be
            not required to deposit in escrow or otherwise set aside any moneys
            in advance of the due date for payment thereof to Employee.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7

      13.   NOTICES. Any notice to be given hereunder by Employer to Employee
            shall be deemed to be given if delivered to Employee in person, or
            if mailed to Employee, by certified mail, postage prepaid, return
            receipt requested, at his address last shown on the records of
            Employer, and any notice to be given by Employee to Employer shall
            be deemed to be given if delivered in person or by mail, postage
            prepaid, return receipt requested to the President and Chief
            Executive Officer of Employer at Employer's principle executive
            office, unless Employee or Employer shall have duly notified the
            other parties in writing of a change of address. If mailed, notice
            shall be deemed to have been given when deposited in the mail as set
            forth above.

      14.   AMENDMENTS. This Agreement shall not be modified or discharged, in
            whole or in part, except by an agreement in writing signed by the
            parties hereto.

      15.   ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
            between the parties with respect to Employee's employment by
            Employer from and after the Effective Date. The parties are not
            relying on any other representation or understanding with respect
            thereto, express or implied, oral or written. This Agreement
            supersedes any prior employment agreement, written or oral, between
            Employee and Employer.

      16.   CAPTIONS. The captions contained in this Agreement are for
            convenience of reference only and do not affect the meaning of any
            terms or provisions hereof.

      17.   GENDER AND NUMBER. Whenever the context may permit, any pronouns
            used herein shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and
            neuter forms, and the singular form of any noun or pronoun,
            including any terms defined herein, shall include the plural and
            vice versa.

      18.   BINDING EFFECT. The rights and obligations of Employer hereunder
            shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, Employer
            and its respective successors and assigns, and the rights and
            obligations of Employee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and
            shall be binding upon, Employee and his heirs, personal
            representatives and estate.

      19.   SEVERABLE PROVISIONS. The provisions of this Agreement are
            severable, and if any one or more provisions may be determined to be
            illegal or otherwise unenforceable in any jurisdiction, in whole or
            in part, the remaining provisions and any partially enforceable
            provision shall be binding and enforceable to the extent enforceable
            in such jurisdiction.

      20.   GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be interpreted, construed, and
            enforced in all respects in accordance with the laws of the State of
            Ohio.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the
Effective Date.

            TELXON CORPORATION                          EMPLOYEE


            By:  /s/ Frank E. Brick                     /s/ David W. Porter
                 ------------------                     -------------------
                 Frank E. Brick                         David W. Porter
                 President & Chief Executive Officer    Senior Vice President, 
                                                        Global Operations


<PAGE>   1
                                                                Exhibit 10.1.15
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

      THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made as of April 1, 1997
(the "Effective Date") at Akron, Ohio between TELXON CORPORATION ("Employer"), a
Delaware corporation with offices at 3330 West Market Street, Akron, Ohio 44333,
and DAN R. WIPFF ("Employee").

                                   WITNESSETH:

      WHEREAS, Employer desires to employ Employee initially as President &
Chief Executive Officer, Telxon Products of Employer, and thereafter, in such
capacity as the Board of Directors of Employer shall direct, and Employee
desires to be so employed, upon the terms and conditions herein contained; and

      WHEREAS, Employer and Employee desire to have this Agreement supersede any
and all prior agreements, oral or written, relating to the employment of
Employee by Employer.

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and in consideration of
the mutual promises and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as
follows:

      1.    EMPLOYMENT PERIOD. Employer agrees to employ Employee, and Employee
            agrees to serve Employer, for the period beginning on the Effective
            Date and ending March 31, 2000, subject to earlier termination
            pursuant to paragraph 4 hereof (the "Employment Period").

      2.    NATURE OF DUTIES.

            a.    Employee's duties and responsibilities shall be to serve as
                  President & Chief Executive Officer, Telxon Products of
                  Employer or in such other capacity as the Board of Directors
                  of Employer may at any time and from time to time in its
                  discretion direct, in conformity with management policies,
                  guidelines and directions issued by Employer. Employee shall
                  report directly to Frank E. Brick, President and Chief
                  Executive Officer of Employer, or such other officer of
                  Employer as the Board of Directors shall direct (the
                  "Supervisor"), and shall have general charge and supervision
                  of those functions and such other responsibilities as the
                  Supervisor shall from time to time determine in his
                  discretion.

            b.    Employee shall work exclusively for Employer on a full-time
                  basis in such capacity as he is to serve pursuant to paragraph
                  2(a), devoting all of his time and attention during normal
                  business hours to Employer's business.

            c.    Employee shall perform his duties and responsibilities
                  hereunder diligently, faithfully and loyally in order to cause
                  the proper, efficient and successful operation of Employer's
                  business.

      3.    COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.

            a.    BASE SALARY AND EXPENSES. As compensation for Employee's
                  services, Employer shall pay to Employee during the Employment
                  Period a salary (the "Base Salary") at the annual rate of
                  $275,000 for FY `98. Any salary increases for future fiscal
                  years will be determined by the Board of Directors of Employer
                  or an appropriate committee thereof (the "Board") in its
                  discretion based upon the recommendation of Employer's chief
                  executive officer (the "Chief Executive Officer"). Base salary
                  will be payable in arrears, in equal bi-weekly installments or
                  at such other interval as the Board or applicable Employer
                  policies shall direct. Employer shall reimburse Employee for
                  all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Employee on


<PAGE>   2

                  Employer's behalf during the Employment Period and approved by
                  the Supervisor or such other officer as the Supervisor or
                  applicable Employer policies shall direct.

            b.    BONUS COMPENSATION. In addition to the Base Salary, Employee
                  shall, at the discretion of the Board, be eligible to receive
                  bonus compensation ("Bonus Compensation") with respect to the
                  Employment Period on such basis as shall be approved by the
                  Board. For FY `98, Employee shall be eligible for a potential
                  bonus of up to $100,000 based upon achieving goals and
                  achievements agreed upon by Employee and Employer's Chief
                  Executive Officer, subject to such approval thereof as may be
                  required by the Board. Bonus compensation for subsequent
                  fiscal years will be determined by the Board in its discretion
                  based upon the recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer.
                  The Bonus Compensation, if any, in respect to each fiscal year
                  during the Employment Period shall be earned and shall accrue
                  at, and Employee shall have no entitlement thereto (on a pro
                  rata or any other basis) prior to, the end of the fiscal year
                  to which such Bonus Compensation relates.

            c.    STOCK OPTIONS. During the Employment Period, Employee shall be
                  eligible to receive grants of stock option(s) and other awards
                  and benefits pursuant to such employee stock option and other
                  stock-based employee benefit plans as Employer may maintain
                  from time to time during the Employment Period with respect to
                  Employer executives of like stature and compensation, in such
                  amounts as may be determined by the Board in its discretion
                  based upon the recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer.
                  In the event that, during the Employment Period or at any time
                  thereafter, Employee is re-assigned by Employer to a position
                  carrying duties and responsibilities of lesser stature than
                  the position in which Employee serves as of the time during
                  the Employment Period that any such options or other rights or
                  benefits are granted or awarded to or otherwise received by
                  Employee (other than a re-assignment occurring as the result
                  of or in connection with any change in control of Employer, in
                  which case the provisions of the governing benefit plan
                  applicable in such a circumstance shall control), such
                  options, rights and benefits shall, to the extent unvested,
                  unexercised or otherwise unrealized as of the time of such
                  re-assignment, be subject to such reduction, cancellation
                  and/or forfeiture as may then be determined to be appropriate
                  by the Board in its discretion.

            d.    VACATION. During the Employment Period, Employee shall be
                  entitled to vacation in accordance with Employer's policies.

            e.    HEALTH, DISABILITY, RETIREMENT AND DEATH BENEFITS. Employer
                  shall provide Employee with the same health, disability,
                  retirement and death and other fringe benefits as are
                  generally provided to the executive employees of Employer in
                  accordance with such terms, conditions and eligibility
                  requirements as may from time to time be established by
                  Employer.

       4.     TERMINATION.

            a.    This Agreement shall terminate automatically upon Employee's
                  death.

            b.    Employer may terminate Employee's employment under this
                  Agreement at any time, upon five (5) days written notice to
                  Employee, if Employee becomes permanently disabled. Permanent
                  disability shall be determined by Employer according to the
                  same standards applicable to the employees of Employer
                  generally under the disability benefits referred to in
                  paragraph 3(e) hereof.

                                       -2-
<PAGE>   3

              c.  Employer shall have the right to terminate Employee's
                  employment under this Agreement at any time (i) immediately
                  for "cause" (which shall mean for any action or inaction of
                  Employee which is adverse to Employer's interests, including,
                  without limitation, Employee's dishonesty, grossly negligent
                  misconduct, willful misconduct, disloyalty, act of bad faith,
                  neglect of duty or material breach of this Agreement or of any
                  Employer policy applicable to its employees generally), or
                  (ii) without cause upon five (5) days written notice to
                  Employee.

       5.     EFFECTS OF TERMINATION AND EXPIRATION.

              a.  In the event of automatic termination by reason of Employee's
                  death pursuant to paragraph 4(a), or by Employer by reason of
                  Employee's permanent disability pursuant to paragraph 4(b),
                  all of Employer's obligations under this Agreement shall end
                  except for Employer's obligations to pay Employee's Base
                  Salary and Bonus Compensation, if any, in each case earned and
                  accrued but unpaid to the date of death or permanent
                  disability. Employee shall also have the right to receive any
                  payments under the death or disability benefits, as the case
                  may be, provided to Employee pursuant to paragraph 3(e), if
                  any.

            b.    In the event Employer exercises its right of termination other
                  than for cause pursuant to paragraph 4(c)(ii), or upon the
                  expiration of the Employment Period, all of Employer's
                  obligations under this Agreement shall end except for its
                  obligations to pay Employee's Base Salary and Bonus
                  Compensation, if any, in each case earned and accrued but
                  unpaid to the date of termination (which, for purposes of this
                  paragraph 5(b) and paragraph 5(c) below, shall be five (5)
                  days after the date on which notification is provided by
                  Employer to Employee pursuant to paragraph 4(c)(ii)) or at the
                  expiration of the Employment Period, whichever the case may be
                  and, in the case of termination pursuant to paragraph
                  4(c)(ii), Employer's obligations under paragraph 5(c) of this
                  Agreement.

              c.  In the event Employer exercises its right of termination other
                  than for cause pursuant to paragraph 4(c)(ii), Employer shall
                  be obligated to pay Employee as severance pay, for the twelve
                  (12) month period following the date of such termination,
                  annualized compensation at a rate which shall be equal to the
                  Base Salary at such termination date. Such payments shall be
                  made in equal bi-weekly installments or at such other interval
                  as the Board or Employer's corresponding payroll policies
                  shall direct.

              d.  In the event Employer exercises its right of termination
                  pursuant to paragraph 4(c)(i) for cause, or Employee otherwise
                  leaves the employ of Employer prior to the expiration of the
                  Employment Period, all of Employer's obligations under this
                  Agreement shall end except for Employer's obligations to pay
                  Employee's Base Salary, if any, earned and accrued but unpaid
                  to the date of such termination or of the Employee otherwise
                  leaving Employer's employ.

      6.    COVENANT NOT TO COMPETE.

            a.    RESTRICTED ACTIVITIES--DURATION. Except as otherwise consented
                  to or approved by Employer's Board of Directors in writing,
                  Employee agrees that, in addition to being operative during
                  the Employment Period, the provisions of paragraphs 6(a)(i)
                  through (iii) hereof, inclusive, shall be operative for a
                  period of twelve (12) months after the later of (1) the date
                  Employee's employment with Employer (pursuant to this
                  Agreement or otherwise) is terminated or otherwise ceases, or
                  (2) the end of all severance payments, if any, which Employer
                  is obligated to make to Employee under paragraph 5(c) of this
                  Agreement or any other subsequent written agreement between
                  them, regardless of the time, manner or reason for the
                  termination or other cessation of such employment. During such
                  periods, Employee will not, directly or indirectly,


                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4

                  acting alone or as a member of a partnership or as an owner,
                  director, officer, employee, manager, representative or
                  consultant of any corporation or other business entity:

                  i.    Engage in any business which manufactures, sells,
                        distributes, services or supports products or services
                        of a type manufactured, sold, marketed, serviced or
                        supported, or in any other business in competition with
                        or adverse to the business that is conducted by
                        Employer, or which Employer is in the process of
                        developing and in or of which Employee participated or
                        has knowledge, at the time of the cessation of
                        Employee's employment with the Employer, in the United
                        States, Canada or any European, Asian, Pacific Rim or
                        other foreign country in which Employer then or
                        thereafter transacts business or is making a bona fide
                        attempt to do so;

                  ii.   induce, request or attempt to influence any customer or
                        supplier of Employer to curtail or cancel their business
                        or prospective business with Employer or in any way
                        interfere with Employer's business relationships; or

                  iii.  induce, solicit or assist or facilitate the inducement
                        or solicitation by any third person of any employee,
                        officer, agent or representative of Employer to
                        terminate his respective relationship with Employer or
                        in any way interfere with the Employer's employee,
                        officer, agent or representative relationships.

            b.    TOLLING; RELIEF OF OBLIGATIONS. In the event that Employee
                  breaches any provision of this paragraph 6, such violation (i)
                  shall toll the running of the twelve (12) month period set
                  forth in paragraph 6(a) from the date of commencement of such
                  violation until such violation ceases, and (ii) shall relieve
                  Employer of any obligations to Employee under this Agreement.

            c.    "BLUE PENCILING" OR MODIFICATION. If either the length of
                  time, geographic area or scope of restricted business activity
                  set forth in paragraph 6(a) is deemed unreasonably restrictive
                  or unreasonable in any other respect in any proceeding before
                  a court of competent jurisdiction, Employee and Employer agree
                  and consent to such court's modifying or reducing such
                  restriction(s) with respect, but only with respect, to that
                  jurisdiction to the extent deemed reasonable under the
                  circumstances then presented.

      7.    NONDISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

            a.    For purposes of this Agreement, "Confidential Information"
                  means all information or trade secrets of any type or
                  description belonging to Employer which are proprietary and
                  confidential to Employer and which are not publicly disclosed
                  or are only disclosed with restrictions. Without limiting the
                  generality of the foregoing, Confidential Information
                  includes: strategic and other plans for carrying on business;
                  cost data and other financial information; lists of customers,
                  employees, vendors and business partners and alliances;
                  manufacturing methods and processes; product research and
                  engineering data, drawings, designs and schematics; computer
                  programs, flow charts, routines, subroutines, translators,
                  compilers, operating systems and object and source codes;
                  specifications, inventions, know-how, calculations and
                  discoveries; any letters, papers, documents and instruments
                  disclosing or reflecting any of the foregoing; and all
                  information revealed to or acquired or created by Employee
                  during Employee's employment by Employer relating to any of
                  the foregoing or otherwise to Employer's past, current or
                  future business.

            b.    Employee acknowledges that the discharge of Employee's duties
                  under this Agreement will necessarily involve his access to
                  Confidential Information. Employee acknowledges that the

                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5

                  unauthorized use by him or disclosure by him of such
                  Confidential Information to third parties might cause
                  irreparable damage to Employer and Employer's business.
                  Accordingly, Employee agrees that at all times after the date
                  hereof he will not, without the prior written consent of
                  Employer's Board of Directors, copy, publish, disclose,
                  divulge to or discuss with any third party, nor use for his
                  own benefit or that of others any Confidential Information,
                  except in the normal conduct of his duties under this
                  Agreement, it being understood and acknowledged by Employee
                  that all Confidential Information created, compiled or
                  obtained by Employee or Employer, or furnished to Employee by
                  any person while Employee is associated with Employer, is and
                  shall be and remain Employer's exclusive property.

              c.  Promptly upon termination of his employment, irrespective of
                  the time or manner thereof or reason therefor, Employee agrees
                  to return and surrender to Employer all Confidential
                  Information copies thereof in any form which is in any manner
                  in his control or possession, as well as all other Employer
                  property.

      8.    RIGHTS. Employee acknowledges and agrees that any procedure, design
            feature, schematic, invention, improvement, development, discovery,
            know-how, concept, idea or the like (whether or not patentable,
            registrable under copyright or trademark laws, or otherwise
            protectable under similar laws) that Employee (whether individually
            or jointly with any other person or persons) has since the inception
            of his employment with Employer conceived of, suggested, made,
            invented, developed or implemented, or may hereafter conceive of,
            suggest, make, invent, develop or implement, during the course of
            his service to Employer which relates in any way to the business of
            Employer or to the general industry of which Employer is a part, all
            physical embodiments and manifestations thereof, and all patent
            rights, copyrights and trademarks (and applications therefor) and
            similar protections thereof (all of the foregoing referred to as
            "Work Product") are and shall be the sole, exclusive and absolute
            property of Employer. All Work Product shall be deemed to be works
            for hire for the benefit of Employer, and to the extent that any
            Work Product may not constitute a work for hire, Employee hereby
            assigns to Employer all right, title and interest in, to and under
            such Work Product, including, without limitation, the right to
            obtain such patents, copyright registrations, trademark
            registrations or similar protections as Employer may desire to
            obtain. Employee will immediately disclose all Work Product to
            Employer and agrees, at anytime, upon Employer's request and without
            additional compensation, to execute any documents and otherwise to
            cooperate with Employer (including, without limitation, all lawful
            testimony and sworn statements or other certifications as may be
            appropriate) respecting the perfection of its right, title and
            interest in, to and under such Work Product and in any litigation or
            administrative or other proceeding or controversy in connection
            therewith, all expenses incident thereto be borne by Employer.

      9.    INDUCEMENT; REMEDIES INADEQUATE.

            a.    The covenants made by Employee in favor of Employer under
                  paragraphs 6, 7 and 8 of this Agreement are being executed and
                  delivered by Employee in consideration of Employee's
                  employment with Employer and Employer's obligations hereunder
                  (including, without limitation, the Base Salary, the Bonus
                  Compensation and other benefits and payments provided for
                  herein). Employee further acknowledges that such covenants
                  were and have been conditions of his employment since the
                  inception of Employee's employment with Employer.

            b.    Employee has carefully considered, and has had adequate time
                  and opportunity to consult with his own counsel or other
                  advisors regarding the nature and extent of the restrictions
                  upon him, and the rights and remedies conferred upon Employer,
                  under paragraphs 6, 7 and 8 hereof, and hereby acknowledges
                  and agrees that such restrictions are reasonable in time,
                  territory and 

                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6

                  scope, are designed to eliminate competition which otherwise
                  would be unfair to Employer, do not stifle the inherent skill
                  and experience of Employee, would not operate as a bar to
                  Employee's sole means of support, are fully required to
                  protect the legitimate interests of Employer and do not confer
                  a benefit upon Employer disproportionate to the detriment to
                  Employee.

            c.    Employee acknowledges that the services to be rendered by him
                  to Employer as contemplated by this Agreement are special,
                  unique and of extraordinary character. Employee expressly
                  agrees and understand that the remedy at law for any breach by
                  him of paragraph 6, 7 or 8 of this Agreement will be
                  inadequate and that the damages flowing from such breach are
                  not readily susceptible to being measured in monetary terms.
                  Accordingly, upon adequate proof of Employee's violation of
                  any legally enforceable provision of paragraph 6, 7 or 8
                  hereof, Employer shall be entitled to immediate injunctive
                  relief, including, without limitation, a temporary order
                  restraining any threatened or further breach. In the event any
                  equitable proceedings are brought to enforce any provision of
                  paragraphs 6, 7 and 8 hereof, Employee agrees that he will not
                  raise in such proceedings any defense that Employer has an
                  adequate remedy at law, and Employee hereby waives any such
                  defense. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to limit
                  Employer's remedies at law or in equity for any breach by
                  Employee of any of the provisions of paragraphs 6, 7 and 8
                  hereof which may be pursued or availed of by Employer. Without
                  limiting the generality of the immediately preceding sentence,
                  any covenant on Employee's part contained in paragraph 6, 7 or
                  8 hereof which may not be specifically enforceable shall
                  nevertheless, if breached, give rise to a cause of action for
                  monetary damages.

              d.  As used in paragraphs 6, 7 and 8 hereof and in this paragraph
                  9, the term "Employer" (other than with respect to the Board
                  of Directors) shall include, in addition to Employer, all
                  subsidiaries and other affiliates of Employer, whether so
                  related to Employer during Employee's employment with Employer
                  or at any time thereafter.

              e.  Subject only to such time limitations as may be expressly set
                  forth therein, the covenants and agreements made by Employee
                  in paragraphs 6, 7 and 8 hereof and this paragraph 9 shall
                  survive full payment by Employer to Employee of the amounts to
                  which Employee is entitled under this Agreement, the
                  expiration of the Employment Period and the expiration or
                  termination of this Agreement.

      10.   ASSIGNMENT OF EMPLOYEE'S RIGHTS. In no event shall Employer be
            obligated to make any payment under this Agreement to any assignee
            or creditor of Employee. Prior to the time provided for the making
            of any payment under this Agreement, neither Employee nor his legal
            representative shall have any right by way of anticipation or
            otherwise to assign or otherwise dispose of any interest under this
            Agreement.

      11.   RIGHT OF SET-OFF. Any payments to be made to Employee under this
            Agreement shall be subject to offset by Employer for any claims for
            damages, liabilities or expenses which it may have against Employee.

      12.   EMPLOYER'S OBLIGATIONS UNFUNDED. Except as to any benefits that may
            be required to be funded under any benefit plan of Employer pursuant
            to law or under any other written agreement, the obligations of
            Employer under this Agreement are not funded, and Employer shall be
            not required to deposit in escrow or otherwise set aside any moneys
            in advance of the due date for payment thereof to Employee.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7

      13.   NOTICES. Any notice to be given hereunder by Employer to Employee
            shall be deemed to be given if delivered to Employee in person, or
            if mailed to Employee, by certified mail, postage prepaid, return
            receipt requested, at his address last shown on the records of
            Employer, and any notice to be given by Employee to Employer shall
            be deemed to be given if delivered in person or by mail, postage
            prepaid, return receipt requested to the President and Chief
            Executive Officer of Employer at Employer's principle executive
            office, unless Employee or Employer shall have duly notified the
            other parties in writing of a change of address. If mailed, notice
            shall be deemed to have been given when deposited in the mail as set
            forth above.

      14.   AMENDMENTS. This Agreement shall not be modified or discharged, in
            whole or in part, except by an agreement in writing signed by the
            parties hereto.

      15.   ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
            between the parties with respect to Employee's employment by
            Employer from and after the Effective Date. The parties are not
            relying on any other representation or understanding with respect
            thereto, express or implied, oral or written. This Agreement
            supersedes any prior employment agreement, written or oral, between
            Employee and Employer.

      16.   CAPTIONS. The captions contained in this Agreement are for
            convenience of reference only and do not affect the meaning of any
            terms or provisions hereof.

      17.   GENDER AND NUMBER. Whenever the context may permit, any pronouns
            used herein shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and
            neuter forms, and the singular form of any noun or pronoun,
            including any terms defined herein, shall include the plural and
            vice versa.

      18.   BINDING EFFECT. The rights and obligations of Employer hereunder
            shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, Employer
            and its respective successors and assigns, and the rights and
            obligations of Employee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and
            shall be binding upon, Employee and his heirs, personal
            representatives and estate.

      19.   SEVERABLE PROVISIONS. The provisions of this Agreement are
            severable, and if any one or more provisions may be determined to be
            illegal or otherwise unenforceable in any jurisdiction, in whole or
            in part, the remaining provisions and any partially enforceable
            provision shall be binding and enforceable to the extent enforceable
            in such jurisdiction.

      20.   GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be interpreted, construed, and
            enforced in all respects in accordance with the laws of the State of
            Ohio.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the
Effective Date.

        TELXON CORPORATION                         EMPLOYEE


        By:  /s/ Frank E. Brick                    /s/ Dan R. Wipff
             -----------------------              ---------------------
             Frank E. Brick                        Dan R. Wipff
             President & Chief Executive Officer   President & Chief Executive 
                                                       Officer, Telxon Products

                                      -7-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                 Exhibit 10.1.16

                                  July 22, 1996

Norton Rose
19301 Shaker Boulevard
Shaker Heights, OH  44122

Dear Norton:

         This will confirm the arrangements and the authorization of the
outside directors sitting as the Audit Committee of Telxon for you to act as
its delegate to the Management of Telxon in the following respects:

         1.  To work with senior management, including but not limited to Frank
Brick, Ken Haver and Gerry Gabriel, making available to them the experience you
bring as a former operating officer of and consultant to public, as well as
private, companies.

         2.  To analyze existing operating systems and processes with a view
toward assessing them for the Board and recommending improved systems and
processes, if necessary, to Management and the Board.

         3.  To assist Management in recruiting, training and integrating
additional operating Management personnel, if appropriate.

         4.  To provide the Audit Committee with meaningful and timely reports.

         In this capacity, you will have no Management personnel reporting to
you, but Management will be requested to cooperate in every respect with you as
you pursue the above-recited goals and functions on behalf of the Audit
Committee.

         You, in turn, will report only and directly to the Audit Committee and
the full Board.

         In order to insure your complete independence, you are being engaged in
this role by the outside directors, again sitting as the Audit Committee, and
your compensation has been negotiated and agreed to by that Committee and is not
subject to any action by Management, other than to implement your compensation
payments as outlined below.

         We are requesting that you set with Management the days and the times
for your involvement but that you agree to provide approximately sixty days per
annum, commencing July 1, 1996, through and terminating December 31, 1997, for a
total envisioned commitment of ninety working days on your part. In return, your
compensation would be at a rate of $3,500 per day, or a pro rata payment for
part days, together with any reasonable and approved expenses which you may
incur, including travel, telephone, fax, computer, automobile, etc. If any
Company benefits are available, this can be explored and mutually agreed upon,
such as health, accident, etc.

         You have explained to us that in order to provide for the time,
commitment and scheduling which we are requesting, it will be necessary for you
to resign from or forego certain


<PAGE>   2


Norton Rose
July 22, 1996
Page -2-

other boards and consultative positions. As a consequence, and in recognition of
that as well as the importance which we place on this assignment, we are also
authorizing a severance package of $150,000 payable over a twelve month period
from January 1, 1998 through December 31, 1998.

         If, for any reason, your services are terminated other than by reason
of your death, disability, voluntary withdrawal, or termination for cause
(generally defined as dishonesty, gross neglect or dereliction of
responsibilities), you will receive a lump sum payment of the remaining unpaid
balance of your engagement compensation, plus your one-year severance package.

         All of the above functions and compensation are to be in addition to
and totally separate and distinct from your ongoing function and compensation as
a member of the Board of Directors and various Board committees of Telxon. In
this additional capacity, you of course will continue to be entitled to and
covered by all protections otherwise afforded you as a Telxon director,
including but not limited to appropriate corporate indemnification and insurance
coverage.

         Hopefully, this recites sufficiently the essence of our agreement; if
so, will you please indicate such by signing and returning the copy enclosed for
that purpose.

                                             THE TELXON CORPORATION
                                             AUDIT COMMITTEE

                                             /s/ Richard Bogomolny
                                             ---------------------------------
                                             Richard Bogomolny, Chairman

                                             /s/ Raj Reddy
                                             ---------------------------------
                                             Raj Reddy

                                             /s/ Robert A. Goodman
                                             ---------------------------------
                                             Robert A. Goodman

                                             Agreed to:

                                             /s/ Norton Rose
                                             ---------------------------------
                                             Norton Rose
                                             July 23, 1996






<PAGE>   1
                                                                   Exhibit 10.8



                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                            ------------------------

         THIS STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered
into as of this 30th day of March, 1996, by and among META HOLDING CORPORATION,
a Delaware corporation ("Meta"), and the individuals identified in the attached
EXHIBIT A hereto (individually a "Purchaser" and collectively the
"Purchasers").

         WHEREAS, on September 22, 1995, the Certificate of Incorporation of
Metanetics Corporation ("Metanetics") (then known as New Meta Licensing
Corporation) was filed by the Secretary of State for the State of Delaware (the
"Certificate");

         WHEREAS, pursuant to the Certificate the authorized capital stock of
Metanetics consists solely of Ten Million (10,000,000) shares of Voting Common
Stock $.01 par value (the "Voting Common"), Three Million (3,000,000) shares of
Non-Voting Common Stock $.01 par value and Three Million (3,000,000) shares of
Preferred Stock $.01 par value;

         WHEREAS, the Purchasers are officers, directors or advisors of Meta or
Metanetics, or affiliate corporations of one or the other; and

         WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of Meta has determined that it will be
in the best interests of Meta and its stockholders if Meta reduces its holdings
in Metanetics by selling a portion of its shares of Voting Common to the
Purchasers in the amounts set forth in EXHIBIT A.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the
respective representations, warranties, covenants and agreements hereinafter
set forth, the parties, intending to be legally and equitably bound, hereby
agree as follows:

         1. SALE AND PURCHASE OF SHARES. Subject to the terms and conditions
hereof, Meta shall sell, transfer and assign to each Purchaser, and each
Purchaser shall purchase and acquire from Meta, the number of shares of Voting
Common indicated in EXHIBIT A (the "Purchased Shares"), for a purchase price of
$1.0386 per share (each Purchaser's aggregate purchase price is set forth in
EXHIBIT A and is referred to as the "Purchase Price"). The Purchase Price shall
be payable by each Purchaser to Meta at the Closing (as hereinafter defined)
through its delivery to Meta of good funds.

         2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

         (a) Meta hereby represents and warrants to each Purchaser (with
respect to and only with respect to the shares of Voting Common hereby being
sold by Meta to him), respectively, that:


<PAGE>   2




                  (i) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement
         does not and will not violate, conflict with or result in the breach
         of any provision of (a) any material contract, agreement or instrument
         to which it is a party or by or to which it or its assets or
         properties may be bound or subject; or (b) any order, judgment,
         injunction, award, decree, statute, law, rule or regulation of any
         jurisdiction applicable to it. Such execution, delivery and
         performance will not result in the creation of any lien or encumbrance
         on the Purchased Shares.

                  (ii) There are no outstanding orders, judgments, injunctions,
         awards or decrees of any court, arbitrator or governmental or
         regulatory body against it. There are no actions, suits or claims or
         legal, administrative or arbitral proceedings or investigations
         (whether or not the defense thereof or liabilities in respect thereof
         are covered by insurance) pending or, to its knowledge, threatened,
         against or involving it which could adversely effect its ability to
         consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

                  (iii) Upon its execution and delivery, this Agreement will be
         the valid and binding obligation of Meta, enforceable in accordance
         with its terms, except (A) as limited by applicable bankruptcy,
         insolvency, organization, moratorium or other laws of general
         application affecting enforcement of creditors' rights; and (B)
         general principles of equity that restrict the availability of
         equitable remedies.

                  (iv) It is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and
         in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with all
         requisite corporate power and lawful authority to own, lease and
         operate its assets and properties and to carry on its business in the
         manner presently conducted or contemplated by it.

                  (v) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement
         does not and will not violate, conflict with or result in the breach
         of any provision of its Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws, as
         either may be amended.

                  (vi) No consent, action, approval, order or authorization, or
         declaration of or registration or filing with, any federal, state,
         local or governmental agency or authority is required to be obtained
         or made by Meta in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or
         performance by Meta of this Agreement and of the other instruments,
         agreements and documents required or contemplated hereunder; and (b)
         the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

                  (vii) Metanetics is authorized to issue Ten Million
         (10,000,000) shares of Voting Common Stock $.01 par value, Three
         Million (3,000,000) shares of Non-Voting Common Stock $.01 par value
         and Three Million (3,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock $.01 par
         value, of which Four Million Eight Hundred Thirteen Thousand Nine
         Hundred Fifty Three (4,813,953) shares of Voting Common Stock are
         issued and outstanding as of the date hereof, immediately prior to the
         consummation of the transactions hereunder. There are no other class
         of capital stock authorized, issued or outstanding. The

                                       2


<PAGE>   3



         Purchased Shares shall when issued be validly issued, fully paid, and
         nonassessable, and all such shares have been issued in compliance with
         all applicable federal and state securities laws.

         (b)  Each Purchaser hereby severally represents and warrants as to
himself to Meta as follows:

                  (i) Purchaser has all necessary power and authority under all
         applicable provisions of law to execute and deliver this Agreement and
         to carry out Purchaser's obligations hereunder. All actions by
         Purchaser required for the lawful execution and deliver of this
         Agreement have been effectively taken prior to the Closing. Upon its
         execution and delivery, this Agreement will be the valid and binding
         obligation of Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with its terms,
         except (A) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
         organization, moratorium or other laws of general application
         affecting enforcement of creditors' rights; and (B) general principles
         of equity that restrict the availability of equitable remedies.

                  (ii) All consents, approvals, orders, authorizations,
         registrations, qualifications, designations, declarations or filings
         with any governmental or banking authority on the part of Purchaser or
         his spouse required in connection with the consummation of the
         transactions contemplated in this Agreement have been obtained prior
         to and shall be effective as of the Closing.

                  (iii) Purchaser understands that the Purchased Shares
         purchased by him hereunder have not been registered under the
         Securities Act of 1993, as amended (the "Securities Act"). Purchaser
         also understands that the shares are being offered and sold pursuant
         to exemptions from registration contained in the Securities Act and
         applicable state securities laws based in part upon Purchaser's
         representations contained in this Agreement.

                  (iv) Purchaser understands and agrees that he bears the
         economic risk of this investment indefinitely unless and until the
         shares acquired hereunder are registered pursuant to the Securities
         Act, or an exemption from registration is available. Purchaser
         understands that Metanetics has no present intention of registering
         the shares being sold hereunder or any shares of its capital stock.
         Purchaser also understands that there is no assurance that any
         exemption from registration under the Securities Act will be available
         and that, even if available, such exemption may not allow Purchaser to
         transfer all or any portion of such shares.

                  (v) Purchaser is acquiring the Purchased Shares for
         Purchaser's own account for investment only, and not with a view
         toward their distribution.

                  (vi) Purchaser represents that by reason of his business or
         financial experience, Purchaser has the capacity to protect his own
         interests in connection with the transactions contemplated in this
         Agreement and can bear the risk of such investment without

                                       3


<PAGE>   4



         materially impairing his financial condition. Further, Purchaser is
         aware of no publication of any advertisement in connection with the
         transactions contemplated in this Agreement.

                  (vii) Purchaser, as an officer, director or advisor of
         Metanetics, or of Metanetics' parent corporation, is fully aware of
         all material information relating to Metanetics, including its
         business and financial affairs, and has had full and free access to
         all such information. Purchaser has had an opportunity to discuss
         Metanetics' business, management and financial affairs with directors,
         officers and management of Metanetics and has had the opportunity to
         review Metanetics' operations and facilities. Purchaser also has had
         the opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from
         Metanetics and its management regarding the transactions contemplated
         hereby.

                  (viii) Purchaser is an "accredited investor" as that term is
         defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act. Specifically,
         Purchaser meets one or more of the following definitions of an
         "accredited investor":

                           (A) A natural person whose net worth, either
                  individually or jointly with such person's spouse, at the
                  same time of the Closing, exceeds $1,000,000;

                           (B) A natural person who had an individual income in
                  excess of $200,000 or joint income with that person's spouse
                  in excess of $300,000 in 1994 and 1995, and reasonably
                  expects to have individual income reaching the same level in
                  1996;

                           (C) A director or executive officer of Metanetics;

                           (D) A trust, with total assets in excess of
                  $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring
                  the shares, whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated
                  person who has such knowledge and experience in financial and
                  business matters that such person is capable of evaluating
                  the merits and risks involved in purchasing the shares
                  hereunder;

                           (E) A corporation, not formed for the specific
                  purpose of acquiring shares the Purchased Shares, with assets
                  in excess of $5,000,000.

         For purposes of the above definitions of "accredited investor," the
         term "net worth" means the excess of total assets over total
         liabilities. In calculating net worth, Purchaser may include the
         estimated fair market value of the Purchaser's principal residence as
         an asset. In determining individual "income," Purchaser should add to
         Purchaser's individual adjusted gross income (exclusive of any spousal
         income) any amounts attributable to tax exempt income received, losses
         claimed as a limited partner in any limited partnership, deductions
         claimed for depletion, contributions to an IRA or Keogh retirement
         plan, alimony payments, and any amount by which income from long-term

                                       4


<PAGE>   5



         capital gains has been reduced in arriving at adjusted gross income,
         and should subtract any unrealized capital gain.

                  (ix) Purchaser's address as set forth on EXHIBIT A is the
         address of Purchaser's primary residence. Purchaser's address as set
         forth on EXHIBIT A is the same state in which Purchaser received an
         offer of sale of the Purchased Shares and in which Purchaser is
         entering into this Agreement.

         3. CLOSING. The closing of the transactions contemplated hereunder
(the "Closing") shall be held at such times and places as the parties may
agree, and shall continue until all of the Purchasers have consummated such
transactions; provided that the Closing shall be consummated no later than
March 31, 1996.

         4. INDEMNIFICATION. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Agreement, each of the Purchasers severally and Meta shall indemnify and hold
harmless the other against and from any and all losses, fees, costs, expenses,
damages, obligations, liabilities and claims (including, without limitation,
any and all fees, costs and expenses whatsoever reasonably incurred by it or
its counsel in investigating, preparing for, defending against, or providing
evidence, producing documents or taking any other action in respect of, any
threatened or asserted claim) arising directly or indirectly out of: (a) any
failure of any representation or warranty of such party to be correct and
complete when made, or (b) any failure by such party to perform and observe
fully all obligations and conditions to be performed or observed by that party
under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything herein to the
contrary, no claim for indemnification may be asserted after March 30, 1997.

         5. CONDITIONS TO EACH PURCHASER'S OBLIGATIONS. The obligation of each
Purchaser to purchase the Purchased Shares are subject to the satisfaction, at
or prior to the Closing, of the following conditions, any one or more of which
may be waived by such Purchaser:

                  (a) The representations and warranties made by Meta in
         Section 2(a) hereof shall be true and correct in all material respects
         at the Closing with the same force and effect as if they had been made
         as of the date of the Closing, and Meta shall have performed all
         obligations and conditions herein required to be performed or observed
         by it on or prior to Closing.

                  (b) At the time of Closing, the sale of the Purchased Shares
         shall be legally permitted by all laws and regulations to which the
         Purchasers and Meta are subject.

                  (c) Meta shall have obtained any and all consents, permits,
         and waivers necessary or appropriate for consummation of the
         transactions contemplated by this Agreement (except for such as
         properly may be obtained subsequent to the Closing).

                  (d) Each Purchaser or his counsel has had the opportunity to
         review copies of all corporate documents of Meta as the Purchaser
         reasonably may have requested.

                                       5


<PAGE>   6




                  (e) Meta shall have delivered to Purchaser a certificate,
         executed by an officer of Meta, dated the date of Closing, to the
         effect that the conditions specified in subparagraphs (a) through (c)
         of this Section 5 have been satisfied.

                  (f) All corporate and other proceedings in connection with
         the transactions contemplated at the Closing hereby and all documents
         and instruments incident to such transactions shall be reasonably
         satisfactory in substance and form to the Purchasers, and the
         Purchasers shall have received all such counterpart originals or
         certified or other copies of such documents as they reasonably may
         request.

         6.  CONDITIONS TO META'S OBLIGATIONS. Meta's obligation to sell the
Purchased Shares at Closing is subject to the satisfaction, on or prior to
Closing, of the following conditions, any one or more of which may be waived by
it:

                  (a) The representations and warranties made by each Purchaser
         in Section 2(b) hereof shall be true and correct in all material
         respects at the date of the Closing, with the same force and effect as
         if they had been made on and as of said date, and each Purchaser shall
         have performed all obligations and conditions herein required to be
         performed or observed by him on or prior to Closing.

                  (b) At the time of Closing, the sale of the Purchased Shares
         shall be legally permitted by all laws and regulations to which the
         Purchasers and Meta are subject.

                  (c) Each Purchaser shall have obtained any and all consents,
         permits, and waivers necessary or appropriate for consummation of the
         transactions contemplated by this Agreement (except for such as
         properly may be obtained subsequent to the Closing).

                  (d) Each Purchaser shall have performed and complied with all
         agreements and conditions herein required to be performed or complied
         with by each Purchaser on or before the Closing.

                  (e) Each Purchaser shall have delivered to Meta (i) a
         certificate, executed by him, dated the date of Closing, to the effect
         that the conditions specified in subparagraphs (a) through (d) of this
         Section 6, and in subparagraph (d) of Section 5, have been satisfied
         and (ii) an Investment Letter in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT
         B, executed by him.

         7. [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

         8. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement and any other writing specifically
identified herein or specifically contemplated hereby, taken together, contain
the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to Meta's sale and
each Purchaser's acquisition of shares hereunder and supersedes all previous
written or oral negotiations, commitments and writings with respect thereto.

                                       6


<PAGE>   7



         9.  HEADINGS. The paragraph headings used herein are for convenience of
reference only and do not form a part hereof and do not in any way modify,
interpret or set forth the intentions of the parties.

         10.  SURVIVAL. All agreements, obligations, warranties, and
representations under this Agreement shall survive the Closing and any
investigations made by the parties until March 30, 1997.

         11.  GENDER AND NUMBER. When permitted by the context, each pronoun
used in this Agreement includes the same pronoun in other genders or numbers,
and each noun used in this Agreement, including each capitalized term defined
herein, includes the same noun in other numbers.

         12.  SUCCESSORS. This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the
benefit of, and be enforceable by and against the respective heirs, personal
representatives, successors, and assigns of each party to this Agreement.

         13.  NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFIT. This Agreement is intended for the
exclusive benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective
successors and assigns, and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be
construed as creating any rights or benefits in or to any third party.

         14.  GOVERNING LAW. All questions concerning the validity or meaning of
this Agreement or relating to the rights and obligations of the parties with
respect to performance under this Agreement shall be construed and resolved
under the laws of the State of Ohio, without regard to conflict of laws
principals.

         15.  SEVERABILITY. The intention of the parties to this Agreement is to
comply fully with all laws and public policies, and this Agreement shall be
construed consistently with all laws and public policies to the extent
possible. If any court of competent jurisdiction determines it is impossible to
construe any provision of this Agreement consistently with any law or public
policy and consequently holds that provision to be invalid, such holding shall
in no way effect the validity of the other provisions of this Agreement, which
shall remain in full force and effect.

         16.  COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto
in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be
an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the
same instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof each
signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto.

                                       7


<PAGE>   8



         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

                                            META HOLDING CORPORATION

                                            By:  s/ David B. Swank
                                                 -------------------------------
                                            Its: President
                                                 -------------------------------
     
                                     
                                     
                                       8







<PAGE>   1
                                                                  Exhibit 10.10




                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

         THIS STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered
into as of March 31, 1997 (the "Effective Date"), by and between TELXON
CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ("Telxon"), and TELANTIS CAPITAL, INC., a
Florida corporation ("Purchaser").

         WHEREAS, Robert F. Meyerson ("Meyerson") is the sole shareholder of
Purchaser.

         WHEREAS, Meyerson has served Telxon in various capacities since its
founding, and most recently as its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer;

         WHEREAS, on February 26, 1997, Meyerson announced his retirement from
Telxon;

         WHEREAS, while serving as an officer of Telxon, Meyerson instituted an
aggressive program whereby Telxon invested in and acquired various technology
companies, in order to provide Telxon with a competitive technology base and to
enhance the value of Telxon through the appreciation of the value of these
subsidiaries and investments;

         WHEREAS, one of these successful investments was Telesystems SLW Inc.,
which has become Telxon's wireless networking subsidiary, Aironet Wireless
Communications, Inc. ("Aironet");

         WHEREAS, Telxon's outside Directors determined that it would be in the
best interests of Telxon to permit Meyerson, at his election, to acquire up to
ten percent (10%) of Telxon's holdings in Aironet, at a per share price equal
to the current fair market value of the purchased shares;

         WHEREAS, Meyerson now desires to purchase, through Purchaser, such
shares of Aironet;

         WHEREAS, there were and will be 8,085,000 shares of Aironet Voting
Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to consummating the
transactions contemplated hereunder; and

         WHEREAS, the last valuation of Aironet performed by an independent
third party investment banking firm, Houlihan Lokey Howard & Zukin, placed the
fair market value of Aironet's common shares at $1.86 per share.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the
respective representations, warranties, covenants and agreements hereinafter
set forth, the parties, intending to be legally and equitably bound, hereby
agree as follows:

         1.  SALE AND PURCHASE OF SHARES. Subject to the terms and conditions
hereof, Telxon shall sell, transfer and assign to Purchaser, at Purchaser's
Florida address, and Purchaser shall


<PAGE>   2



purchase and acquire from Telxon, 808,500 shares of Aironet Voting Common Stock
(the "Purchased Shares"), for a purchase price of $1.86 per share for an
aggregate purchase price of $1,503,810 (the "Purchase Price"). The Purchase
Price shall be payable by Purchaser through its delivery to Telxon of a
Promissory Note in the form attached hereto.

         2. PURCHASER REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

                  2.1 Purchaser understands that the Purchased Shares have not
         been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
         "Securities Act"). Purchaser also understands that the Purchased
         Shares are being offered and sold pursuant to exemptions from
         registration contained in the Securities Act and applicable state
         securities laws based in part upon Purchaser's representations
         contained in this Agreement.

                  2.2 Purchaser understands and agrees that it bears the
         economic risk of this investment indefinitely unless and until the
         Purchased Shares acquired hereunder are registered pursuant to the
         Securities Act, or an exemption from registration is available.
         Purchaser understands that Telxon has no present intention of
         registering the shares being sold hereunder. Purchaser also
         understands that there is no assurance that any exemption from
         registration under the Securities Act will be available and that, even
         if available, such exemption may not allow Purchaser to transfer all
         or any portion of such shares.

                  2.3 Purchaser is acquiring the Purchased Shares for
         Purchaser's own account for investment only, and not with a view
         toward their distribution.

                  2.4 Purchaser represents that by reason of Meyerson's
         business or financial experience, Purchaser has the capacity to
         protect its own interests in connection with the transactions
         contemplated in this Agreement and can bear the risk of such
         investment without materially impairing its or Meyerson's financial
         condition. Further, Purchaser is aware of no publication of any
         advertisement in connection with the transactions contemplated in this
         Agreement.

                  2.5 As the former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
         Telxon, Aironet's parent corporation, Meyerson is fully aware of all
         material information relating to Aironet, including its business and
         financial affairs, and has had full and free access to all such
         information. Meyerson has had an opportunity to discuss Aironet's
         business, management and financial affairs with directors, officers
         and management of Aironet and Telxon and has had the opportunity to
         review Aironet's operations and facilities. Meyerson also has had the
         opportunity to his satisfaction to ask questions of and receive
         answers from Telxon and Aironet and its management regarding the
         transactions contemplated hereby.

                  2.6 Purchaser is an "accredited investor" as that term is
         defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act; Meyerson, its sole
         shareholder is a natural person whose net worth, either individually
         or jointly with his spouse, at the same time of the Closing (defined
         below), exceeds $1,000,000, or is a natural person who had an
         individual income in excess of $200,000 or joint income with his
         spouse in excess of $300,000 in 1995 and 1996, and reasonably expects
         to have individual income reaching the same level

                                       2


<PAGE>   3



         in 1997. In calculating net worth, Meyerson may include the estimated
         fair market value of the Meyerson's principal residence as an asset.
         In determining individual "income," Meyerson should add to Meyerson's
         individual adjusted gross income (exclusive of any spousal income) any
         amounts attributable to tax exempt income received, losses claimed as
         a limited partner in any limited partnership, deductions claimed for
         depletion, contributions to an IRA or Keogh retirement plan, alimony
         payments, and any amount by which income from long-term capital gains
         has been reduced in arriving at adjusted gross income, and should
         subtract any unrealized capital gain.

         3.  CLOSING. The closing of the transactions contemplated hereunder
(the "Closing") shall be held at such time and place as the parties may agree.

         4.  CONDITIONS TO TELXON'S OBLIGATIONS. Telxon's obligation to sell the
Purchased Shares at Closing is subject to the satisfaction, on or prior to
Closing, of the following conditions, any one or more of which may be waived by
it:

                  4.1 The representations and warranties made by Purchaser in
         Section 2 hereof shall be true and correct in all material respects at
         the date of the Closing, with the same force and effect as if they had
         been made on and as of said date, and Purchaser shall have performed
         all obligations and conditions herein required to be performed or
         observed by him on or prior to Closing; and

                  4.2 At the time of Closing, the sale of the Purchased Shares
         shall be legally permitted by all laws and regulations to which
         Purchaser and Telxon are subject.

         5.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement and any other writing specifically
identified herein or specifically contemplated hereby, taken together, contain
the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to Telxon's sale and
Purchaser's acquisition of shares hereunder and supersedes all previous written
or oral negotiations, commitments and writings with respect thereto.

         6.  HEADINGS. The paragraph headings used herein are for convenience of
reference only and do not form a part hereof and do not in any way modify,
interpret or set forth the intentions of the parties.

         7.  SURVIVAL. All agreements, obligations, warranties, and
representations under this Agreement shall survive the Closing and any
investigations made by the parties until March 31, 1998.

         8.  GENDER AND NUMBER. When permitted by the context, each pronoun used
in this Agreement includes the same pronoun in other genders or numbers, and
each noun used in this Agreement, including each capitalized term defined
herein, includes the same noun in other numbers.

         9.  SUCCESSORS. This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the
benefit of, and be enforceable by and against the respective heirs, personal
representatives, successors, and
                                

                                       3


<PAGE>   4



assigns of each party to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this
Agreement may not be assigned by either party.

         10.  NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFIT. This Agreement is intended for the
exclusive benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective
successors and assigns, and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be
construed as creating any rights or benefits in or to any third party.

         11.  GOVERNING LAW. All questions concerning the validity or meaning of
this Agreement or relating to the rights and obligations of the parties with
respect to performance under this Agreement shall be construed and resolved
under the laws of the State of Ohio, without regard to conflict of laws
principles.

         12.  SEVERABILITY. The intention of the parties to this Agreement is to
comply fully with all laws and public policies, and this Agreement shall be
construed consistently with all laws and public policies to the extent
possible. If any court of competent jurisdiction determines that it is
impossible to construe any provision of this Agreement consistently with any
law or public policy and consequently holds that provision to be invalid, such
holding shall in no way effect the validity of the other provisions of this
Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

         13.  COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto
in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be
an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the
same instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof each
signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto.

         14.  STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT. At such time as Aironet and its
stockholders enter into a stockholders agreement, Purchaser will be made a
party to that agreement and the Purchased Shares will be made subject to that
agreement. Until such a stockholders agreement is entered into (but not after),
Purchaser has standard rights to have the Purchased Shares included in any
registration statement filed by Aironet under the Securities Act in connection
with its initial firm commitment underwritten public offering of its common
stock ("IPO"). Further, until an IPO, Purchaser may subscribe for and purchase,
at fair market value and on standard terms and conditions, newly issued shares
of Aironet stock from Aironet, in an amount that prevents Purchaser's holdings
in Aironet to fall below 10% of Aironet's issued and outstanding shares.

                                       4


<PAGE>   5


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

                                          Telxon Corporation

                                          By: /s/ Kenneth W. Haver
                                             ----------------------------------

                                          Its: Senior Vice President & Chief
                                               Financial Officer
                                               --------------------------------


                                          Telantis Capital, Inc.

                                          By: /s/ Adam Meyerson
                                             ----------------------------------

                                          Its: President
                                               --------------------------------

         For the purposes of Section 14 only, Aironet has caused this Agreement
to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

                                          Aironet Wireless Communications, Inc.

                                          By: /s/ Kenneth W. Haver
                                             ----------------------------------

                                          Its: Treasurer
                                               --------------------------------



                                       5






<PAGE>   1

                                                                      Exhibit 11
                                                                      ----------


                               TELXON CORPORATION

                    COMPUTATION OF COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING
                             AND EARNINGS PER SHARE

                 (Dollars in Thousands Except Per Share Amounts)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   1997        1996       1995
                                                 --------   --------    --------

<S>                                              <C>         <C>        <C>     
Net (loss) income applicable to common
  shares                                         $ (7,059)   $ 16,521   $  9,018
                                                 ========    ========   ========

Weighted average common shares outstand-
  ing for the year                                 16,062      16,490     15,909
                                                 ========    ========   ========

(Loss) earnings per common share:
      On the weighted average common
        shares outstanding for the year*         $   (.44)   $   1.00   $    .57
</TABLE>



* This calculation is submitted in accordance with Regulation S-K Item 601(b)(1)
although not required for income statement presentation because it results in
dilution of less than three percent. The Company's 5-3/4% Convertible
Subordinated Notes and 7-1/2% Convertible Debentures were omitted from the fully
diluted calculation due to their anti-dilutive effect.



<PAGE>   1
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                                      Exhibit 21
                                                                      ----------

                         SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
                         ------------------------------

Name                                                             Jurisdiction of Incorporation
- ----                                                             -----------------------------
<S>                                                              <C>
Aironet Canada Inc.                                                    Ontario, Canada
Aironet Canada Limited                                                 Ontario, Canada
Aironet S.A.                                                           Belgium
Aironet International Limited                                          United Kingdom
Aironet Wireless Communications, Inc.                                  Delaware
Meta Holding Corporation                                               Delaware
Metanetics Corporation                                                 Delaware
N.V. Telxon Belgium S.A.                                               Belgium
PenRight! Corporation                                                  Delaware
Productos y Sevicios de Telxon, S.A. de C.V.                           Mexico
PTC Airco, Inc.                                                        Delaware
Teletransaction, Inc.                                                  Delaware
Telxon Australia Pty., Ltd.                                            Australia
Telxon Canada Corporation Ltd.                                         Ontario, Canada
Telxon Corporation Systems Espana, S.A.                                Spain
Telxon Data Systems A.G.                                               Switzerland
Telxon France S.A.                                                     France
Telxon Foreign Sales Corporation                                       U.S. Virgin Islands
Telxon International Procurement Services, Inc.                        Delaware
Telxon Italia S.r.l.                                                   Italy
Telxon Japan Ltd.                                                      Japan
Telxon Limited                                                         United Kingdom
Telxon mde GMBH                                                        Germany
Telxon Products, Inc.                                                  Delaware
Telxon Trading Co., Inc.                                               Delaware
The Retail Technology Group, Inc.                                      Delaware
TLXITX Corporation                                                     Washington
Virtual Vision, Inc.                                                   Delaware
</TABLE>






<PAGE>   1



                                                                      Exhibit 23
                                                                      ----------

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
                       ----------------------------------

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Prospectus constituting part
of this Registration Statement of Telxon Corporation and Subsidiaries on Form
S-8 (Nos.33-16939, 33-32600, 33-43314, 33-43318, 33-56205, 33-62957, 333-00449,
333-01189) of our report, dated June 27, 1997, on our audits of the consolidated
financial statements and financial statement schedule of Telxon Corporation and
Subsidiaries, as of March 31, 1997 and 1996, and for each of the three years in
the period ended March 31, 1997, appearing on page 42 of the Form 10-K.

/s/ COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.

Akron, Ohio
June 27, 1997



<PAGE>   1
                                                                     Exhibit 24

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
                               -----------------

                               TELXON CORPORATION

         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned Directors
of Telxon Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), does hereby
make, constitute and appoint Frank E. Brick, Kenneth W. Haver, Gary L. Grand
and Glenn S. Hansen his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with
full power to act alone without any other and of substitution and
resubstitution, to prepare or cause to be prepared, to execute for and on his
behalf and in his name in his capacity as a Director of the Company, and to
deliver and file or cause to be delivered and filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "Commission") the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997, together with any amendments and any
exhibits and other documents in support thereof or supplemental thereto and any
and all other documents, reports and instruments which said attorneys-in-fact
and agents, or any of them, may deem necessary to enable the Company to comply
with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules,
regulations and requirements of the Commission pursuant thereto, hereby
granting to said attorneys-in-fact and agents and each of them full power and
authority to do and perform each and every act and thing whatsoever as said
attorneys-in-fact and agents may deem necessary or advisable to carry out fully
the intent of the foregoing as the undersigned might or could do personally or
in the capacity as aforesaid, hereby ratifying and confirming all acts and
things which said attorneys-in-fact and agents may do or cause to be done by
virtue of these presents.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have subscribed this instrument
effective as of June 22, 1997.

         /s/ Richard J. Bogomolny               /s/ Robert A. Goodman
         -----------------------------          ---------------------------
         Richard J. Bogomolny, Director         Robert A. Goodman, Director

         /s/ Frank E. Brick                     /s/ Raj Reddy
         -----------------------------          ---------------------------
         Frank E. Brick, Director               Raj Reddy, Director

         /s/ John H. Cribb                      /s/ Norton W. Rose
         -----------------------------          ---------------------------
         John H. Cribb, Director                Norton W. Rose, Director

                                     

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          MAR-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                             APR-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               MAR-31-1997
<CASH>                                          45,386
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  129,867
<ALLOWANCES>                                     1,596
<INVENTORY>                                     84,499
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               270,112
<PP&E>                                         129,400
<DEPRECIATION>                                  83,822
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 361,784
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          101,054
<BONDS>                                        108,192
<COMMON>                                           162
                                0
                                          0
<OTHER-SE>                                     146,539
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   361,784
<SALES>                                        391,406
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               466,012
<CGS>                                          266,624
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  313,872
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               185,990
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                   378
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               6,567
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (5,691)
<INCOME-TAX>                                     1,368
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            (7,059)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                   (7,059)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                    (.44)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                    (.44)
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission